Home

Ford 2008 Explorer Sport Trac Automobile User Manual

1. 6 112 Driving under special CONCIIONS eee 271 274 Srat aTe MES AA E EN 272 SNOW AN ICO crenis 275 through water s 273 276 E Electronic message center 19 373 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Index Emergencies roadside comparisons with EPA fuel jump starting o s 304 eee cain ag iian F etergent in fuel oo PUREE OU OL TMT seb er ae oa 347 Emission control system 351 filling your vehicle with MEN eras 342 344 348 pn E E EAE filter specifications 342 359 Site with E E OO improvin g fuel ECOr miy sg 3 48 olant E octane rating oessa i fail safe cooling e 341 7 Guality orreen irai aa 346 idle speed control 334 A Boa FORDE running out of fuel 303 347 rae aunt wasn a safety information relating to ae a Tereeeeeeeeeeess 398 329 automotive fuels ceee 342 Engine block Healers cavearcie 240 BUSES prierai a EE 279 Engine Oil ssurisesiayannoia 331 G change oil soon warning message CENTET rercronisissrsi 331 Garage door Opener n 97 checking and adding 331 GIPSUICK sissctave cecvessesaensscaxciaennees 331 aaa a cee ee filter specifications 333 359 Gas mileage recommendations s 333 see Fuel economy 348 refill Capacities s s 360 Gauges seee 17 specifications c cccceeeees 360 Event data recording 00 0 0 7 H Exhaust fumes
2. 260 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving Operation The radar sensor detects vehicles ahead that are moving in the same a l A Sa direction as your vehicle CJ If the radar detects that your vehicle is rapidly closing on another vehicle a red warning light will illuminate and an audible warning chime will sound After that if the risk of collision a _ s further increases after the warning NN light the brake support prepares ye LL the brake system for rapid braking This may be perceptible to the OO N driver However the system will not automatically activate the brakes The vehicle will not stop unless the driver presses the brake pedal If the brake pedal is pressed then braking is implemented with full brake function even if the force on the brake pedal is light The collision warning system is active at speeds above approximately 5 mph 8 km h Collision Warning System Limitations Due to the nature of radar technology there may be certain instances where vehicles will not provide a collision warning These include e Stationary or slow moving vehicles below 6 mph 10 km h Pedestrians or objects in the roadway Oncoming vehicles in the same lane Severe weather conditions see also blocked sensor section Debris build up on the grille near the headlamps see block sensor section Small distance to vehicle ahead e Steering wheel an
3. Note The turn lamps will flash twice to confirm that a change to the feature has occurred Autolock feature The autolock feature will lock all the doors when e all the doors are closed e the ignition is in the on position e you shift into any gear putting the vehicle in motion and e the vehicle attains a speed greater than 12 mph 20 km h The autolock feature repeats when e any door is opened then closed while the ignition is in the on position and the vehicle speed is 9 mph 15 km h or lower and e the vehicle then attains a speed greater than 12 mph 20 km h 112 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security Deactivating activating autolock feature Your vehicle comes with the autolock features activated there are four methods to enable disable this feature e Through your authorized dealer e by using a power door unlock lock procedure e using a keypad procedure or e by using the instrument cluster message center Refer to Message center in the Instrument Cluster chapter Note The autolock feature can be activated deactivated independently of the autounlock feature Power door lock switch autolock enable disable procedure Before starting ensure the ignition is off and all vehicle doors are closed You must complete Steps 1 5 within 30 seconds or the procedure will have to be repeated If the procedure needs to be repeated wait a minimum of 30 seconds before
4. Tires Wheels and Loading e Do not run over curbs or hit the tire against a curb when parking WARNING If your vehicle is stuck in snow mud sand etc do not rapidly spin the tires spinning the tires can tear the tire and cause an explosion A tire can explode in as little as three to five seconds WARNING Do not spin the wheels at over 35 mph 56 km h The tires may fail and injure a passenger or bystander Highway hazards No matter how carefully you drive there s always the possibility that you may eventually have a flat tire on the highway Drive slowly to the closest safe area out of traffic This may further damage the flat tire but your safety is more important If you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving or you suspect your tire or vehicle has been damaged immediately reduce your speed Drive with caution until you can safely pull off the road Stop and inspect the tires for damage If a tire is under inflated or damaged deflate it remove wheel and replace it with your spare tire and wheel If you cannot detect a cause have the vehicle towed to the nearest repair facility or tire dealer to have the vehicle inspected Tire and wheel alignment A bad jolt from hitting a curb or pothole can cause the front end of your vehicle to become misaligned or cause damage to your tires If your vehicle seems to pull to one side when you re driving the wheels may be out of alignment Have an authorized
5. 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints WARNING Do not put anything on or over the airbag module Placing objects on or over the airbag inflation area may cause those objects to be propelled by the airbag into your face and torso causing serious injury WARNING Do not attempt to service repair or modify the airbag supplemental restraint system SRS or its fuses See your authorized dealer WARNING Modifying or adding equipment to the front end of the vehicle Gncluding frame bumper front end body structure and tow hooks may affect the performance of the airbag system increasing the risk of injury Do not modify the front end of the vehicle Children and airbags Children must always be properly restrained Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of injury in a collision WARNING Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a SN PENN forward facing child seat in the front seat move the seat all the way back 173 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints How does the airbag supplemental restraint system work The a
6. LT type tires tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches or limited production tires as defined in Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations Part 575 104 c 2 U S Department of Transportation Tire quality grades The U S Department of Transportation requires Ford Motor Company to give you the following information about tire grades exactly as the government has written it Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 14 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA AB C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C The grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance 203 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acc
7. The Belt Minder feature uses information from the front passenger sensing system to determine if a front seat passenger is present and therefore potentially in need of a warning To avoid activating the Belt Minder feature for objects placed in the front passenger seat warnings will only be given to large front seat occupants as determined by the front passenger sensing system Both the driver s and passenger s safety belt usages are monitored and either may activate the Belt Minder feature The warnings are the same for the driver and the front passenger If the Belt Minder warnings have expired warnings for approximately five minutes for one occupant driver or front passenger the other occupant can still activate the Belt Minder feature Note If you are using MyKey the Belt Minder warning will not expire Refer to MyKey in the Locks and security chapter The driver s and front The Belt Minder feature will not passenger s safety belts are activate buckled before the ignition is switched on or less than 1 2 minutes have elapsed since the ignition has been switched on The driver s or front The Belt Minder feature is activated passenger s safety belt is not the safety belt warning light buckled when the vehicle has illuminates and the warning chime reached at least 3 mph sounds for six seconds every 5 km h and 1 2 minutes have 30 seconds repeating for elapsed since the ignition has
8. e activate the global opening windows feature The remote entry lock unlock feature operates in any ignition position except while the vehicle is in the start position The panic feature operates with the ignition off If there are problems with the remote entry system make sure to take ALL Integrated Keyhead Transmitters or Intelligent Access keys with you to the authorized dealer in order to aid in troubleshooting the problem 119 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security Intelligent Access if equipped WARNING Radio waves from the Intelligent Access system transmitters in the vehicle may affect certain implanted medical devices such as pacemakers or cardiac defibrillators People having such implanted medical devices should ask the medical device manufacturer or their physician whether the Intelligent Access system may affect the equipment before coming into close proximity with a vehicle equipped with Intelligent Access Failure to do so may result in interference with the medical device which could result in serious injury Your vehicle will allow you to unlock and enter your vehicle without actively using a key or transmitter You can use the Intelligent Access feature at the driver door or at the trunk You can activate the Intelligent Access feature as long as you have one of your Intelligent Access Keys within range of the driver door or the trunk Activating Intelligent A
9. 6 Turn the ignition off and remove the second previously programmed coded key from the ignition 7 After three seconds but within 20 seconds of turning the ignition off and removing the previously programmed coded key insert the new unprogrammed key new key valet key into the ignition 8 Turn the ignition from off to on Keep the ignition on for at least six seconds 9 Remove the newly programmed coded key from the ignition If the key has been successfully programmed it will start the vehicle s engine and will operate the remote entry system if the new key is an Integrated Keyhead Transmitter The theft indicator light will illuminate for three seconds and then go out to indicate successful programming If the key was not successfully programmed it will not start your vehicle s engine and or will not operate the remote entry features The theft indicator light may flash on and off Wait 20 seconds and you may repeat Steps 1 through 8 If failure repeats bring your vehicle to your authorized dealer to have the new key s programmed To program additional new unprogrammed key s wait 20 seconds and then repeat this procedure from Step 1 Note To program MyKey features refer to MyKey in this chapter Programming spare Intelligent Access Keys if equipped If you have Integrated Keyhead Transmitters IKT or standard SecuriLock coded keys refer to Programming spare integrated keyhead transmitter IKT keys in this
10. Displayed when the blind spot information system with cross traffic alert CTA system is operating and senses a vehicle See Blind Spot Information System BLIS with Cross Traffic Alert in the Driving chapter 26 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster INTKEY COULD NOT PROGRAM Displayed when an attempt is made to program a fifth integrated key to the remote key entry system For more information on integrated key refer to the Locks and Security chapter in this manual CRUISE ON RADAR READY if equipped Displayed when the driver pressed the cruise On Off control and ACC was off CRUISE OFF if equipped Displayed when the driver pressed the Cruise On Off control and ACC was on SET XXX MPH GAP ACC GAP if equipped Displayed when ACC is active and driver has selected a GAP setting using the steering wheel control lt gt button CRUISE OVERRIDE if equipped Displayed when the accelerator pedal is being pressed while ACC is active CRUISE NOT AVAILABLE if equipped Displayed when a system malfunction is preventing ACC from engaging CRUISE MALFUNCTION if equipped Displayed when a radar malfunction is preventing the ACC from engaging CRUISE NOT AVAILABLE SENSOR BLOCKED SEE MANUAL if equipped Displayed when the radar is blocked because of poor radar visibility due to bad weather or ice mud water in front of radar Driver can typically clean th
11. Driver Controls Automatic dimming interior rear view mirror if equipped Your vehicle may be equipped with an interior rear view mirror that has an auto dimming function The electronic day night mirror will change from the normal high reflective state to the non glare darkened state when bright lights glare reach the mirror When the mirror detects bright light from behind the vehicle it will automatically adjust darken to minimize glare The mirror will automatically return to the normal state whenever the vehicle is placed in R Reverse to ensure a bright clear view when backing up Do not block the sensors on the front and back of the interior rear view mirror since this may impair proper mirror performance Do not clean the housing or glass of any mirror with harsh abrasives fuel or other petroleum based cleaning products Note If equipped with a rear view camera system a video image will be displayed in the mirror or the navigation system display if equipped when the vehicle is put in R Reverse Refer to Rearview camera system in the Driving chapter EXTERIOR MIRRORS Power side view mirrors i WARNING Do not adjust the mirror while the vehicle is in motion To adjust your mirrors 1 Rotate the control clockwise to adjust the right mirror and rotate the control counterclockwise to adjust the left mirror 2 Move the control in the direction you wish to tilt the mirror 3 Return to the center po
12. If you install a child seat with rigid LATCH attachments and have attached the top tether strap to the proper top tether anchor do not tighten the tether strap enough to lift the child seat off the vehicle seat cushion when the child is seated in it Keep the tether strap just snug without lifting the front of the child seat Keeping the child seat just touching the vehicle seat gives the best protection in a severe crash Each time you use the safety seat check that the seat is properly attached to the lower anchors and tether anchor if applicable Tug the child seat from side to side and forward and back where it is secured to the vehicle The seat should move less than one inch when you do this for a proper installation If the safety seat is not anchored properly the risk of a child being injured in a crash greatly increases WARNING Depending on where you secure a child restraint and depending on the child restraint design you may block access to certain safety belt buckle assemblies and or LATCH lower anchors rendering those features potentially unusable To avoid risk of injury occupants should only use seating positions where they are able to be properly restrained Combining safety belt and LATCH lower anchors for attaching child safety seats When used in combination either the safety belt or the LATCH lower anchors may be attached first provided a proper installation is achieved Attach the tether strap afterward if i
13. K Pull lever up to adjust seatback 143 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints WARNING Before returning the seatback to its original position make sure that cargo or any objects are not trapped behind the seatback After returning the seatback to its original position pull on the seatback to ensure that it has fully latched An unlatched seat may become dangerous in the event of a sudden stop or collision Multi contour seat if equipped The multi contour seat consists of the following 1 the massage control 2 the lumbar control and 3 the power seat controls Note Allow a few seconds for any selection to activate Back and cushion massage cannot function at the same time Press the front portion of the massage button for cushion massage Press the rear portion of the gt 0X0 massage button for back massage Coe D To turn off the massage function T either press the massage button again or press the lumbar control 144 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Press either up or down on the lumbar control to select the top middle or bottom part of the seat l back 4 E Press the front of the lumbar control to increase the firmness of the selected portion of the seatback and press the rear of the lumbar to decrease the firmness We recommend first selectin
14. Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster System check and vehicle feature customization Press the SETUP button repeatedly to cycle the message center through wo ane x the following features RESET FOR SYSTEM CHECK When this message appears press RESET and the message center will begin to cycle through the following systems and provide a status of the item if needed Note Some systems show a message only if a condition is present OIL LIFE WASHER FLUID LEVEL DOOR AJAR STATUS TRUNK AJAR CLOSED BRAKE SYSTEM TIRE PRESSURE BLIND SPOT SYSTEM if equipped CROSS TRAFFIC SYSTEM if equipped FUEL LEVEL 10 MYKEY DISTANCE If MyKey is programmed 11 MYKEY S PROGRAMMED 12 ADMIN KEYS PROGRAMMED OIL LIFE This displays the remaining oil life An oil change is required whenever indicated by the message center and according to the recommended maintenance schedule USE ONLY RECOMMENDED ENGINE OILS To reset the oil monitoring system to 100 after each oil change approximately 7 500 miles 12 000 km or 12 months perform the following 1 Press and release SETUP to display OIL LIFE XXX HOLD RESET NEW 2 Press and hold RESET for two seconds and release to reset the oil life to 100 Note To change oil life 100 miles value from 7 500 miles 12 000 km or 12 months to another value proceed to Step 3 oOomonNnroanisb WH FR 21 2010 Taurus
15. The fuel icon and arrow indicates A which side of the vehicle the fuel ad E filler door is located Refer to Filling the tank in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter for more information Tachometer Indicates the engine speed in revolutions per minute Driving with your tachometer pointer continuously at the top of the scale may damage the engine 3 47 NG 2 RPMx1000 5 Ns Odometer Registers the total miles kilometers of the vehicle Refer to Message center in the 00083G8 8 mi Instrument cluster chapter on how to switch the display from Metric to English Trip odometer See TRIP A B under Message center in this TRIP A XXX mi chapter o q mi 18 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster MESSAGE CENTER Your vehicle s message center allows you to configure personalize certain vehicle options to suit your needs The message center is also capable of monitoring many vehicle systems and will alert you to potential vehicle problems and various conditions with an informational message followed by a long indicator chime The message center display is located in the instrument cluster Info Press the INFO button repeatedly to cycle through the following features Le SETUP RESET TRIP A B Registers the distance of individual journeys Press and release INFO until the A or B trip appears in the display this
16. button Do NOT release the button 2 The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds Without releasing the HomeLink button follow Step 1 in the Programming section For questions or comments contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 101 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls Car2U Home Automation System if equipped The Car2U Home Automation System is a universal transmitter located in the driver s visor that includes two primary features a garage door opener and a platform for remote activation of devices within the home The Car2U system s garage door opener function replaces the common hand held garage door opener with a three button transmitter that is integrated into the interior of your vehicle After being programmed for garage doors the Car2U system transmitter can be programmed to operate security devices and home lighting systems WARNING Make sure that people and objects are clear of the garage door or security device you are programming Do not program the Car2U system with the vehicle in the garage Do not use the Car2U system with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and reverse features as required by U S Federal Safety Standards this includes any garage door opener manufactured before April 1 1982 Be sure to keep the original remote control transmitter for use in other vehicles as
17. your hand held transmitter until the frequency signal has been accepted by the HomeLink The indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly after HomeLink accepts the radio frequency signal e Proceed with Step 3 in the Programming section 100 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls Operating the HomeLink Wireless Control System To operate simply press and release the appropriate HomeLink button Ar Activation will now occur for the trained product garage door gate operator security system entry door lock or home or office lighting etc For convenience the hand held transmitter of the device may also be used at any time In the event that there are still programming difficulties contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 Erasing HomeLink buttons To erase the three programmed buttons individual buttons cannot ey be erased e Press and hold the two outer O O HomeLink buttons until the indicator light begins to flash after 20 seconds Release both buttons Do not hold for longer that 30 seconds HomeLink is now in the train or learning mode and can be programmed at any time beginning with Step 1 in the Programming section Reprogramming a single HomeLink button To program a device to HomeLink using a HomeLink button previously trained follow these steps 1 Press and hold the desired HomeLink
18. 1 mpg 0 4 km L is lost for every 400 Ib 180 kg of weight carried e Adding certain accessories to your vehicle for example bug deflectors rollbars light bars running boards ski racks may reduce fuel economy e Using fuel blended with alcohol may lower fuel economy e Fuel economy may decrease with lower temperatures during the first 8 10 miles 12 16 km of driving e Driving on flat terrain offers improved fuel economy as compared to driving on hilly terrain e Transmissions give their best fuel economy when operated in the top cruise gear and with steady pressure on the gas pedal e Close windows for high speed driving EPA fuel economy estimates Every new vehicle should have a sticker on the window called the Monroney Label which contains EPA fuel economy estimates Contact your authorized dealer if the Monroney Label is not supplied with your vehicle The EPA fuel economy estimates should be your guide for the fuel economy comparisons with other vehicles Your fuel economy may vary depending upon the method of operation and conditions EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM tC Your vehicle is equipped with various emission control components and a catalytic converter which will enable your vehicle to comply with applicable exhaust emission standards To make sure that the catalytic converter and other emission control components continue to work properly e Use only the specified fuel listed e Avoid running out of fuel e Do not
19. 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving Parking brake P Apply the parking brake whenever the vehicle is parked To set the parking brake press the parking brake pedal down until the pedal stops The BRAKE warning lamp in the instrument cluster illuminates and remains illuminated when the ignition is turned on until the BRAKE parking brake is released WARNING Always set the parking brake fully and make sure that the gearshift is securely latched in P Park The parking brake is not recommended to stop a moving vehicle However if the normal brakes fail the parking brake can be used to stop your vehicle in an emergency Since the parking brake applies only the rear brakes the vehicle s stopping distance will increase greatly and the handling of your vehicle will be adversely affected Press the parking brake pedal downward again to release the parking brake Driving with the parking brake on will cause the brakes to wear out quickly and reduce fuel economy Note If the vehicle is driven with the parking brake applied a chime will sound 243 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving ADVANCETRAC STABILITY ENHANCEMENT SYSTEM WARNING Vehicle modifications involving braking system aftermarket roof racks suspension steering system tire construction and or wheel tire size may change the handling characteristics of t
20. Clean the fascia area in front of obstructed in some way the radar either side or remove obstruction The surface of the radar is not Drive normally in traffic for a few dirty or obstructed minutes to allow the radar to detect that it is no longer blocked Note The vehicle must be in D Drive and a few vehicles must pass so that the BLIS can clear a blocked state Heavy rainfall or heavy snowfall is No action required by the driver interfering with the radar signals The system will automatically reset to an unblocked state once the rainfall snowfall rate decreases or stops Do not use BLIS and or CTA in heavy rainfall or heavy snowfall Trailer tow false alerts When towing a trailer the sensors may detect the trailer thus causing a false alert It may be desirable to turn the BLIS off if the false alerts become annoying Day and night brightness The BLIS and or CTA alert will automatically dim when the headlamp switch is in PARK ON or AUTO ON and night time darkness has been detected by the sun sensor ALL WHEEL DRIVE AWD SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Your vehicle may be equipped with a full time All Wheel Drive AWD system The AWD system is an active system meaning it not only responds to wheel slip between the front and rear axles but also has the 269 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving ability to anticipate wheel slip and transfer torque to the rear wheels before
21. Cs Al f The fuse panel is located under the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel The fuses are coded as follows Location Rating window motor Right front power window Smart window motor 10A Transmission shifter solenoid Keyless keypad 10A 3 2 Turn signals Hazard flashers 10A O Low beam headlamps left 281 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies Fuse Relay Fuse Am Protected Circuits Hie it ee Se module receiver Driver s door module 14 10A Navigation display Memory seat SYNC Center information display 16 15A Electronic finish panel Ambient ee ee 17 20A Trunk release Moon roof Smart E ee el 20 15A Diagnostic connector OBDII Oe p o peut motar 22 15A Park lamps License plate lamps S a een Hom Cd Horn Demand lighting battery saver display One touch integrated start OTIS Start relay Audio mute 282 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies Location Rating display 34 5A Anti lock brake system ABS Electronic power steering 35 10A Rear heated seats AWD Rear park assist Steering angle sensor Blind spot information system Multi contour seats 43 10A Rear window defroster Front wipers Automatic high beam controller Rainsensor Not used spare Front wiper relay Blower motor relay 46 7 5A Occupant classification sensor OCS Passe
22. If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the vehicle seat all the way back When possible all children age 12 and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position If all children cannot be seated and restrained properly in a rear seating position properly restrain the largest child in the front seat WARNING Always carefully follow the instructions and warnings provided by the manufacturer of any child restraint to determine if the restraint device is appropriate for your child s size height weight or age Follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions and warnings provided for installation and use in conjunction with the instructions and warnings provided by the vehicle manufacturer A safety seat that is improperly installed or utilized is inappropriate for your child s height age or weight or does not properly fit the child may increase the risk of serious injury or death 188 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints WARNING Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while the vehicle is moving The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a collision which may result in serious injury or death WARNING Never use pillows books or towels to boost a child They can slide around and increase the likelihood of injury or death in a collision WARNING Always restrain an unoccupied child seat o
23. Moon roof O 40A Anti lock brake system ABS pump Starter relay 11 30A Powertrain Control Module PCM relay PA Not sed S PSC Notus S pS Noted S O 22 30A Front heated or heated cooled i Be eee 7 5A Powertrain control module PCM pf fit po oo o 24 AC cltch S o 25 20Aa Right headlamp id PC Noted Csidz ES a 285 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies Location Rating Pp a Noted i 33 30A Passive entry passive start a ee PA Noted S panel run start Fuel diode iVCT only 40 Diode One touch integrated start OTIS diode G8VA relay A C clutch G8VA relay G8VA relay 44 Not used PBC Noted S O 46 15A Vehicle power 2 PCM Vehicle OS O e O e Half ISO relay High mount brake lamp w ACCM relay Flair 0 relay a o Notused Half ISO relay Rear window defroster relay i Notused Cd 286 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies Fuse Relay Fuse Amp Power Circuits PoC Notused S O Po Notused S O ee Half ISO relay Daytime running lamps DRL 1 relay Half ISO relay P Notus i O CHANGING THE TIRES If you get a flat tire while driving e do not brake heavily e gradually decrease the vehicle s speed e hold the steering wheel firmly e slowly move to a safe place on the side of the road Note The tire pressure monitoring system TPMS indic
24. The pressure in an overfilled tank may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray and fire WARNING The fuel system may be under pressure If you hear a hissing sound near the fuel filler door Easy Fuel no cap fuel system do not refuel until the sound stops Otherwise fuel may spray out which could cause serious personal injury WARNING Automotive fuels can cause serious injury or death if misused or mishandled WARNING Gasoline may contain benzene which is a cancer causing agent Observe the following guidelines when handling automotive fuel e Extinguish all smoking materials and any open flames before refueling your vehicle e Always turn off the vehicle before refueling 342 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Automotive fuels can be harmful or fatal if swallowed Fuel such as gasoline is highly toxic and if swallowed can cause death or permanent injury If fuel is swallowed call a physician immediately even if no symptoms are immediately apparent The toxic effects of fuel may not be visible for hours Avoid inhaling fuel vapors Inhaling too much fuel vapor of any kind can lead to eye and respiratory tract irritation In severe cases excessive or prolonged breathing of fuel vapor can cause serious illness and permanent injury Avoid getting fuel liquid in your eyes If fuel is splashed in the eyes remove contact lenses if worn flush wi
25. To minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a crash the driver and passenger occupants should not sit in and or operate the vehicle until the head restraint is placed in its proper position The driver should never adjust the head restraint while the vehicle is in motion The adjustable head restraints consist of e a trimmed energy absorbing foam and structure 1 e two steel stems 2 e a guide sleeve adjust release gt button 3 e and a guide sleeve unlock remove button 4 140 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints To adjust the head restraint do the following 1 Adjust the seatback to an upright driving riding position 2 Raise the head restraint by pulling up on the head restraint 4 3 Lower the head restraint by pressing and holding the guide l sleeve adjust release button and pushing down on the head restraint N Properly adjust the head restraint so that the top of the head restraint is even with the top of your head and positioned as close as possible to the back of your head For occupants of extremely tall stature adjust the head restraint to its full up position WARNING The adjustable head restraint is a safety device Whenever possible it should be installed and properly adjusted when the seat is occupied 141 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety
26. e LINE IN Auxiliary input jack Navigation system hands free control features if equipped Press and hold M control briefly until the voice ti icon appears on the navigation display to use the voice command feature Press We to complete a voice command For further information on the navigation system refer to the Navigation System supplement 95 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls SYNC system hands free control feature if equipped Press We briefly to use the voice command feature You will hear a tone and LISTENING will appear in the radio display Press and hold t to exit voice command Press f to activate phone mode or answer a phone call Press and hold to end a call or exit phone mode Press d PP to scroll through various menus and selections Press OK to confirm your selection For further information on the SYNC system refer to the SYNC supplement Navigation system SYNC hands free control features if equipped Press mg control briefly until the voice nt icon appears on the Navigation display to use the voice command feature Press f to activate phone mode or answer a phone call Press and hold f to exit phone mode or end a call For further information on the Navigation system SYNC system refer to the Navigation System and SYNC supplements MOON ROOF IF EQUIPPED The moon roof control is located
27. etc 302 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies 1 2 20 UNF Torque specifications are for nut and bolt threads free of dirt and rust Use only Ford recommended replacement fasteners WARNING When a wheel is installed always remove any corrosion dirt or foreign materials present on the mounting surfaces of the wheel or the surface of the wheel hub brake drum or brake disc that contacts the wheel Ensure that any fasteners that attach the rotor to the hub are secured so they do not interfere with the mounting surfaces of the wheel Installing wheels without correct metal to metal contact at the wheel mounting surfaces can cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel to come off while the vehicle is in motion resulting in loss of control Note Inspect the wheel pilot hole prior to installation If there is visible corrosion in wheel pilot hole remove loose particles by wiping with clean rag and apply grease Apply grease only to the wheel pilot hole surface by smearing a dime 1 square cm sized glob of grease around the wheel pilot surface 1 with end of finger DO NOT apply grease to lugnut stud holes or wheel to brake surfaces RUNNING OUT OF FUEL If you have run out of fuel and need to refill the vehicle with a portable fuel container see Running out of fuel in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter for proper fuel filling method using a portable fuel
28. such as P metric versus LT metric or all season versus all terrain as those originally provided by Ford The recommended tire and wheel size may be found on either the Safety Compliance Certification Label or the Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or edge of the driver s door If this information is not found on these labels then you should contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Use of any tire or wheel not recommended by Ford can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death Additionally the use of non recommended tires and wheels could cause steering suspension axle or transfer case power transfer unit failure If you have questions regarding tire replacement contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible 209 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading WARNING When mounting replacement tires and wheels you should not exceed the maximum pressure indicated on the sidewall of the tire to set the beads without additional precautions listed below If the beads do not seat at the maximum pressure indicated re lubricate and try again When inflating the tire for mounting pressures up to 20 psi 1 38 bar greater than the maximum pressure on the tire sidewall the following precautions must be taken to protect the person mounting the tire 1 Ma
29. your vehicle PHONE If your vehicle is equipped with SYNC press to access SYNC PHONE features For further information please refer to the SYNC information included with your vehicle If your vehicle is not equipped with SYNC the display will read NO PHONE Auxiliary input jack Line in WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control accident and injury Ford strongly recommends that drivers use extreme caution when using any device that may take their focus off the road The driver s primary responsibility is the safe operation of their vehicle Only use cell phones and other devices not essential to the driving task when it is safe to do so Your vehicle is equipped with an Auxiliary Input Jack AIJ The Auxiliary Input Jack provides a way to connect your portable music player to the in vehicle audio system This allows the audio from a portable music player to be played through the vehicle speakers with high fidelity To achieve optimal performance please observe the following instructions when attaching your portable music device to the audio system If your vehicle is equipped with a navigation system refer to Auxiliary input jack section in the Audio features chapter of your Navigation system supplement 39 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems Required equipment 1 Any portable music player designed to be used with headpho
30. 3 Recheck the engine oil level Make sure the oil level is not above the normal operating range on the engine oil level dipstick 4 Install the dipstick and ensure it is fully seated 5 Fully install the engine oil filler cap by turning the filler cap clockwise until it stops To avoid possible oil loss DO NOT operate the vehicle with the engine oil level dipstick and or the engine oil filler cap removed Engine oil and filter recommendations Look for this certification trademark 333 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Use SAE 5W 20 engine oil Only use oils Certified For Gasoline Engines by the American Petroleum Institute API An oil with this trademark symbol conforms to the current engine and emission system protection standards and fuel economy requirements of the International Lubricant Standardization and Approval Committee ILSAC comprised of U S and Japanese automobile manufacturers To protect your engine and engine s warranty use Motorcraft SAE 5W 20 or an equivalent SAE 5W 20 oil meeting Ford specification WSS M2C930 A SAE 5W 20 oil provides optimum fuel economy and durability performance meeting all requirements for your vehicle s engine Refer to Maintenance product specifications and capacities later in this chapter for more information Do not use supplemental engine oil additives cleaners or other engine treatments They a
31. 36 MENU 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems OK The song will appear in the display for confirmation Press OK again and the display will read SONG DELETED If you do not want to delete the currently listed song press A SEEK vy to select either RETURN or CANCEL Note If there are no songs presently saved the display will read NO SONGS c DELETE ALL SONGS Press OK to delete all song s from the system s memory The display will read ARE YOU SURE Press OK to confirm deletion of all saved songs and the display will read ALL DELETED Note If there are no songs presently saved the display will read NO SONGS d DISABLE ALERTS ENABLE ALERTS Press OK to enable disable the satellite alert status which alerts you when your selected songs are playing on a satellite radio channel The system default is disabled SONG ALERTS ENABLED DISABLED will appear in the display The menu listing will display the opposite state For example if you have chosen to enable the song alerts the menu listing will read DISABLE as the alerts are currently on so your other option is to turn them off e CHANNEL LOCKOUT MENU Press OK to enter the Channel Lockout menu Press the A SEEK vy to scroll through the following options a LOCK UNLOCK THIS CHANNEL Press OK when LOCK UNLOCK THIS CHANNEL is displayed and the display will read ENTER PIN Enter your four digit PIN number i
32. 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Climate Controls CABIN AIR FILTER The cabin air filter element is designed to reduce the concentration of airborne particles such as dust spores and pollen in the air being supplied to the interior of the vehicle The presence of a particulate filter element provides the following benefits e Improves your driving comfort by reducing particle concentration e Improves the interior compartment cleanliness e Protects the climate control components from particle deposits Note A cabin air filter must be installed at all times to prevent foreign objects from entering the system Running the system without a filter in place could result in degradation or damage to the system The access door for the filter is located behind the glove box For replacement intervals regarding the cabin air filter see the scheduled maintenance information For more information regarding your filter see your authorized dealer 58 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus HEADLAMP CONTROL Turns the lamps off p Turns on the parking lamps instrument panel lamps license plate lamps and tail lamps ZD Turns the low beam headlamps on Autolamp control if equipped The autolamp system provides light sensitive automatic on off control of the exterior lights normally controlled by the headlamp control e To turn autolamps on rotate the control to
33. 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster 3 Once OIL LIFE SET TO XXX is displayed release and press the RESET button to change the Oil Life Start Value Each release and press will reduce the value by 10 Note Oil life start value of 100 equals 7 500 miles 12 000 km or 12 months For example setting oil life start value to 60 sets the oil life start value to 4 500 miles 7 200 km and 219 days UNITS Displays the current units in English or Metric Press RESET to change between English and Metric AUTO HIGH BEAM if equipped This feature automatically turns on your high beams if it is dark enough and no other traffic is present Press RESET to turn the auto high beam on or off AUTOLAMP SEC This feature keeps your headlights on for up to three minutes after the ignition is switched off Press RESET to select the new Autolamp delay values of 0 10 20 30 60 90 120 or 180 seconds AUTOLOCK This feature automatically locks all vehicle doors when the vehicle is shifted into any gear putting the vehicle in motion Press RESET to turn autolock on or off AUTOUNLOCK This feature automatically unlocks all vehicle doors when the driver s door is opened within 10 minutes of the ignition being turned off Press RESET to turn autounlock on or off COLLISION WARN GAP if equipped This allows you to adjust the sensitivity setting of the collision warning system See Collision
34. 7 kPa in inflation pressure Check your tire pressures frequently and adjust them to the proper pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label To check the pressure in your tire s 1 Make sure the tires are cool meaning they are not hot from driving even a mile If you are checking tire pressure when the tire is hot G e driven more than 1 mile 1 6 km never bleed or reduce air pressure The tires are hot from driving and it is normal for pressures to increase above recommended cold pressures A hot tire at or below recommended cold inflation pressure could be significantly under inflated 206 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Note If you have to drive a distance to get air for your tire s check and record the tire pressure first and add the appropriate air pressure when you get to the pump It is normal for tires to heat up and the air pressure inside to go up as you drive 2 Remove the cap from the valve on one tire then firmly press the tire gauge onto the valve and measure the pressure 3 Add enough air to reach the recommended air pressure Note If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the valve Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge 4 Replace the valve cap 5 Repeat this procedure for each tire including the spare Note Some spare tires operate at
35. Below is a list of circumstances that may cause non detection e Debris build up on the rear quarter panel fascias e Certain maneuvering of vehicles entering and exiting the blind zone e Vehicles passing through the blind zone at very fast rates e Severe weather conditions e When several vehicles forming a convoy pass through the blind zone Cross traffic alert CTA system operation The CTA system warns the driver of approaching vehicles when R Reverse is selected and the vehicle is backing out of a front in parking spot It sounds a series of tones and flashes the BLIS indicator found on the exterior mirror on the side of the approaching vehicle Additionally the message center will display either VEHICLE COMING FROM RIGHT or VEHICLE COMING FROM LEFT to warn the driver from which direction vehicles are approaching The system is not designed to prevent contact with other vehicles or objects The system is designed to provide a warning to assist the driver in detecting vehicles in the blind zones The system will not detect infrastructure pedestrians or bicyclists WARNING To help avoid personal injury NEVER use the CTA system as a replacement for using the side and rear view mirrors and looking over your shoulder before backing out of a parking space CTA is not a replacement for careful driving and only an assist 265 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving The CTA system detects veh
36. CPST to make certain the child restraint is properly installed Attaching child safety seats with LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren attachments The LATCH system is composed of three vehicle anchor points two 2 lower anchors located where the vehicle seat back and seat cushion meet called the seat bight and one 1 top tether anchor located behind that seating position LATCH compatible child safety seats have two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that connect to the two lower anchors at the LATCH equipped seating positions in your vehicle This type of attachment method eliminates the need to use safety belts to attach the child seat however the safety belt can still be used to attach the child seat For forward facing child seats the top tether strap must also be attached to the proper top tether anchor if a top tether strap has been provided with your child seat Ford Motor Company recommends the use of a child safety seat having a top tether strap See Attaching child safety seats with tether straps and Recommendations for attaching safety restraints for children in this chapter for more information 194 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Your vehicle has LATCH lower anchors for child seat installation at the seating positions marked with the child seat symbol The LATCH anchors are located at the rear section of
37. Call your local authorized recycling center to find out more about recycling automotive batteries RECYCLE ENGINE COOLANT Checking engine coolant The concentration and level of engine coolant should be checked at the intervals listed in scheduled maintenance information The coolant 336 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications concentration should be maintained at 50 50 coolant and distilled water which equates to a freeze point of 34 F 36 C Coolant concentration testing is possible with a hydrometer or antifreeze tester The level of coolant should be maintained at the FULL COLD level or within the COLD FILL RANGE in the coolant reservoir If the level falls below add coolant per the instructions in the Adding engine coolant section Your vehicle was factory filled with a 50 50 engine coolant and water concentration If the concentration of coolant falls below 40 or above 60 the engine parts could become damaged or not work properly A 50 50 mixture of coolant and water provides the following e Freeze protection down to 34 F 36 C e Boiling protection up to 265 F 129 C e Protection against rust and other forms of corrosion e Proper function of calibrated gauges When the engine is cold check the level of the engine coolant in the reservoir e The engine coolant should be at the FULL COLD level or within the COLD FILL RANGE as listed on
38. Front airbags are designed to activate only in frontal and near frontal collisions not rollovers side impacts or rear impacts unless the collision causes sufficient longitudinal deceleration The pretensioners are designed to activate in frontal and near frontal collisions and in side collisions and rollovers Driver and passenger dual stage airbag supplemental restraints The dual stage airbags offer the capability to tailor the level of airbag inflation energy A lower less forceful energy level is provided for more common moderate severity impacts A higher energy level is used for the most severe impacts Refer to Airbag supplemental restraints SRS section in this chapter Front crash severity sensor The front crash severity sensor enhances the ability to detect the severity of an impact Positioned up front it provides valuable information early in the crash event on the severity of the impact This allows your Personal Safety System to distinguish between different levels of crash severity and modify the deployment strategy of the dual stage airbags and safety belt pretensioners Driver s seat position sensor The driver s seat position sensor allows your Personal Safety System to tailor the deployment level of the driver dual stage airbag based on seat position The system is designed to help protect smaller drivers sitting close to the driver airbag by providing a lower airbag output level Front passenger sensing sy
39. IKT and coded keys or Intelligent Access Keys Note Your vehicle comes equipped with two Integrated Keyhead Transmitters IKTs or two Intelligent Access Keys The Integrated Keyhead Transmitter IKT functions as both a programmed ignition key that operates all the locks and starts the vehicle as well as a remote keyless entry transmitter A maximum of eight coded keys can be programmed to your vehicle only four of these eight coded keys can be IKTs with remote entry functionality The Intelligent Access Key functions as both a programmed key that operates the driver door lock activates Intelligent Access with Push Button Start systems as well as a remote keyless entry transmitter A maximum of four Intelligent Access Keys can be programmed to your vehicle If your programmed transmitters or standard SecuriLock coded keys CKTs only are lost or stolen and you don t have an extra coded key you will need to have your vehicle towed to an authorized dealer The key codes need to be erased from your vehicle and new coded keys will need to be programmed Replacing coded keys can be very costly Store an extra programmed key away from the vehicle in a safe place to help prevent any inconveniences Please visit an authorized dealer to purchase additional spare or replacement keys Programming spare Integrated Keyhead Transmitter IKT keys If you have a Intelligent Access Keys refer to Programming spare intelligent access keys in this
40. Note Some warning lights are reconfigurable telltale RTT indicator lights and will illuminate in Aon the message center These lights Umi function the same as the other warning lights Service engine soon The service engine soon indicator light illuminates when the ignition is first turned to the on position to check the bulb and to indicate whether the vehicle is ready for Inspection Maintenance I M testing Normally the Service engine soon light will stay on until the engine is cranked then turn itself off if no malfunctions are present However if after 15 seconds the Service engine soon light blinks eight times it means that the vehicle is not ready for I M testing See the Readiness for Inspection Maintenance I M testing in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter 12 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster Solid illumination after the engine is started indicates the On Board Diagnostics System OBD II has detected a malfunction Refer to On board diagnostics OBD II in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter If the light is blinking engine misfire is occurring which could damage your catalytic converter Drive in a moderate fashion avoid heavy acceleration and deceleration and have your vehicle serviced immediately by your authorized dealer WARNING Under engine misfire conditions excessive exhaust temperatures could damage the catal
41. Traction Control and Brake Traction Control Engine Traction Control works to limit drive wheel spin by momentarily reducing engine power Brake Traction Control works to limit wheel spin by momentarily applying the brakes to the wheel that is slipping Traction Control is most active at low speeds During Traction Control events the sliding car icon R in the instrument cluster will flash If the Traction Control system is activated excessively in a short period of time the braking portion of the system may become temporarily disabled to allow the brakes to cool down In this situation Traction Control will use only engine power reduction or transfer to help control the wheels from over spinning When the brakes have cooled down the system will regain all features Anti lock braking and ESC will continue to function during the cool down period The Engine Traction Control and Brake Traction Control system may be deactivated in certain situations See the Switching Off AdvanceTrac section below Electronic Stability Control ESC Electronic Stability Control ESC may enhance your vehicle s directional stability during adverse maneuvers for example when cornering severely or avoiding objects in the roadway ESC operates by applying brakes to one or more of the wheels individually and if necessary reducing engine power if the system detects that the vehicle is about to skid or slide laterally During Electronic Stability Co
42. W e To turn autolamps off rotate the control from the autolamp position The autolamp system also keeps the lights on for a predetermined amount of time after the ignition switch is turned to off You can change the amount of time the lamps stay on by using the programming procedure that follows Note If the vehicle is equipped with autolamps it will have the headlamps on with windshield wipers feature If the windshield wipers are turned on for a fixed period of time the exterior lamps will turn on with the headlamp control in the Autolamp position Autolamps Programmable exit delay Programmable exit delay allows the length of the autolamp exit delay to be changed To program the auto lamp exit time delay 1 Start with the ignition in the off position and the headlamp control in the autolamp position 2 Turn the headlamp control to off 59 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Lights 3 Turn the ignition switch to on and then back to off 4 Turn the headlamp control to the autolamp position The headlamps will turn on 5 Wait the desired amount of time for the exit delay you want up to three minutes then turn the headlamps off High beams ZO Push the lever toward the instrument panel to activate Pull the lever towards you to deactivate Auto high beams if equipped During nighttime driving the automatic high beam system automatically turns on your high beams if
43. accelerator before or during starting Only use the accelerator when you have difficulty starting the engine For more information on starting the vehicle refer to Starting the engine in this chapter To avoid potential transmission damage at extremely cold temperatures below 20 F 30 C it is recommended that the vehicle be warmed up to normal operating temperature before driving at highway speeds above 50 mph 80 km h Normal operating temperature is normally reached after 10 minutes of moderate driving or idling WARNING Extended idling at high engine speeds can produce very high temperatures in the engine and exhaust system creating the risk of fire or other damage WARNING Do not park idle or drive your vehicle in dry grass or other dry ground cover The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system which can start a fire 234 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving WARNING Do not start your vehicle in a closed garage or in other enclosed areas Exhaust fumes can be toxic Always open the garage door before you start the engine See Guarding against exhaust fumes in this chapter for more instructions WARNING If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle have your dealer inspect your vehicle immediately Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes Important safety precautions When the engine starts the idle RPM runs higher than normal in order to warm
44. adjust the audio between the back B and front F speakers SPEED COMPENSATED VOLUME With this feature on radio volume automatically gets louder with increasing vehicle speed to compensate for road and wind noise The default setting is off Use a SEEK P to adjust between SPEED OFF and levels 1 7 Increasing the level from 1 lowest setting to 7 highest setting allows the radio volume to automatically change slightly with vehicle speed to compensate for road and wind noise Recommended level is 1 3 SPEED OFF turns the feature off and level 7 is the maximum setting DSP MODE if equipped Press E SEEK P to choose between STEREO SURROUND mode and STEREO mode Extra Features AUX Press repeatedly to cycle through LINE auxiliary audio mode and SYNC if equipped For auxiliary jack location and further information on auxiliary audio mode refer to Auxiliary input jack later in this chapter If your vehicle is equipped with SYNC please refer to the SYNC information included with your vehicle for further information 38 SOUND 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems gt 1 Play Pause Press this control to play or pause the current CD OK Your vehicle may be equipped with special phone and media features which will require you to confirm commands by pressing OK For further information refer to the SYNC information included with
45. air conditioning Use with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency A C engages automatically in MAX A C G7 defrost and Y floor defrost 5 AUTO Press to engage automatic temperature control Select the desired temperature using the temperature control The system will automatically determine fan speed airflow location A C on or off and outside or recirculated air to heat or cool the vehicle to reach the desired temperature 6 MAX A C Distributes recirculated air through the instrument panel vents to cool the vehicle This re cooling of the interior air is more economical and efficient Recirculated air may also help reduce undesirable odors from entering the vehicle Press the MAX A C button again for normal A C operation 7 amp Recirculated air Press to activate deactivate air recirculation in the vehicle Recirculated air may reduce the amount of time needed to cool down the interior of the vehicle and may also help reduce undesired odors from reaching the interior of the vehicle Recirculated air engages automatically when MAX A C is selected or can be engaged manually in any airflow mode except iV defrost When the ignition switch is turned off and back on the climate system will return to the recirculated air mode only if the A C button LED is illuminated and the air distribution selection is either A panel or 7 panel floor 8 ay Passenger heated seat if equipped Press to control the
46. are big enough for the vehicle seat and lap shoulder belt to fit properly Generally this is when they reach a height of at least 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall around age eight to age twelve and between 40 Ib 18 kg and 80 Ib 86 kg or upward to 100 lb 45 kg if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer Many state and provincial laws require that children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight a height of 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall or 80 lb 86 kg Booster seats should be used until you can answer YES to ALL of these questions when seated without a booster seat e Can the child sit all the way back against the vehicle seat back with knees bent comfortably at the edge of the seat cushion Can the child sit without slouching e Does the lap belt rest low across the hips Is the shoulder belt centered on the shoulder and chest e Can the child stay seated like this for the whole trip 199 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Types of booster seats There are generally two types of belt positioning booster seats backless and high back Always use booster seats in conjunction with the vehicle lap shoulder belt e Backless booster seats If your backless booster seat has a removable shield remove the shield If a vehicle seating position has a low seat back or no head restraint a backless booster seat may place your child
47. are non adjustable WARNING To minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a crash the driver and passenger occupants should not sit in and or operate the vehicle until the head restraint is placed in its proper position The driver should never adjust the head restraint while the vehicle is in motion 151 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints The non adjustable head restraints consist of e a trimmed energy absorbing foam and structure 1 e two steel stems 2 e and two guide sleeve unlock remove buttons 8 To remove the non adjustable head restraint do the following 1 Simultaneously press and hold both unlock remove buttons then pull up on the head restraint To reinstall the non adjustable head restraint do the following 1 Insert the two stems into the guide sleeve collars 2 Push the head restraint down until it locks WARNING The non adjustable head restraint is a safety device It should be installed whenever the seat is occupied 152 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints WARNING To minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a crash head restraints must be installed properly Adjustable second row center head restraint Your vehicle is equipped with a head restraint in the second row center seating position that is vertically adjustable
48. beam bulbs 1 Make sure the headlamp switch is in the off position then open the hood 2 Reach in behind the headlamp assembly to access the bulbs and connectors 68 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus 3 Remove the outboard rubber boot from the lamp assembly by pulling rearward 4 Remove the bulb socket by turning it counterclockwise and pulling it straight out WARNING Handle a halogen headlamp bulb carefully and keep out of children s reach Grasp the bulb only by its plastic base and do not touch the glass The oil from your hand could cause the bulb to break the next time the headlamps are operated Install the new bulb s in reverse order Replacing HID headlamp bulbs if equipped The headlamps on your vehicle use a high intensity discharge source These lamps operate at a high voltage When the bulb is burned out the bulb assembly must be replaced by your authorized dealer Replacing front parking lamp turn signal sidemarker bulbs 1 Make sure headlamp switch is in the off position then open the hood 2 Reach in behind the headlamp assembly to access the bulb sockets and connectors 3 Remove the bulb socket by turning it counterclockwise and pulling it straight out 4 To remove the bulb pull it straight out of the bulb socket Install the new bulb s in reverse order 69 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing
49. beginning again 1 Turn the ignition on 2 Press the power door unlock i control on the door panel three times 3 Turn the ignition off A 4 Press the power door unlock control on the door panel three times 5 Turn the ignition back on The horn will chirp one time to confirm programming mode has been entered and is active 6 To enable disable the autolock feature press the unlock control then press the lock control The horn will chirp once if autolock was deactivated or twice one short and one long chirp if autolock was activated 7 Turn the ignition off The horn will chirp once to confirm the procedure is complete 113 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security Keyless entry keypad autolock enable disable procedure 1 Turn the ignition off 2 Close all the doors 3 Enter factory set 5 digit entry code 4 Press and hold the 3 e 4 While holding the 3 e 4 press the 7 e 8 5 Release the 7 e 8 6 Release the 3 e 4 The user will receive a horn chirp to indicate the system has been disabled or a chirp followed by a honk to indicate the system has been enabled Autounlock feature The autounlock feature will unlock all the doors when e the ignition is on all the doors are closed and the vehicle has been in motion at a speed greater than 12 mph 20 km h e the vehicle has then come to a stop and the ignition is turned off or to acce
50. cccecceeees 239 Hazard flashers oA 278 F Headlamps c ccccescsccesssseeeenes 59 AUNTS at eaten eee Medi veces a 64 Fail safe cooling sisisi 341 e o a ulb specifications 00050000 Fleet MyKey programming 134 daytime running lights 63 Fluid capacities 2 0 360 flash tO pass ssisrsscsriserscsnisssis 63 Four Wheel Drive vehicles high beam EPA T 60 driving off road s es 270 as ee aa urning on and off FUEL eetan enan abe eee stented 342 calculating fuel Heating ECONOMY ooeceeeccesccescesseceeees 21 348 E and air a Bg CAPO Peete diyes tenes tet tetas 344 SYSLEM seseeereersesserseerees r94 CAPACILY a dvisssssdaassesiasvssssiessessees 360 Homelink wireless control choosing the right fuel 345 SYSTEM scsscssevoceatnctacnsiseacercatedeosenes 98 374 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus IG OG srra 327 I TOMO rene 234 363 Illuminated visor mirror 75 Infant seats see Safety seats oo eee 190 Inspection maintenance I M testing 5 601 ans EA 353 Instrument panel cleaning n c 322 CIUSTET asis uosenenns unenee 12 lighting up panel and LR E E E 64 Intelligent Access Key 110 Intelligent Access with push button start wee eee 120 J ACK oa prenta an enea 287 positioning oo eee 287 SUOFAS Ce e eA EER 287 Jump starting your vehicle 304 K Keyless entry system AULOLOCK ennn 112 KOPAT enan 127 locking and unl
51. contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible OIL LIFE CHANGE SOON Displayed when the engine oil life remaining is 10 or less OIL CHANGE REQUIRED Displayed when the oil life left reaches 0 BLIND SPOT SYSTEM FAULT if equipped Displayed when a fault with the blind spot information system has a fault Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible CROSS TRAFFIC SYSTEM FAULT if equipped Displayed when a fault with the cross traffic alert system has a fault Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible BLIND SPOT NOT AVAILABLE if equipped Displayed when blind spot information system is not available See Blind Spot Information System BLIS with Cross Traffic Alert in the Driving chapter CROSS TRAFFIC NOT AVAILABLE if equipped Displayed when cross traffic alert is not available See Blind Spot Information System BLIS with Cross Traffic Alert in the Driving chapter SENSOR BLOCKED SEE MANUAL if equipped Displayed when the blind spot information system cross traffic alert system sensors are blocked See Blind Spot Information System BLIS with Cross Traffic Alert in the Driving chapter VEHICLE COMING FROM LEFT if equipped Displayed when the blind spot information system with cross traffic alert CTA system is operating and senses a vehicle See Blind Spot Information System BLIS with Cross Traffic Alert in the Driving chapter VEHICLE COMING FROM RIGHT if equipped
52. container and the included fuel filler funnel Do not insert the nozzle of portable fuel containers or any type of aftermarket funnels into the Easy Fuel no cap fuel system as it can be damaged You must use the included funnel in such circumstances 303 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies WARNING Do not insert the nozzle of portable fuel containers or aftermarket funnels into the Easy Fuel system This could damage the fuel system and its seal and may cause fuel to run onto the ground instead of filling the tank all of which could result in serious personal injury JUMP STARTING WARNING The gases around the battery can explode if exposed to flames sparks or lit cigarettes An explosion could result in injury or vehicle damage WARNING Batteries contain sulfuric acid which can burn skin eyes and clothing if contacted Do not attempt to push start your automatic transmission vehicle Automatic transmissions do not have push start capability Attempting to push start a vehicle with an automatic transmission may cause transmission damage Preparing your vehicle When the battery is disconnected or a new battery is installed the automatic transmission must relearn its shift strategy As a result the transmission may have firm and or soft shifts This operation is considered normal and will not affect function or durability of the transmission Over time t
53. control will disengage Disengaging speed control Press the brake pedal to disengage the speed control Disengaging the speed control will not erase the previous set speed Resuming a set speed Press and release RESUME This will automatically return the vehicle to the previously set speed 85 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls Increasing speed while using speed control To set a higher speed e Press and hold SET until you get to the desired speed then release You can also use SET to operate the tap up function Press and release SET to increase the vehicle set speed in 1 mph 1 6 km h increments e Use the accelerator pedal to get to the desired speed then press and release SET Reducing speed while using speed control To reduce a set speed e Press and hold SET until you get to the desired speed then release You can also use SET to operate the tap down function Press and release SET to decrease the vehicle set speed in 1 mph 1 6 km h increments Press the brake pedal until the desired vehicle speed is reached then press SET Turning off speed control To turn off the speed control Press OFF or turn off the ignition Note When you turn off the speed control or the ignition your speed control set speed memory is erased ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL ACC IF EQUIPPED Adaptive cruise control is much like speed control only this system i
54. decide to pick up cement from the local home improvement store to finish that patio you have been planning for the past 2 years Measuring the inside of the vehicle with the rear seat folded down you have room for 12 100 lb 45 kg bags of cement Do you have enough load capacity to transport the cement to your home If you and your friend each weigh 220 lb 99 kg the calculation would be 1 400 2 x 220 12 x 100 1 400 440 1 200 240 lb No you do not have enough cargo capacity to carry that much weight In metric units the calculation would be 635 kg 2 x 99 kg 12 x 45 kg 635 198 540 103 kg You will need to reduce the load weight by at least 240 Ib 104 kg If you remove 3 100 lb 45 kg cement bags then the load calculation would be 229 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading 1 400 2 x 220 9 x 100 1 400 440 900 60 Ib Now you have the load capacity to transport the cement and your friend home In metric units the calculation would be 635 kg 2 x 99 kg 9 x 45 kg 635 198 405 32 kg The above calculations also assume that the loads are positioned in your vehicle in a manner that does not overload the Front or the Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating specified for your vehicle on the Safety Compliance Certification Label found on the edge of the driver s door TRAILER TOWING Your vehicle is capable of towing a trail
55. door You may need to hold the button from 5 20 seconds during which time the selected button indicator light will blink slowly Immediately within 1 second release the button once the garage door moves When the button is released the indicator light will begin to blink rapidly until programming is complete 4 Press and release the button again The garage door should move confirming that programming is successful If your garage door does not operate repeat the previous steps in this section After successful programming you will be able to operate your Car2U system by pressing the button you programmed to activate the opener The indicator light above the selected button will turn on to confirm that the Car2U system is responding to the button command To program another rolling code device such as an additional garage door opener a security device or home lighting repeat Steps 1 through 4 substituting a different function button in Step 3 than what you used for the garage door opener For example you could assign the left most button to the garage door the center button to a security device and the right most button to another garage door opener 104 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls Note The Car2U system allows for three devices to be programmed If you need to change or replace any of the three devices after it has been initially programmed i
56. e Press the control to lock all doors A Smart unlocks This feature helps to prevent you from locking yourself out of the vehicle if your key is still in the ignition When you open one of the front doors and you lock the vehicle with the power door lock control on the driver or passenger door trim panel all the doors will lock then all doors will automatically unlock reminding you that your key is still in the ignition The vehicle can still be locked with the key in the ignition using the a control on the transmitter or locking the vehicle with the keyless entry keypad If both front doors are closed the vehicle can be locked by any method regardless of whether the key is in the ignition or not Smart unlocks for Intelligent Access Keys IA key if equipped The smart unlock feature is intended to prevent you from unintentionally locking your IA key inside your vehicle s passenger compartment or trunk When you lock your vehicle using the driver or passenger power door lock control with the door open after you close the door the vehicle will search for an IA key in the passenger compartment If an IA key is found inside the vehicle all of the doors will immediately unlock and the horn will chirp indicating that the IA key is inside In order to override the smart unlock feature and intentionally lock the IA key inside the vehicle you can lock your vehicle using your keyless entry keypad or using the con
57. engine 2 Arrange for the vehicle to be taken to a service facility 3 If this is not possible wait a short period for the engine to cool 4 Check the coolant level and replenish if low WARNING Fail safe mode is for use during emergencies only Operate the vehicle in fail safe mode only as long as necessary to bring the vehicle to rest in a safe location and seek immediate repairs When in fail safe mode the vehicle will have limited power will not be able to maintain high speed operation and may completely shut down without warning potentially losing engine power power steering assist and power brake assist which may increase the possibility of a crash resulting in serious injury 341 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications WARNING Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is running or hot The hot coolant is under pressure and may cause serious burns 5 Re start the engine and take your vehicle to a service facility Driving the vehicle without repairing the engine problem increases the chance of engine damage Take your vehicle to a service facility as soon as possible FUEL FILTER Your vehicle is equipped with a lifetime fuel filter that is integrated with the fuel tank Regular maintenance or replacement is not needed WHAT YOU SHOULD KNOW ABOUT AUTOMOTIVE FUELS jg Important safety precautions WARNING Do not overfill the fuel tank
58. for a brief sampling of all tracks on the current disc or MP3 folder DIRECT In CD mode Press DIRECT The display will read DIRECT TRACK MODE SELECT TRACK Enter the desired track number using the memory preset buttons 0 9 The system will then begin playing that track In MP3 folder mode Press DIRECT and the memory preset buttons 0 9 of the desired folder The system will advance to that specific folder TEXT TEXT In MP3 mode only Press TEXT repeatedly to view Album AL Folder FL Song SO and Artist AR in the display if available In TEXT MODE Sometimes the display requires additional text to be displayed When the lt gt indicator is active press TEXT and then press a SEEK P to view the additional display text COMPRESSION Press MENU repeatedly until COMPRESSION ON OFF appears in the display Use kd SEEK gt to toggle between ON OFF When COMPRESSION is ON the system will bring the soft and loud CD passages together for a more consistent listening level SHUFFLE Press MENU repeatedly until SHUFFLE ON OFF appears in the display Use lt q SEEK gt to toggle between ON OFF If you wish to engage shuffle mode right away press d SEEK gt to begin random play Otherwise random play will begin when the current track is finished playing The system will only shuffle the disc currently playing Satellite Radio if equipped Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS radio s
59. for a certain category of music format CLASSIC COUNTRY JAZZ RB ROCK etc To activate Press MENU repeatedly until RDS ON OFF appears in the display Use K SEEK PP to toggle RDS ON OFF When RDS is OFF you will not be able to search for RDS equipped stations or view the station name or type CAT Category FOLD Folder This feature allows you to select from various music categories To change RDS categories Press MENU repeatedly until RDS ON OFF appears in the display Use K SEEK Pl to toggle RDS between ON OFF Press CAT PRESS UP OR DOWN TO CHANGE RDS CATEGORY will appear in the display Press A SEEK v to scroll through all possible categories When the desired category appears in the display press Ei SEEK Pl to find the next station playing that selection or press SCAN for a brief sampling of all stations playing that category of music CD MP3 Player CD Press to enter CD MP3 mode If a disc is already loaded into the system CD MP3 play will begin where it ended last If no CD is loaded NO DISC will appear in the display 32 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems LOAD For a single CD system This control is not operational To load a CD simply insert the disc label side up into the CD slot For a CD6 system Press LOAD When the display reads SELECT SLOT choose the desired slot number using memory presets 1 6 When the display reads LOAD CD
60. for operating the cigarette lighter element if equipped To prevent the fuse from being blown do not use the power point s over the vehicle capacity of 12 VDC 180W If the power point or cigar lighter socket is not working a fuse may have blown Refer to Fuses and relays in the Roadside Emergencies chapter for information on checking and replacing fuses To have full capacity usage of your power point the engine is required to be running to avoid unintentional discharge of the battery To prevent the battery from being discharged e do not use the power point longer than necessary when the engine is not running e do not leave battery chargers video game adapters computers and other devices plugged in overnight or when the vehicle is parked for extended periods Always keep the power point caps closed when not being used POWER WINDOWS WARNING Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle and do not let children play with the power windows They may seriously injure themselves WARNING When closing the power windows you should verify they are free of obstructions and ensure that children and or pets are not in the proximity of the window openings 79 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls Press and pull the window switches to open and close windows I e Push down to the first detent ee Ml eee and hold the switch to open AUTO e Pull up to the first
61. for the correct tire pressure for your vehicle 12 Treadwear Traction and Temperature Grades e Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 14 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 e Traction The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C The grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance e Temperature The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel 215 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading 13 Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure Indicates the tire manufacturers maximum permissible pressure and or the pressure at which the maximum load can be carried by the tire This pressure is normally higher than the manufacturer s recommended cold inflation pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s
62. fuel If you cannot find unleaded fuel or can only get fuel with an anti knock index lower than is recommended for your vehicle contact a regional office or owner relations customer relationship office The use of leaded fuel in your vehicle without proper conversion may damage the effectiveness of your emission control system and may cause engine knocking or serious engine damage Ford Motor Company Ford of Canada is not responsible for any damage caused by use of improper fuel Using leaded fuel may also result in difficulty importing your vehicle back into the U S 315 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Customer Assistance If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in Central America the Caribbean or the Middle East contact the nearest authorized dealer If the authorized dealer cannot help you contact FORD MOTOR COMPANY FORD EXPORT OPERATIONS 1555 Fairlane Drive Fairlane Business Park 3 Allen Park Michigan 48101 U S A Telephone 313 594 4857 FAX 813 390 0804 Email expcac ford com If you are in another foreign country contact the nearest authorized dealer If the authorized dealer employees cannot help you they can direct you to the nearest Ford affiliate office If you buy your vehicle in North America and then relocate outside of the U S or Canada register your vehicle identification number VIN and new address with Ford Motor Company Export Oper
63. full automatic operation The system will automatically determine fan speed airflow distribution A C on or off and outside or recirculated air to heat or cool the vehicle to reach the desired temperature 54 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Climate Controls 10 Driver temperature Press to increase decrease the air temperature for the driver side of the vehicle This control also adjusts the passenger side temperature when dual zone operation is disengaged 11 acy Driver cooled seat if equipped Press to control the driver cooled seat Refer to Heated and cooled seats in the Seating and Safety Restraints chapter for more information 12 il Driver heated seat if equipped Press to control the driver heated seat Refer to Heated and cooled seats in the Seating and Safety Restraints chapter for more information 13 Q Power Press to activate deactivate the climate control system When the system is off outside air is prevented from entering the vehicle The climate status in the touchscreen will also be turned off 14 Cay Defrost Distributes outside air through the windshield defroster vents and demister vents Can be used to clear the windshield of fog and thin ice The system will automatically provide outside air to reduce window fogging Press this button again to return to the previous air flow selection To return to full automatic mode press AUTO TOUCHSCREEN FUNCTIONS Dri
64. if the IA key is no longer found in the vehicle Whenever a door is opened and then closed while the vehicle is running the system will search for a IA key inside the vehicle and the message center will display NO KEY DETECTED if the IA key is no longer present This message is intended as a reminder that someone else in the vehicle may have taken the IA key when exiting the vehicle If the IA key is no longer present in the vehicle you will not be able to re start your vehicle outside of the Fast Restart time see Fast Restart Feature above It is important to be aware of where your IA key is located in the vehicle to avoid becoming stranded without a IA key Guarding against exhaust fumes Carbon monoxide is present in exhaust fumes Take precautions to avoid its dangerous effects WARNING If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle have your dealer inspect your vehicle immediately Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes Important ventilating information If the engine is idling while the vehicle is stopped for a long period of time open the windows at least one inch 2 5 cm or adjust the heating or air conditioning to bring in fresh air 239 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving ENGINE BLOCK HEATER IF EQUIPPED An engine block heater warms the engine coolant which aids in starting and allows the heater defroster system to respond quickly If your vehicle is equipped with this syst
65. is compatible with and properly installed in the vehicle To locate a child seat fitting station and CPST contact the NHTSA toll free at 1 888 327 4236 or on the internet at http www nhtsa dot gov Failure to properly restrain children in safety seats made especially for their height age and weight may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child 186 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Recommendations for Safety Restraints for Children 5 Recommended pooo Child size height weight or age restraint type Infants or Children weighing 40 Ib 18 kg or less Use a child safety toddlers generally age four or younger seat sometimes called an infant carrier convertible seat or toddler seat Small Children who have outgrown or no Use a children longer properly fit in a child safety belt positioning seat generally children who are less booster seat than 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall are greater than age four 4 and less than age twelve 12 and between 40 Ibs 18 kg and 80 lbs 86 kg and upward to 100 lbs 45 kg if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer Larger Children who have outgrown or no Use a vehicle children longer properly fit in a belt positioning safety belt having booster seat generally children who the lap belt snug are at least 4 feet 9 inches and low across 1 45 meters tall or greater th
66. it is dark enough and no other traffic is present When it detects an approaching vehicle s headlights or a preceding vehicle s tail lamps the system turns off the high beams Cow beams remain on before they distract other drivers If the vehicle is equipped with automatic high beams the high beam switch will operate differently depending on the status of the automatic high beam system Each of the possible operating scenarios are detailed below Scenario 1 Conditions The automatic high beam system is set to ON in the message center The headlamp switch is in autolamps The automatic high beam system has turned the high beams on Operation The high beam switch will not perform any function Scenario 2 Conditions The automatic high beam system is set to ON in the message center The headlamp switch is in W autolamps The automatic high beam system has not turned the high beams on 60 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Lights Operation The high beam switch can be used to turn the high beams on They will then remain on until the switch has been returned to the neutral position and the auto high beam system has turned the high beams off Scenario 3 Conditions The automatic high beam system is set to ON in the message center The headlamp switch is in O off p park lamps or ZD on Operation The high beam switch can be used to turn the high beams on and off Sce
67. latch it in P Park WARNING Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the gearshift is latched in P Park Switch the ignition off and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle R Reverse With the gearshift lever in R Reverse the vehicle will move backward Always come to a complete stop before shifting into and out of R Reverse 254 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving N Neutral With the gearshift lever in N Neutral the vehicle can be started and is free to roll Hold the brake pedal down while in this position D Drive The normal driving position for the best fuel economy Transmission operates in gears one through six M Manual With the gearshift lever in M manual the driver can change gears up or down without a clutch as desired This is called SelectShift Sh Automatic transmission SST ed mode By moving the gearshift lever SH from drive position D Drive to M KY Sv Manual you now have control of selecting the gear you desire using SSS the paddle shifters on the steering wheel To return to normal D position move the shift lever back from M to D The transmission will operate in gears one through six Paddle shifters The paddle shifters allow you to shift gears quickly without taking your hands off the steering wheel 1 To manually downshift the transmission with the gearshift lever in M Manual pre
68. load the desired disc label side up If you do not choose a slot within five seconds the system will choose for you Once loaded the first track will begin to play To auto load up to six discs Press and hold LOAD until the display reads AUTOLOAD Load the desired disc label side up The system will prompt you to load discs for the remaining available slots Insert the discs one at a time label side up when prompted Once loaded the disc in preset 1 will begin to play Press the number preset buttons 1 6 to choose the disc you want to play gt 11 Play Pause Press to play pause a track when playing a CD EJECT For a single CD system press EJECT to eject the CD For a CD6 system press EJECT and select the desired CD slot by pressing the corresponding memory preset number The display will read EJECTING When the system has ejected the CD the display will read REMOVE CD Remove the CD If you do not remove the CD the system will reload the disc To auto eject all loaded discs Press and hold EJECT The system will eject all discs and prompt you when to remove them SEEK Press KE SEEK P to a access the previous next track 4 SEEK gt l CAT Category FOLD z Folder In MP3 mode only Press earra CAT FOLD and then press a SEEK P to access the previous next folder 33 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems SCAN Press
69. of the lamps are not operating stop using the camera system at least in the dark until the lamp s are replaced and functioning Servicing e If the image comes on while the vehicle is not in R Reverse have the system inspected by your authorized dealer e If the image is not clear then check if there is anything covering the lens such as dirt mud ice snow etc If the image is still not clear after cleaning have your system inspected by your authorized dealer COLLISION WARNING SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED The Collision Warning with Brake Support is designed to alert the driver of certain collision risks with a red warning light located above the dashboard and an audible warning chime The brake support helps assists the driver in reducing the collision speed by pre charging the brakes WARNING This system is designed to be a supplementary driving aid It is not intended to replace the driver s attention and judgement or the need to apply the brakes This system does NOT activate the brakes automatically Failure to press the brake pedal to activate the brakes may result in a collision WARNING The Collision Warning System with Brake Support cannot help prevent all collisions Do not rely on this system to replace driver judgment and the need to maintain distance and speed Note The Collision Warning with Brake Support will not detect warn or respond to potential collisions with vehicles to the rear or sides of the vehicle
70. once and then again when the vehicle is restarted e Some messages will reappear after clearing or being reset if a problem or condition is still present and needs your attention e Some messages can be acknowledged and reset by pressing RESET This allows you to use the full message center functionality by clearing the message DRIVER DOOR AJAR Displayed when the driver s door is not completely closed PASSENGER DOOR AJAR Displayed when the passenger side door is not completely closed REAR LEFT DOOR AJAR Displayed when the rear left door is not completely closed REAR RIGHT DOOR AJAR Displayed when the rear right door is not completely closed PARK BRAKE ENGAGED Displayed when the parking brake is set the engine is running and the vehicle is driven more than 3 mph 5 km h If the warning stays on after the parking brake is released contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible XXX MILES TO E FUEL LEVEL LOW Displayed as an early reminder of a low fuel condition CHECK FUEL FILL INLET Displayed when the fuel fill inlet may not be properly closed Refer to Easy Fuel no cap fuel system in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter CHECK BRAKE SYSTEM Displayed when the brake system needs servicing If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible 24 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Instrume
71. or booster manufacturer fits the restraint and can be 189 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints restrained properly then restrain the child in the child safety seat or with the belt positioning booster Remember that child seats and belt positioning boosters vary and may be designed to fit children of different heights ages and weights Children who are too large for child safety seats or belt positioning boosters as specified by your child safety seat manufacturer should always properly wear safety belts SAFETY SEATS FOR CHILDREN Infant and or toddler seats Use a safety seat that is recommended for the size and weight of the child When installing a child safety seat e Review and follow the information presented in the Airbag supplemental restraint system SRS section in this chapter e Carefully follow all of the manufacturer s instructions included with the safety seat you put in your vehicle If you do not install and use the safety seat properly the child may be injured in a sudden stop or collision Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the vehicle seat all the way back Children 12 and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position whenever possible If all children cannot be seat
72. other position as this will terminate the process Read Steps 1 5 thoroughly before proceeding with the deactivation activation programming procedure Note The driver and front passenger Belt Minder features must be disabled enabled separately Both cannot be disable enabled during the same key cycle 169 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Note If you are using MyKey the Belt Minder cannot be disabled Also if the Belt Minder has been previously disabled it will be re enabled during the use of MyKey Refer to MyKey in the Locks and Security chapter The driver and front passenger Belt Minder features can be deactivated activated by performing the following procedure Before following the procedure make sure that e The parking brake is set e The gearshift is in P Park e The ignition is off e The driver and front passenger safety belts are unbuckled WARNING While the design allows you to deactivate your Belt Minder this system is designed to improve your chances of being safely belted and surviving an accident We recommend you leave the Belt Minder system activated for yourself and others who may use the vehicle To reduce the risk of injury do not deactivate activate the Belt Minder feature while driving the vehicle 1 Switch the ignition on DO NOT START THE ENGINE 2 Wait until the safety belt warning light turns o
73. point Re install the valve cap on the tire valve place the tube cap on the metal connector and return the kit to the stowage area 10 Immediately and cautiously drive the vehicle 4 miles 6 km to distribute the sealant evenly inside the tire Do not exceed 50 mph 80 km h Note If you experience any unusual vibration ride disturbance or noise while driving reduce your speed until you can safely pull off to the side of the road to call for roadside assistance Do not proceed to the second stage of this operation 11 After 4 miles 6 km stop and check the tire pressure See Second stage Checking tire pressure Second stage Checking tire pressure Check the air pressure of your tires as follows 1 Remove the valve cap from the tire valve 2 Unhook the black hose from the side of the compressor and fasten firmly on the valve stem by turning clockwise WARNING If you are proceeding from the First stage Reinflating the tire with sealing compound and air section and have injected sealant in the tire and the pressure is below 20 psi 1 4 bar stop and call roadside assistance If tire pressure is above 20 psi 1 4 bar continue to the next step 3 Turn the dial clockwise to the air position Turn on the kit by pressing the on off button 299 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies 4 Adjust the tire to the recommended inflation pressure from the tire label located on t
74. present your garage door opener is a fixed code device If not your garage door opener is a rolling code device Rolling code programming Note Programming the rolling code garage door opener involves time sensitive actions Read the entire procedure prior to beginning so you will know which actions are time sensitive If you do not follow the time sensitive actions the device will time out and you will have to repeat the procedure Note Do not program the Car2U system with the vehicle in the garage Make sure that your key is on and engine off while programming the transmitter NS 1 Firmly press the two outer Car2U system buttons for 1 2 seconds then release 103 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls 2 Go to the garage to locate the garage door opener motor and its learn button You may need a ladder to reach the unit and you may need to remove the unit s cover or light lens to locate the learn button Press the learn button after which you will have 10 30 seconds to return to your vehicle and complete the following steps If you cannot locate the learn button refer to the Owner s Guide of your garage door opener or call the toll free Car2U system help line at 1 866 57Car2U 1 866 572 2728 3 Return to your vehicle Press and hold the Car2U system button you would like to use to control the O O O garage
75. programmed to the vehicle Refer to Create a MyKey section Cannot disable MyKey e Key in the ignition is a MyKey e No MyKeys are programmed to the vehicle Refer to Create a MyKey section authorized dealer section No MyKey function with if e An Admin Key is present at vehicle equipped Intelligent Access start Key with push button start e No MyKeys are programmed to the vehicle Refer to Create a MyKey section PERIMETER ALARM SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED The perimeter anti theft system will help protect your vehicle from unauthorized entry If there is any potential perimeter anti theft problem with your vehicle ensure ALL Integrated Keyhead Transmitters or Intelligent Access Keys are brought to the authorized dealer to aid in troubleshooting 137 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security Arming the system When armed this system will respond if unauthorized entry is attempted When unauthorized entry occurs the system will flash the turn signal lamps and will sound the horn The system is ready to arm whenever the ignition is off Any of the following actions will prearm the alarm system e Press the A control on the transmitter When you press the lock control twice within three seconds on your transmitter the horn will chirp once to let you know that all doors the hood and the trunk are closed If any of these are not closed the horn will chirp
76. properly restrained in a rear seating position whenever possible Refer to Safety restraints for children or Safety seats for children later in this chapter How to use the automatic locking mode e Buckle the combination lap and shoulder belt e Grasp the shoulder portion and pull downward until the entire belt is pulled out e Allow the belt to retract As the belt retracts you will hear a clicking sound This indicates the safety belt is now in the automatic locking mode 164 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints How to disengage the automatic locking mode WARNING Ford Motor Company recommends that all passenger safety belt assemblies and attaching hardware should be inspected by an authorized dealer after any collision to verify that the automatic locking retractor feature for child seats is still working properly Safety belt assemblies should be inspected by an authorized dealer and must be replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted Failure to replace the belt and retractor assembly could increase the risk of injury in a collision Unbuckle the combination lap shoulder belt and allow it to retract completely to disengage the automatic locking mode and activate the vehicle sensitive emergency locking mode Safety belt height adjustment Your vehicle has safety belt height adjustments for the front outboard seating positions Adjust
77. responsibility is the safe operation of their vehicle Only use cell phones and other devices not essential to the driving task when it is safe to do so Your vehicle may be equipped with a USB port inside your center console This feature allows you to plug in media playing devices memory sticks and also to charge devices if they support this feature For further information on this feature refer to Accessing and using your USB port in the SYNC supplement or Navigation System supplement GENERAL AUDIO INFORMATION Radio frequencies AM and FM frequencies are established by the Federal Communications Commission FCC and the Canadian Radio and Telecommunications Commission CRTC Those frequencies are AM 530 540 1700 1710 kHz FM 87 7 87 9 107 7 107 9 MHz 41 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems Radio reception factors There are three factors that can affect radio reception e Distance strength The further you travel from an FM station the weaker the signal and the weaker the reception Terrain Hills mountains tall buildings power lines electric fences traffic lights and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception Station overload When you pass a broadcast tower a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and play while the weak station frequency is displayed CD CD player care Do e Handle discs by their edges only ae Never touch t
78. s head as measured at the tops of the ears above the top of the seat In this case move the backless booster to another seating position with a higher seat back or head restraint and lap shoulder belts or consider using a high back booster seat High back booster seats If with a backless booster seat you cannot find a seating position that adequately supports your child s head a high back booster seat would be a better choice 200 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Children and booster seats vary in size and shape Choose a booster that keeps the lap belt low and snug across the hips never up across the stomach and lets you adjust the shoulder belt to cross the chest and rest snugly near the center of the shoulder The drawings below compare the ideal fit center to a shoulder belt uncomfortably close to the neck and a shoulder belt that could slip off the shoulder The drawings below also show how the lap belt should be low and snug across the child s hips If the booster seat slides on the vehicle seat placing a rubberized mesh sold as shelf or carpet liner under the booster seat may improve this condition Do not introduce any item thicker than this under the booster seat Check with the booster seat manufacturer s instructions The importance of shoulder belts Using a booster without a shoulder belt increases the risk of a child s
79. section 132 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security You must have two previously programmed Intelligent Access Keys inside the vehicle and the new unprogrammed Intelligent Access Keys readily accessible If two previously programmed keys are not available you must take your vehicle to your authorized dealer to have the spare key s programmed Note A maximum of four Intelligent Access Keys can be programmed to your vehicle If you would like to replace a previously programmed access key with a new access key or if you already have four access keys programmed to your vehicle you must take your vehicle and all access keys to your authorized dealer to be erased and reprogrammed Ensure that the vehicle is off before beginning this procedure Ensure that all doors are closed before beginning this procedure and that all doors remain closed throughout the procedure Perform this procedure exactly as described below and perform all steps within 30 seconds of starting the sequence If any steps are performed out of sequence stop and wait for at least one minute before starting again Please read and understand the entire procedure before you begin 1 Place the new unprogrammed Intelligent Access Key in the pocket inside the center console utility compartment 2 Press the driver or passenger power door unlock control three times 3 Press and release the brake pedal one time 4 Press the
80. services 277 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies Canadian customers refer to your Customer Information Guide for information on e coverage period e exact fuel amounts e towing of your disabled vehicle e emergency travel expense reimbursement e travel planning benefits In Canada for uninterrupted Roadside Assistance coverage you may purchase extended coverage prior to your Basic Warranty s Roadside Assistance expiring For more information and enrollment contact 1 877 294 2582 or visit our website at www ford ca Using roadside assistance Complete the roadside assistance identification card and place it in your wallet for quick reference In the United States this card is found in the Owner Guide portfolio in the glove compartment In Canada the card is found in the Customer Information Guide in the glove compartment U S Ford Mercury and Lincoln vehicle customers who require Roadside Assistance call 1 800 241 3673 Canadian customers who require roadside assistance call 1 800 665 2006 If you need to arrange roadside assistance for yourself Ford Motor Company will reimburse a reasonable amount for towing to the nearest dealership within 35 miles To obtain reimbursement information U S Ford Mercury and Lincoln vehicle customers call 1 800 241 3673 Customers will be asked to submit their original receipts Canadian customers who need to obtain reimburseme
81. size and date of manufacture Also referred to as DOT code e Inflation pressure A measure of the amount of air in a tire e Standard load A class of P metric or Metric tires designed to carry a maximum load at 35 psi 37 psi 2 5 bar for Metric tires Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tire s load carrying capability e Extra load A class of P metric or Metric tires designed to carry a heavier maximum load at 41 psi 43 psi 2 9 bar for Metric tires 204 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tire s load carrying capability e kPa Kilopascal a metric unit of air pressure e PSI Pounds per square inch a standard unit of air pressure e Cold inflation pressure The tire pressure when the vehicle has been stationary and out of direct sunlight for an hour or more and prior to the vehicle being driven for 1 mile 1 6 km e Recommended inflation pressure The cold inflation pressure found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door e B pillar The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door e Bead area of the tire Area of the tire next to the rim e Sidewall of the tire Area between the bead area and the tread e Tread area of the tire Area of th
82. steep grades e Consult your local motor vehicle speed regulations for towing a trailer 231 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading It is recommended to select the L Low gear position when additional engine braking is needed In situations such as prolonged downhill driving on steep grades e driving in mountainous areas additional engine braking is needed to reduce the load on the vehicle s regular brake system to prevent them from overheating e Anticipate stops and brake gradually Servicing after towing If you tow a trailer for long distances your vehicle will require more frequent service intervals Refer to your scheduled maintenance information for more information Trailer towing tips e Practice turning stopping and backing up before starting on a trip to get the feel of the vehicle trailer combination When turning make wider turns so the trailer wheels will clear curbs and other obstacles e Allow more distance for stopping with a trailer attached e If you are driving down a long or steep hill shift to a lower gear Do not apply the brakes continuously as they may overheat and become less effective e The trailer tongue weight should be 10 15 of the loaded trailer weight e After you have traveled 50 miles 80 km thoroughly check your hitch electrical connections and trailer wheel lug nuts e To aid in engine transmission cooling and A C
83. strap Perform the following steps to attach a child safety seat to the tether anchor 1 Route the child safety seat tether strap over the back of the seat For vehicles with adjustable head restraints route the tether strap under the head restraint and between the head restraint posts otherwise route the tether strap over the top of the head restraint 2 Locate the correct anchor for the selected seating position N 197 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 3 Open the tether anchor cover 4 Clip the tether strap to the anchor as shown If the tether strap is clipped incorrectly the child safety seat may not be retained properly in the event of a collision 5 Tighten the child safety seat tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions If the safety seat is not anchored properly the risk of a child being injured in a collision greatly increases If your child restraint system is equipped with a tether strap and the child restraint manufacturer recommends its use Ford also recommends its use Child booster seats The belt positioning booster booster seat is used to improve the fit of the vehicle safety belt Children outgrow a typical child seat e g convertible or toddler seat when they weigh about 40 Ib 18 kg and are around four 4 years of age Consult your child safety seat owner guide for the weight height and age l
84. terminal of the booster vehicle s battery 4 Remove the jumper cable from the positive terminal of the disabled vehicle s battery After the disabled vehicle has been started and the jumper cables removed allow it to idle for several minutes so the engine computer can relearn its idle conditions 308 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies WRECKER TOWING If you need to have your vehicle towed contact a professional towing service or if you are a member of a roadside assistance program your roadside assistance service provider It is recommended that your vehicle be towed with a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment Do not tow with a slingbelt Ford Motor Company has not approved a slingbelt towing procedure On FWD vehicles if your vehicle is to be towed from the front ensure proper wheel lift equipment is used to raise the front wheels off the ground The rear wheels can be left on the ground when towed in this fashion If your vehicle is to be towed from the rear using wheel lift equipment it is recommended that the front wheels drive wheels be placed on a dolly to prevent damage to the automatic transmission On AWD vehicles it is required that your vehicle be towed with a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment with all the wheels off the ground to prevent damage to the automatic transmission AWD system or veh
85. that a EEFE you keep the tag in a safe place for Ml Si 58 future reference xg 109 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security Intelligent Access Key IA key if equipped Your vehicle may be equipped with two Intelligent Access keys which operate the power locks and the remote entry system You have to have the IA key in the vehicle to activate the push button start system The IA key also contains a removable mechanical key blade that can be used to unlock the driver door To release the mechanical key blade press the release button on the back of the transmitter and slide the blade out Your IA keys are programmed to your vehicle You cannot enter or Ss start your vehicle with an unprogrammed key If you lose one 3 or both of your IA keys replacements are available from your authorized dealer For more information on programming replacement IA keys refer to the SecuriLock passive anti theft system section in this chapter Note Your vehicle s IA backup keys were issued with a security tag that provides important vehicle key cut c IMI information It is recommended that 1031X you keep the tag in a safe place for future reference 110 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security POWER DOOR LOCKS e Press the control to unlock all doors a
86. the Brake system have the system serviced by an authorized dealer immediately Operating your vehicle with AdvanceTrac disabled could lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death Your vehicle is equipped with the AdvanceTrac system The AdvanceTrac system provides the following stability enhancement features for certain driving situations e Traction Control TCS which functions to help avoid drive wheel spin and loss of traction e Electronic Stability Control ESC which functions to help avoid skids or lateral slides 244 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving The AdvanceTrac system automatically enables each time the engine is started All features of the AdvanceTrac system TCS and ESC are active and monitor the vehicle from start up However the system will only intervene if the driving situation requires it The AdvanceTrac system includes an AdvanceTrac OFF control f switch on the instrument panel a sliding car icon igi and a sliding car off icon hni in the instrument cluster Both the sliding car icon igi and the sliding car off icon hi in the instrument cluster will illuminate temporarily during start up as part of a normal system self check The sliding car icon igi may illuminate flash during certain driving situation which cause the AdvanceTrac system to operate If
87. the following reasons e Your vehicle was not perfectly level during fill up e Differences in the automatic shut off points on the fuel pumps at service stations e Variations in top off procedure from one fill up to another e Rounding of the displayed values to the nearest 0 1 gallon liter 1 Drive the vehicle at least 5 miles 8 km with the speed control system engaged to display a stabilized average 2 Record the highway fuel economy for future reference It is important to press the RESET button press and hold RESET for two seconds in order to reset the function after setting the speed control to get accurate highway fuel economy readings For more information refer to Essentials of good fuel economy in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter MPG Lkm This displays instantaneous fuel economy as a bar graph ranging from poor economy to f excellent economy Your vehicle must be moving to calculate instantaneous fuel economy When your vehicle is not moving this function shows one or no bars illuminated Instantaneous fuel economy cannot be reset TIMER Timer displays the trip elapsed drive time To operate do the following 1 Press and release RESET in order to start the timer 2 Press and release RESET to pause the timer 3 Press and hold RESET until the timer resets Blank Screen The message center display will be blank after cycling through all of the Info menu items 20 2010 Taurus 500
88. the height of the shoulder belt so the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder To adjust the shoulder belt height squeeze the button and slide the height adjuster up or down Release the button and pull down on the height adjuster to make sure it is locked in place WARNING Position the safety belt height adjusters so that the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder Failure to adjust the safety belt properly could reduce the effectiveness of the seat belt and increase the risk of injury in a collision Safety belt pretensioner Your vehicle is equipped with safety belt pretensioners at the driver and front outboard passenger seating positions The safety belt pretensioner tightens the safety belts firmly against the occupant s body at the start of the crash 165 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints WARNING The driver and front passenger safety belt system including retractors buckles and height adjusters must be replaced if the vehicle is involved in a collision that results in deployment of front airbags seat mounted side airbags and Safety Canopy and safety belt pretensioners Safety belt extension assembly If the safety belt is too short when fully extended there is an 8 inch 20 cm safety belt extension assembly that can be added part number 611022 This assembly can be obtained from an authorized dealer Use onl
89. the ignition states e When the engine is running and a door is opened then closed e When the vehicle s speed exceeds 10 mph 16 km h for the first time after starting Refer to Push button start system in the Driving chapter for more information RESTART NOW OR KEY IS NEEDED if equipped Displayed when the start stop button is pressed to shut off the engine and a Intelligent Access Key is not detected inside the vehicle Refer to Push button start system in the Driving chapter for more information ACCESSORY POWER ACTIVE if equipped Displayed when the vehicle is in the accessory ignition state STARTING SYSTEM FAULT if equipped This message is displayed when there is a problem with your vehicle s starting security system your vehicle will not be able to start See your authorized dealer for service KEY PROGRAMMED 3 KEYS TOTAL if equipped Displayed during spare key programming when a third Intelligent Access Key is programmed to the system KEY PROGRAMMED 4 KEYS TOTAL if equipped Displayed during spare key programming when a fourth Intelligent Access Key is programmed to the system MAX OF KEYS LEARNED if equipped Displayed during spare key programming after a fourth Intelligent Access Key is programmed or upon entering spare key programming mode with four Intelligent Access Keys already programmed to the vehicle MY KEY ACTIVE DRIVE SAFELY Displayed at startup when MyKey is in use Refe
90. the seat e Operate the seat heater if water or any other liquid is spilled on the seat Allow the seat to dry thoroughly To operate the heated seats Press once to activate the high heat ooo setting three indicator lights Continue pressing to scroll through the other settings medium heat two indicator lights low heat one indicator light or off The heated seats will turn off after 15 minutes If the engine falls below 350 RPMs while the heated seats are on the feature will turn itself off and will need to be reactivated Cooled seats The cooled seats will only function when the engine is running 148 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints To operate the cooled seats Press once to activate the high cool ooo setting three indicator lights aef Continue pressing to scroll through the other settings medium cool two indicator lights low cool one indicator light or off The cooled seats will turn off after 30 minutes If the engine falls below 350 RPMs while the cooled seats are on the feature will turn itself off and will need to be reactivated Climate controlled seats air filter replacement The climate controlled seat system includes air filters that must be replaced periodically Refer to the scheduled maintenance information for more information e There is a filter located under each front seat i EENS S E e The filter can be
91. this section Reverse sensing is only an aid for some generally large and fixed objects when moving in reverse on a flat surface at parking speeds Inclement weather may also affect the function of the RSS this may include reduced performance or a false activation 256 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving 4 WARNING To help avoid personal injury always use caution 1y when in R Reverse and when using the RSS A WARNING This system is not designed to prevent contact with small or moving objects The system is designed to provide a warning to assist the driver in detecting large stationary objects to avoid damaging the vehicle The system may not detect smaller objects particularly those close to the ground A WARNING Certain add on devices such as large trailer hitches l bike or surfboard racks and any device that may block the normal detection zone of the RSS system may create false beeps The RSS detects obstacles up to six feet two meters from the rear bumper with a decreased coverage area at the outer corners of the bumper refer to the figures for approximate zone coverage areas As you move closer to the obstacle the rate of the tone increases When the obstacle is less than 10 inches 25 0 cm away the tone will sound continuously If the RSS detects a stationary or receding object further than 10 inches 25 0 cm from the side of the vehicle the tone will sound f
92. turn off the ignition while your vehicle is moving especially at high speeds 351 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications e Have the items listed in scheduled maintenance information performed according to the specified schedule The scheduled maintenance items listed in scheduled maintenance information are essential to the life and performance of your vehicle and to its emissions system If other than Ford Motorcraft or Ford authorized parts are used for maintenance replacements or for service of components affecting emission control such non Ford parts should be equivalent to genuine Ford Motor Company parts in performance and durability WARNING Do not park idle or drive your vehicle in dry grass or other dry ground cover The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system which can start a fire Illumination of the service engine soon Cc indicator charging system warning light or the temperature warning light fluid leaks strange odors smoke or loss of engine power could indicate that the emission control system is not working properly An improperly operating or damaged exhaust system may allow exhaust to enter the vehicle Have a damaged or improperly operating exhaust system inspected and repaired immediately WARNING Exhaust leaks may result in entry of harmful and potentially lethal fumes into the passenger compartment Do not mak
93. twice to warn you that a door the hood or the trunk is still open e Press the driver or passenger E power door lock control while the T door is open then close the door A e Press and hold the 7 e 8 and 9 e 0 controls on the keyless entry pad at the same time to lock the doors driver s door must be closed There is a 20 second countdown when any of the above actions occur before the vehicle becomes armed Each door the hood or the trunk is armed individually and if any are open they must be closed for the system to enter the 20 second countdown The turn signal lamps will flash once when all doors the hood or the trunk are closed indicating the vehicle is locked and entering the 20 second countdown 138 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security Disarming the system You can disarm the system by any of the following actions e Unlock the doors by using your transmitter e Unlock the doors by using your keyless entry pad e Turn ignition to the on position with a valid programmed SecuriLock key or Integrated Keyhead Transmitter IKT If equipped with Intelligent Access Key unlock the driver s door with a key Turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle to make sure the alarm disarms Pressing the power door unlock control within the 20 second prearmed mode will return the vehicle to a disarmed state If equipped with Integrated Keyhea
94. use washer fluid with antifreeze protection Failure to use washer fluid with antifreeze protection in cold weather could result in impaired windshield vision and increase the risk of injury or accident Note Do not put washer fluid in the engine coolant reservoir Washer fluid placed in the cooling system may harm engine and cooling system components 330 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications CHANGING THE WIPER BLADES 1 Pull the wiper blade and arm away from the glass 2 Squeeze the locking tabs to release the blade from the arm and pull the blade away from the arm to remove it 3 Attach the new blade to the arm and snap it into place Replace wiper blades at least once per year for optimum performance Poor wiper quality can be improved by cleaning the wiper blades and the ales Refer to Windows and wiper blades in the Cleaning chapter To prolong the life of the wiper blades it is highly recommended to scrape off the ice on the windshield before turning on the wipers The layer of ice has many sharp edges and can damage the micro edge of the wiper rubber element ENGINE OIL 92 Checking the engine oil Refer to the scheduled maintenance information for the appropriate intervals for checking the engine oil 1 Make sure the vehicle is on level ground 2 Turn the engine off and wait 15 minutes for the oil to drain into the oil pan 3 Set the
95. will display in the rearview mirror or on the navigation screen if equipped The area displayed on the screen may vary according to the vehicle orientation and or road condition e 1 Rear bumper e 2 Red zone e 3 Yellow zone e 4 Green zone Always use caution while backing Objects in the red zone are closest to your vehicle and objects in the green zone are further away Objects are getting closer to your vehicle as they move from the green zone to the yellow or red zones Use the side mirrors and rearview mirror to get better coverage on both sides and rear of the vehicle 258 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving Image delay if displayed through the rearview mirror When shifting out of R Reverse and into any other gear the image in the rearview mirror will remain on for a few seconds before it shuts off to assist in parking or trailer hookup Image delay if displayed through the Navigation screen After shifting out of R Reverse and into any gear other than P Park the image in the navigation screen will remain until the vehicle speed reaches five mph 8 km h only if the rear camera delay feature is on or until any navigation radio button is pressed Note The default setting for the rear camera delay is off Press the Settings button found on the navigation screen to set the rear camera delay feature to on or off Refer to the Navigation supplement for mor
96. windshield and the auto interval setting The wipers will continue to wipe as long as the presence of moisture is detected on the windshield More or less wiping may occur depending on humidity mist or light rain or road spray Keep the outside of the windshield clean especially the area around the rear view mirror where the sensor is located or rain sensor performance may be affected Note During winter driving conditions with ice snow or a salty road mist inconsistent wiping or smearing may occur In these conditions you can lower the sensitivity to reduce the amount of smearing or override the feature by selecting low or high speed wiping or turning the wiper system off Note The rain sensing wiper feature must be turned off before entering a car wash Windshield washer Push the end of the stalk e briefly causes a single swipe of the wipers without washer fluid e a quick push and hold the wipers will swipe three times with washer fluid e along push and hold the wipers and washer fluid will be activated for up to ten seconds 73 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls Courtesy wipe feature One extra wipe will occur a few seconds after washing the front window to clear any excess washer fluid remaining on the windshield Note Do not operate the washer when the washer reservoir is empty This may cause the washer pump to overheat Check the washer
97. with an octane rating below 87 particularly in high altitude areas Fuels with octane levels below 87 are not recommended for either engine Do not be concerned if your engine sometimes knocks lightly However if it knocks heavily while you are using fuel with the recommended octane rating see your authorized dealer to prevent any engine damage Fuel quality If you are experiencing starting rough idle or hesitation driveability problems during a cold start try a different brand of gasoline Premium unleaded gasoline should not be used if Regular unleaded gasoline is recommended because it may cause these problems to become more pronounced If the problems persist see your authorized dealer It should not be necessary to add any aftermarket products to your fuel tank if you continue to use high quality fuel of the recommended octane rating Aftermarket products could cause damage to the fuel system Repairs to correct the effects of using an aftermarket product in your fuel may not be covered by your warranty Cleaner air Ford endorses the use of reformulated cleaner burning gasolines to improve air quality per the recommendations in the Choosing the right fuel section 346 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Running out of fuel Avoid running out of fuel because this situation may have an adverse effect on powertrain components If you ha
98. with the front passenger seat sensing system In case there is a problem with the e front passenger sensing system the airbag readiness lamp in the IN instrument cluster will stay lit If the airbag readiness lamp is lit do the following The driver and or adult passengers should check for any objects that may be lodged underneath the front passenger seat or cargo interfering with the seat If objects are lodged and or cargo is interfering with the seat please take the following steps to remove the obstruction e Pull the vehicle over e Turn the vehicle off e Driver and or adult passengers should check for any objects lodged underneath the front passenger seat or cargo interfering with the seat e Remove the obstruction s Gf found Restart the vehicle e Wait at least two minutes and verify that the airbag readiness lamp is no longer illuminated If the airbag readiness lamp remains illuminated this may or may not be a problem due to the front passenger sensing system DO NOT attempt to repair or service the system take your vehicle immediately to an authorized dealer If it is necessary to modify an advanced front airbag system to accommodate a person with disabilities contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center at the phone number shown in the Customer Assistance chapter of this Owner s Guide 179 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints WARN
99. work Safety belts when used properly reduce risk of death to front seat occupants by 45 in cars and by 60 in light trucks 168 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Traffic is light Nearly 1 of 2 deaths occur in single vehicle crashes many when no other vehicles are around Belts wrinkle my clothes Possibly but a serious crash can do much more than wrinkle your clothes particularly if you are unbelted The people I m with don t Set the example teen deaths occur 4 wear belts times more often in vehicles with TWO or MORE people Children and younger brothers sisters imitate behavior they see T have an airbag Airbags offer greater protection when used with safety belts Frontal airbags are not designed to inflate in rear and side crashes or rollovers Td rather be thrown clear Not a good idea People who are ejected are 40 times more likely to DIE Safety belts help prevent ejection WE CAN T PICK OUR CRASH WARNING Do not sit on top of a buckled safety belt or insert a latchplate into the buckle to avoid the Belt Minder chime To do so may adversely affect the performance of the vehicle s airbag system Deactivating activating the Belt Minder feature The driver and front passenger Belt Minder are deactivated activated independently When deactivating activating one seating position do not buckle the
100. 02 1st Printing USA fus Driving Failure to maintain your vehicle properly may void the warranty increase your repair cost reduce vehicle performance and operational capabilities and adversely affect driver and passenger safety Frequent inspection of vehicle chassis components is recommended if the vehicle is subjected to heavy off highway usage DRIVING THROUGH WATER If driving through deep or standing water is unavoidable proceed very slowly especially when the depth is not known Never drive through o water that is higher than the bottom SZ of the wheel rims for cars or the bottom of the hubs for trucks When driving through water traction or brake capability may be limited Also water may enter your engine s air intake and severely damage your engine or your vehicle may stall Driving through deep water where the transmission vent tube is submerged may allow water into the transmission and cause internal transmission damage Once through the water always dry the brakes by moving your vehicle slowly while applying light pressure on the brake pedal Wet brakes do not stop the vehicle as quickly as dry brakes 276 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE Getting roadside assistance To fully assist you should you have a vehicle concern Ford Motor Company offers a complimentary roadside assistance program This program is separate from
101. 2002 1st Printing USA fus Lights Replacing high mount brake lamp bulbs Your vehicle is equipped with an LED high mount brake lamp It is designed to last the life of the vehicle If replacement is required it is recommended that you see your authorized dealer Replacing license plate lamp bulbs 1 Make sure the headlamp switch is in the off position 2 Remove the two screws from the license plate lamp assembly ze JI o 3 Carefully pull the bulb out from the contacts Install new bulb s in reverse order Replacing supplemental park lamp bulbs Your vehicle is equipped with an LED supplemental park lamp It is designed to last the life of the vehicle If replacement is required it is recommended that you see your authorized dealer 72 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls MULTI FUNCTION LEVER Windshield wiper Rotate the end of the control away from you to increase the speed of the wipers rotate towards you to decrease the speed of the wipers Rain sensing wipers if equipped The rain sensing wipers will automatically activate when moisture is present on the windshield and the multi function switch is set to one of five auto interval moisture sensitivity settings Rotate the end of the control toward the windshield to increase the sensitivity The speed of the rain sensitive wipers will vary based on the amount of moisture detected on the
102. 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls 5 Firmly press and release the learn or smart button The name and color of the button may vary by manufacturer Note There are 30 seconds in which to initiate Step 6 6 Return to the vehicle and firmly press hold for two seconds and release the programmed HomeLink button Repeat the press hold release sequence again and depending on the brand of the garage door opener or other rolling code equipped device repeat this sequence a third time to complete the programming HomeLink should now activate your rolling code equipped device To program additional HomeLink buttons begin with Step 1 in this section For questions or comments please contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 Gate Operator amp Canadian Programming During programming your hand held transmitter may ae automatically stop transmitting not allowing enough time for HomeLink to accept the signal Q C from the hand held transmitter After completing Step 1 outlined in the Programming section replace Step 2 with the following Note If programming a garage door opener or gate operator it is advised to unplug the device during the cycling process to prevent overheating e Continue to press and hold the HomeLink button note Step 2 in the Programming section while you press and release every two seconds cycle
103. 3983d BUINUAY Jag 371 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing 2010 Taurus 500 USA fus Index A Automatic transaxle fluid refill capacities 360 Accessory delay n 82 fluid specification 360 Automatic transmission Adaptive Cruise Control 86 driving an automatic AGVaNCO TTC senarrari 244 OVETOTIVE irinak 251 Z oe fl id adding cssraeriricerisiren AdvanceTrac Sport Mode MS fiuid checking nn 355 Air cleaner filter 357 359 Selectshift SST 255 Air conditioning 48 51 Auxiliary input jack Line in 39 automatic temperature B control system cceeeeeeeeeee 53 manual heating and air Battery menner sentir 334 conditioning system 0 48 acid treating emergencies 334 jumping a disabled battery 304 Airbag supplemental restraint maintenance free s s 334 SVSUCIN ao s 171 172 180 182 replacement specifications 359 and child safety seats 173 SOLVICINE sporuna iaae 334 description 0 172 180 182 Belt Minder 167 disposal eresian 186 G a a driver airbag 174 181 183 Blind Spot Information indicator light 0 00 180 185 SYSTE r A E EE 263 Operation o s 174 181 183 Booster seats voces 199 passenger airbag 174 181 183 side airbag csccsrccesiesiecsscrsctsssaces 180 oe Ee eG ene ene oe All Wheel Drive AWD anti lock brake system ABS driving
104. 4 Telephone 1 800 565 3673 FORD Online www ford ca Mailing address Lincoln vehicles Lincoln Centre Ford Motor Company of Canada Limited P O Box 2000 Oakville Ontario L6J 5E4 Telephone 1 800 387 9333 Online www lincolncanada com Additional assistance If you have questions or concerns or are unsatisfied with the service you are receiving follow these steps 1 Contact your Sales Representative or Service Advisor at your selling servicing authorized dealer 2 If your inquiry or concern remains unresolved contact the Sales Manager Service Manager or Customer Relations Manager 3 If you require assistance or clarification on Ford Motor Company policies please contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center In order to help you serve you better please have the following information available when contacting a Customer Relationship Center e Vehicle Identification Number VIN e Your telephone number home and business e The name of the authorized dealer and city where located e The vehicle s current odometer reading In some states you must directly notify Ford in writing before pursuing remedies under your state s warranty laws Ford is also allowed a final repair attempt in some states 312 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Customer Assistance In the United States a warranty dispute must be submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE before taking action under the Magn
105. 8 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications WARNING To reduce the risk of personal injury make sure the engine is cool before unscrewing the coolant pressure relief cap The cooling system is under pressure steam and hot liquid can come out forcefully when the cap is loosened slightly Add the proper mixture of coolant and water to the cooling system by following these steps 1 Before you begin turn the engine off and let it cool 2 When the engine is cool wrap a thick cloth around the coolant pressure relief cap on the coolant reservoir a translucent plastic bottle Slowly turn cap counterclockwise left until pressure begins to release 3 Step back while the pressure releases 4 When you are sure that all the pressure has been released use the cloth to turn it counterclockwise and remove the cap 5 Fill the coolant reservoir slowly with the proper coolant mixture to within the COLD FILL RANGE or the FULL COLD level on the reservoir If you removed the radiator cap in an overflow system fill the radiator until the coolant is visible and radiator is almost full 6 Replace the cap Turn until tightly installed Cap must be tightly installed to prevent coolant loss After any coolant has been added check the coolant concentration refer to Checking engine coolant If the concentration is not 50 50 protection to 34 F 36 C drain some coolant and adjust
106. EERING ASSIST FAULT will be displayed in the message center If this happens stop the vehicle in a safe place and turn off the engine After at least 10 seconds reset the system by restarting the engine and watch the message center for POWER STEERING ASSIST FAULT If the message returns or returns while driving take the vehicle to your dealer to have it checked With the message displayed the steering assist is turned off making the vehicle harder to steer WARNING If the message SERVICE POWER STEERING is displayed in the message center the EPS system has detected a problem with the system function On the next key cycle the message SERVICE POWER STEERING NOW will be displayed and steering assist will be removed until the steering system is serviced Have your vehicle taken to the nearest dealer as soon as possible 3 5L V6 engine Your vehicle is equipped with a hydraulic steering system To help prevent damage to the power steering system never hold the steering wheel at its furthest turning points until it stops for more than a few seconds when the engine is running If the power steering system breaks down or if the engine is turned off you can steer the vehicle manually but it takes more effort e Do not operate the vehicle with a low power steering pump fluid level below the MIN mark on the reservoir e Some noise is normal during operation If excessive check for low power steering pump fluid level before seekin
107. FM radio in your audio system as this will cause distortion and will reduce sound quality Many portable music players have different output levels so not all players should be set at the same levels Some players will sound best at full volume and others will need to be set at a lower volume 3 If the music sounds distorted at lower listening levels turn the portable music player volume down If the problems persists replace or recharge the batteries in the portable music player 4 The portable music player must be controlled in the same manner when it is used with headphones as the AIJ does not provide control play pause etc over the attached portable music player 40 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems 5 For safety reasons connecting or adjusting the settings on your portable music player should not be attempted while the vehicle is moving Also the portable music player should be stored in a secure location such as the center console or the glove box when the vehicle is in motion The audio extension cable must be long enough to allow the portable music player to be safely stored while the vehicle is in motion USB port if equipped WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control accident and injury Ford strongly recommends that drivers use extreme caution when using any device that may take their focus off the road The driver s primary
108. G non maui AN 7 REAR GAWR PHBE AR OOK Bf XxxxKG WITHZAVEC T RES PNEUS PWA DATE xx xx roy XXXX XXXXXX RIMS JANTES XXxXXX AT A kPa PSI LPC xxx xx COLD A FROID xxx xx JUMELEES VIN XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX TYPE 0000X COMPLIES 0009 300 00 33000 jumped ll INTIR TIPPS TR AMIE T SPR X XX X XXXX XXX O OOODUUODIKX XXX VXXXX00000X XX WARNING Exceeding the Safety Compliance Certification Label vehicle weight rating limits could result in substandard vehicle handling or performance engine transmission and or structural damage serious damage to the vehicle loss of control and personal injury 227 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Gew GCW Gross Combined Weight is the weight of the loaded vehicle GVW plus the weight of the fully loaded trailer GCWR Gross Combined Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight of the vehicle and the loaded trailer including all cargo and passengers that the vehicle can handle without risking damage Important The towing vehicles braking system is rated for operation at GVWR not at GCWR Separate functional brakes should be used for safe control of towed vehicles and for trailers where the GCW of the towing vehicle plus the trailer exceed the GVWR of the towing vehicle The GCW must never exceed the GCWR Maximum Loaded Trailer Weight is the highest possible weigh
109. ING Any alteration modification to the front passenger seat may affect the performance of the front passenger sensing system Determining if the system is operational The supplemental restraint system uses a warning indicator light in the instrument cluster or a back up tone to indicate the condition of the system Refer to the Warning lights and chimes section in the Instrument Cluster chapter Routine maintenance of the airbag is not required A difficulty with the system is indicated by one or more of the following e The readiness light same light o for front and side airbag system will either flash or stay lit IN e The readiness light will not illuminate immediately after ignition is turned on A series of five beeps will be heard The tone pattern will repeat periodically until the problem and or light are repaired If any of these things happen even intermittently have the supplemental restraint system serviced at an authorized dealer immediately Unless serviced the system may not function properly in the event of a collision Seat mounted side airbag system 4o WARNING Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the airbag cover on the side of the seatbacks of the front seats or in front seat areas that may come into contact with a deploying airbag Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a collision WARNING Do not use accessory seat covers The
110. If a ring forms on the fabric after spot cleaning clean the entire area immediately but do not oversaturate or the ring will set e Do not use household cleaning products or glass cleaners which can stain and discolor the fabric and affect the flame retardant abilities of the seat materials WARNING Do not use cleaning solvents bleach or dye on the vehicle s safety belts as these actions may weaken the belt webbing WARNING On vehicles equipped with seat mounted airbags do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents Such products could contaminate the side airbag system and affect performance of the side airbag in a collision 323 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Cleaning LEATHER SEATS IF EQUIPPED Your leather seating surfaces have a clear protective coating over the leather e For routine cleaning wipe the surface with a soft damp cloth For more thorough cleaning wipe the surface with a mild soap and water solution In Canada use Motorcraft Vinyl Cleaner CXC 93 Dry the area with a soft cloth e If the leather cannot be completely cleaned using a mild soap and water solution the leather may be cleaned using a commercially available cleaning product designed for automotive leather e Do not use household cleaning products alcohol solutions solvents or cleaners intended for rubber vinyl and plastics or oil petroleum based leather conditioners These products may ca
111. Note Cranking may be stopped at any time by turning the key to the off position 236 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving 3 After idling for a few seconds release the parking brake apply the brake shift into gear and drive Note If the engine does not start on the first try turn the vehicle to the off position wait 10 seconds and try Step 2 again If the engine still fails to start press the accelerator to the floor and try Step 2 again keeping the accelerator on the floor until the engine begins to accelerate above cranking speeds this will allow the engine to crank with the fuel shut off in case the engine is flooded with fuel Push button start system if equipped If your vehicle is equipped with the push button start system you can start your vehicle by pressing the start button in combination with the brake pedal rather than using a key The start button is located on the instrument panel to right of the steering wheel In order to operate the Push Button Start system and start your vehicle your Intelligent Access key IA key must be present inside the vehicle either in the passenger compartment or in the trunk Ignition modes 1 Off press and release the START STOP button without applying the brake pedal when your vehicle is in accessory or on modes or when the engine is running Note When the vehicle is in motion a single press and release of the START STOP bu
112. OClel l l lel71 are 30 available presets 10 each for SAT1 SAT2 and SATS To save satellite channels in your memory presets tune to the desired channel then press and hold a memory preset number 0 9 until sound returns TEXT Press and release to display the artist and song title While in TEXT MODE press again to scroll through the Artist AR Song SO Channel CH and Category CA In TEXT MODE Sometimes the display requires additional text to be displayed When the lt gt indicator is active press TEXT and then press a SEEK gt to view the additional display text 35 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems CAT Category FOLD aro Folder Press to toggle between turning the most recently selected satellite radio category on or off The category icon CAT will illuminate in the display when a specific category is selected the icon will not illuminate during CATEGORY ALL If no category has ever been selected NO CATEGORY SELECTED will display Note Separate categories can be set for SAT1 SAT2 or SATS Refer to Satellite radio menu for further information on selecting a satellite radio category SATELLITE RADIO MENU Press MENU when satellite radio mode is active to access Press OK to enter into the satellite radio menu Press A SEEK vy to cycle through the following options e CATEGORY MENU Press OK to enter
113. OR CO 7 DATE XX XX GVWR XXXXXLB XXXXXKG Label The follo wing table tells you FRONT GAWR XXXXL REARGAWR XXXL which transmission each code XXXXKG WITH XXXXKG WITH XXXX XXXXXXX TIRES XXXX XXXXXXX TIRES represents XXXX KX RIMS XXXX XX RIMS AT XXX kPa XX PSLCOLD 4f AT XXX kPa XX PSI COLD THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MO VEHICLE SAFETY AND THEFT PREVENTION STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE VIN XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX TYPE XXX EXT PNT _ XX RC XX DSO WB BRK TINTTR TP PS R AXLE SPR XXXXX XXX X XX X XX XX XXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XA XXXX XXXXXXX XX 6F 6 Speed Automatic Transmission 6F55 6 Speed Automatic Transmission with C EcoBoost 366 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Accessories GENUINE FORD ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE A wide selection of Genuine Ford Accessories are available for your vehicle through your local Ford or Ford of Canada dealer These quality accessories have been specifically engineered to fulfill your automotive needs they are custom designed to complement the style and aerodynamic appearance of your vehicle In addition each accessory is made from high quality materials and meets or exceeds Ford s rigorous engineering and safety specifications Ford Motor Company will repair or replace any properly dealer installed Genuine Ford Accessories found to be defective in factory supplied mater
114. Outdoor conditions can deteriorate extension cords over a period of time e To reduce the risk of electrical shock do not use your heater with ungrounded electrical systems or two pronged cheater adapters Also ensure that the block heater especially the cord is in good condition before use e Make sure that when in operation the extension cord plug engine block heater cord plug connection is free and clear of water in order to prevent possible shock or fire 240 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving e Be sure that areas where the vehicle is parked are clean and clear of all combustibles such as petroleum products dust rags paper and similar items e Be sure that the engine block heater heater cord and extension cord are solidly connected A poor connection can cause the cord to become very hot and may result in an electrical shock or fire Be sure to check for heat anywhere in the electrical hookup once the system has been operating for approximately a half hour e Finally have the engine block heater system checked during your fall tune up to be sure it s in good working order How to use the engine block heater Ensure the receptacle terminals are clean and dry prior to use To clean them use a dry cloth Depending on the type of factory installed equipment your engine block heater will use 4 to 1 0 kilowatt hours of energy per hour of use Your factory installed block heate
115. Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Climate Controls DUAL ZONE AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL IF EQUIPPED Temperature conversion To switch between Fahrenheit and Celsius refer to Message center in the Instrument Cluster chapter l e Fan speed control Press to increase the fan speed 2 QV Defrost Distributes outside air through the windshield defroster vents and de mister vents Can be used to clear the windshield of fog and thin ice The system will automatically provide outside air to reduce window fogging Press this button again to return to the previous air flow selection 3 S Manual override control Allows you to manually select where airflow is directed To return to full automatic control press AUTO When choosing to control airflow manually press repeatedly to toggle through the settings to choose e 3 Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents de mister vents floor vents and rear seat floor vents The system will automatically provide outside air to reduce window fogging e Distributes air through the instrument panel vents e 122 Distributes air through the instrument panel vents floor vents rear seat floor vents and de mister vents e Distributes air through the floor vents and rear seat floor vents 51 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Climate Controls 4 A C Press to activate deactivate
116. PPED Your vehicle may be equipped with a temporary mobility kit located in the spare tire well in the trunk The temporary mobility kit consists of an air compressor to reinflate the tire and a sealing compound in a canister that will effectively seal most punctures caused by nails or similar objects This kit will provide a temporary seal allowing you to drive your vehicle up to 120 miles 200 km at a maximum speed of 50 mph 80 km h Note The temporary mobility kit sealant compound in the canister is to be used for one tire only See your Ford authorized dealer for additional replacement sealant canisters 294 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies Air compressor inside Diverter knob On Off button Air pressure gauge Deflation button Sealant bottle canister Sealant filling clear tube oOAnNowFP WNW FH Sealant tube tire valve connector 9 Yellow cap tool 10 Air compressor hose 11 Air hose tire valve connector 12 Accessory power plug 13 Casing housing General information WARNING Failure to follow these guidelines could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control injury or death Do not attempt to repair punctures larger than 1 4 inch 6 4 mm or damage to the tire s sidewall The tire may not completely seal Note Do not use the temporary mobility kit if a tire has become severely damaged by driving the ve
117. PaYyoS 0 Jeyoy PING AT eNOOUMW OSN ATUO pmnoys AT eNOOUAW etmMbes yey suorsstusued OYBUIOINY sosueyo py sulinp Area Lew yunowe enjoy Ayede py Arp eyeurtxorddy Jequmny Jed p10 IO oUIVN Hed p10 q 362 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing 2010 Taurus 500 USA fus Maintenance and Specifications ENGINE DATA Engine 3 5L V6 engine 3 5L V6 SHO engine See Octane See Octane Fuel recommendations recommendations earlier earlier in this chapter in this chapter idiomas 0 052 0 056 inch 0 033 0 037 inch 8 y 1 32 1 42 mm 838 939 mm Spark plug gap Coil on plug Coil on plug ratio Engine drivebelt routing 3 5L V6 engine 1 Short drivebelt is on first pulley groove closest to engine except vehicles with electric power assisted steering 2 Long drivebelt is on second pulley groove farthest from engine 363 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications 3 5L V6 SHO engine IDENTIFYING YOUR VEHICLE Safety Compliance Certification Label The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration Regulations require MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO i DATE XXIXX GVWR XXXXXLB XXXXXKG that 5 Safety Comp liance FRONT GAWR XXXXL REARGAWR XXXL Certification Label be affixed to a XXXXKG w XXXXKG vehicle and prescribe where the ae Ss a l Safety Compliance Certification AT XXX KPAX C PSLOOLD J AT XXX KPaIXX PSI COLD Label may be loca
118. Press to control the driver heated seat Refer to Seating in the Seating and Safety Restraints chapter for more information 14 G Rear defroster Press to activate deactivate the rear window defroster Refer to Rear window defroster later in this chapter for more information If your vehicle is equipped with both rear defroster and heated mirrors the same button will activate both 15 Fan speed control Press to decrease the fan speed DUAL ZONE AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL NAVIGATION BASED IF EQUIPPED CLIMATE E Q o 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Climate Controls Temperature conversion To switch between Fahrenheit and Celsius refer to Message center in the Instrument Cluster chapter 1 CLIMATE Press to control the climate control system through the touch display screen See Touchscreen functions later in this section 2 69 Rear defroster Press to activate deactivate the rear window defroster Refer to Rear window defroster later in this chapter for more information If your vehicle is equipped with both rear defroster and heated mirrors the same button will activate both 3 A C Press to activate deactivate air conditioning Use with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency A C engages automatically in MAX A C QQ defrost and Sp floor defrost 4 Passenger tempera
119. Restraints To remove the adjustable head restraint do the following 1 Pull up the head restraint until it reaches the highest adjustment position A l 2 Simultaneously press and hold both the adjust release button and the unlock remove button then pull A up on the head restraint To reinstall the adjustable head restraint do the following 1 Insert the two stems into the guide sleeve collars 2 Push the head restraint down until it locks Va Properly adjust the head restraint so that the top of the head restraint is even with the top of your head and positioned as close as possible to the back of your head For occupants of extremely tall stature adjust the head restraint to its full up position 142 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints WARNING To minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a crash head restraints must be installed properly Using the manual lumbar support if equipped The lumbar support control is located on the outboard side shield Rotate the knob clockwise or counter clockwise to adjust lumbar support Adjusting the front manual seat if equipped WARNING Never adjust the driver s seat or seatback when the vehicle is moving WARNING Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap belt snug and low across the hips Lift handle to move seat forward or backward 7 a
120. TUNK ereraa 117 Warning lights see Lights 12 remote release 108 122 j Washer fluid oaen 330 T ri Signal ceysccecevesasssancessusexpsaese 65 Water Driving through 276 U Windows i i t t Universal garage door opener 9T System e t 121 USB POTT paveccnauadaceuganiieds 41 ON cachaisasanstauarcarnsienietaiawnis 79 v Windshield washer fluid and WIDErS sspe ennari E EE 73 Vehicle Identification Number checking and adding fluid 330 VIN arses enra 365 replacing wiper blades 331 Vehicle loading c ccccccceee 223 Wrecker towing ee 309 378 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus
121. Table of Contents Introduction 4 Instrument Cluster 12 Warning lights and chimes 12 Gauges 17 Message center 19 Entertainment Systems 30 AM FM stereo with CD MP3 30 Auxiliary input jack Line in 39 USB port 41 Satellite radio information 44 Navigation system 47 SYNC 47 Climate Controls 48 Manual heating and air conditioning 48 Dual electronic automatic temperature control 51 Navigation system based climate control 53 Rear window defroster 57 Lights 59 Headlamps 59 Turn signal control 65 Bulb replacement 67 Driver Controls 73 Windshield wiper washer control 73 Steering wheel adjustment 74 Power windows 79 Mirrors 82 Speed control 84 Adaptive cruise control 86 Moon roof 96 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Table of Contents Locks and Security 109 Keys 109 Locks 111 Anti theft system 129 Seating and Safety Restraints 140 Seating 140 Safety restraints 158 Airbags 171 Child restraints 186 Tires Wheels and Loading 203 Tire information 203 Tire inflation 205 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 218 Vehicle loading 223 Trailer towing 230 Recreational towing 232 Driving 234 Starting 234 Brakes 241 AdvanceTrac 244 Transmission operation 251 Reverse sensing system 256 Rear view camera system 258 Roadside Emergencies 277 Getting roadside assistance 277 Hazard flasher control 278 Fuses and relays 279 Changing tires 287 Temporary mobility kit 294 Wheel lug nut torque 302 Jump
122. There may be issues with the detection of vehicles in front when driving into and coming out of a bend or curve in the road In these cases ACC may brake late or unexpectedly The driver should stay alert and intervene when necessary ACC Not Available Several conditions exist which can cause ACC to deactivate or prevent ACC from activating when requested These conditions include e The sensor is blocked refer to Blocked sensor in this section e Brake temperature is high refer to Hilly condition usage in this section e A failure has occurred in the ACC system or related system Blocked sensor If a message regarding a blocked sensor is displayed the radar signals from the sensor have been obstructed The sensor is located behind a fascia cover near the driver o EE side of the lower grille When the radar signals are obstructed a F vehicle ahead cannot be detected and the ACC will not function The following table lists possible causes and actions for this message being displayed 93 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls The surface of the radar in the Clean the grille surface in front of grille is dirty or obstructed in the radar or remove the object some way causing the obstruction The surface of the radar in the Wait a short time It may take grille is clean but the message several minutes for the radar to remains in the display det
123. Traction or brake capability may be limited When driving through water determine the depth avoid water higher than the bottom of the wheel rims if possible and proceed slowly If the ignition system gets wet the vehicle may stall Once through water always try the brakes Wet brakes do not stop the vehicle as effectively as dry brakes Drying can be improved by moving your vehicle slowly while applying light pressure on the brake pedal Be cautious of sudden changes in vehicle speed or direction when you are driving in mud Even AWD vehicles can lose traction in slick mud As when you are driving over sand apply the accelerator slowly and avoid spinning your wheels If the vehicle does slide steer in the direction of the slide until you regain control of the vehicle If the engine transmission AWD system components or axles are submerged in water their fluids should be checked and changed if necessary Driving through deep water may damage the engine or transmission If the front or rear axle is submerged in water the axle lubricant and PTU Power Transfer Unit lubricant should be checked and changed if necessary After driving through mud clean off residue stuck to rotating driveshafts and tires Excess mud stuck on tires and rotating driveshafts causes an imbalance that could damage drive components 273 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving Tread Lightly is an educat
124. USA fus Example only CARGO Tires Wheels and Loading TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION SEATING CAPACITY TOTALS FRONT2 REAR3 The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs S MANUALFOR 200 KPA 29 PS1 ADDITIONAL SPARE 7145 80D16 420 KPA 60PS INFORMATION P225 60R17 200 KPA 29 PSI XXX XX XXXX XXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX TIRE AND LOAD INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS RELATIFS AUX PNEUS ET LA CHARGE SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL xX FRONT yy REAR x NOMBRE DE PLACES TOTAL AVANT ARRI RE The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg La charge du v hicule occupants et bagages ne doit jamais d passer XXX Ibs SZE COLD TIRE PRESSURE is ono essa re Paana LT225 75R 16 5E 200 KPA 29 PSI LT225 75R 165E 200 KPA 29 PSI RA DE T145 80016 420 KPA 60 PSI P225 60R17 200 KPA 29 PSI XXX XX XXXX XXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Cargo Weight includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight including cargo and optional equipment When towing trailer tongue load weight is also part of cargo weight 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus 225 Tires Wheels and Loading GAW Gross Axle Weight is the total weight placed on each axle front and rear including vehicle curb weight and all payload GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle
125. USA fus Introduction Do not add friction modifier compounds or special break in oils since these additives may prevent piston ring seating See Engine oil in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter for more information on oil usage SPECIAL NOTICES New Vehicle Limited Warranty For a detailed description of what is covered and what is not covered by your vehicle s New Vehicle Limited Warranty refer to the Warranty Guide Customer Information Guide that is provided to you along with your Owner s Guide Special instructions For your added safety your vehicle is fitted with sophisticated electronic controls WARNING Please read the section Airbag Supplemental Restraint System SRS in the Seating and Safety Restraints chapter Failure to follow the specific warnings and instructions could result in personal injury WARNING Front seat mounted rear facing child or infant seats should NEVER be placed in front of an active passenger airbag DATA RECORDING Service Data Recording Service data recorders in your vehicle are capable of collecting and storing diagnostic information about your vehicle This potentially includes information about the performance or status of various systems and modules in the vehicle such as engine throttle steering or brake systems In order to properly diagnose and service your vehicle Ford Motor Company Ford of Canada and service and repair facilities may access or share among them veh
126. USA fus Lights Replacing rear brake tail turn and side marker lamp bulbs The brake tail turn and side marker lamp bulbs are located in the tail lamp assembly Follow the same steps to replace either bulb e 1 Tatl side marker lamp e 2 Brake tail lamp e 3 Turn signal lamp 1 Make sure the headlamp switch is in the off position and open the trunk 2 Remove the press pin and cargo net fastener if equipped and p carefully pull the carpet away to Ss 4 expose the backside of the tail lamp 6D assembly 3 Remove the nut and washer assemblies then pull the lamp assembly away from the vehicle 4 Remove the bulb socket by rotating it counterclockwise then pulling it out of the lamp assembly 5 Pull the bulb straight from the socket Install new bulb s in reverse order 70 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Lights Replacing backup lamp bulbs The backup lamp bulbs are located in the deck lid assembly 1 Make sure the headlamp switch is in the off position 2 Remove the deck lid trim panel press pins and carefully pull the panel away to expose the backside of the backup lamp assembly 3 Remove bulb socket by rotating it counterclockwise then pull it out of the lamp assembly 4 Disconnect the wire harness connector from the bulb socket 5 Install the new bulb in reverse order 71 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own
127. WARNING To minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a crash the driver and passenger occupants should not sit in and or operate the vehicle until the head restraint is placed in its proper position The driver should never adjust the head restraint while the vehicle is in motion The adjustable head restraint consist of e a trimmed energy absorbing foam and structure 1 e two steel stems 2 e a guide sleeve adjust release button 3 e and a guide sleeve unlock remove button 4 To adjust the head restraint do the following 1 Raise the head restraint by pulling up on the head restraint 4 153 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 2 Lower the head restraint by pressing and holding the guide sleeve adjust release button and pushing down on the head restraint Properly adjust the head restraint so that the top of the head restraint is even with the top of your head and positioned as close as possible to the back of your head For occupants of extremely tall stature adjust the head restraint to its full up position WARNING The adjustable head restraint is a safety device Whenever possible it should be installed and properly adjusted when the seat is occupied To remove the adjustable head restraint do the following 1 Pull up the head restraint until it reaches the highest adjustment 4 position l 2 EE 154 2010 Tau
128. Warning System in the Driving chapter for more information Press RESET to change the sensitivity setting from high sensitivity lt gt to low sensitivity lt gt COLLISION WARN CHIME if equipped This feature warns the driver of a possible collision See Collision warning system in the Driving chapter for more information 22 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster Press RESET to turn the warning chime on or off The system will revert to chime on each time the vehicle is started The heads up display and or chime will activate briefly to confirm the last setting COLLISION WARN SYSTEM if equipped This feature warns the driver of a possible collision See Collision warning system in the Driving chapter for more information Press RESET to turn the collision warning system on or off The system will revert to on each time the vehicle is started The heads up display and or chime will activate briefly to confirm the last setting BLIND SPOT if equipped The Blind Spot Information System BLIS is designed to assist the driver by monitoring the side areas on both sides of the vehicle Press RESET to turn it off or on CROSS TRAFFIC if equipped The Cross Traffic Alert system is designed to assist and warn the driver when backing out of parking spaces Press RESET to turn it off or on EASY ENTRY This feature automatically moves the driver s seat a
129. Wash ZC 3 A e If tar or grease spots are present use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover ZC 42 WINDOWS AND WIPER BLADES The windshield rear and side windows and the wiper blades should be cleaned regularly If the wipers do not wipe properly substances on the vehicle s glass or the wiper blades may be the cause These may include hot wax treatments used by commercial car washes water repellent coatings tree sap or other organic contamination these contaminants may cause squeaking or chatter noise from the blades and streaking and smearing of the windshield To clean these items follow these tips e The windshield rear windows and side windows may be cleaned with a non abrasive cleaner such as Motorcraft Ultra Clear Spray Glass Cleaner ZC 23 available from your authorized dealer 321 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Cleaning e The wiper blades can be cleaned with isopropyl rubbing alcohol or Motorcraft Premium Windshield Washer Concentrate ZC 32 A available from your authorized dealer This washer fluid contains special solution in addition to alcohol which helps to remove the hot wax deposited on the wiper blade and windshield from automated car wash facilities Be sure to replace wiper blades when they appear worn or do not function properly e Do not use abrasives as they may cause scratches e Do not use fuel kerosene or paint thinner to clean any parts If you cannot
130. Wheels and Loading chapter If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible POWER STEERING ASSIST FAULT The power steering system has disabled power steering assist due to a system error service is required SERVICE POWER STEERING The power steering system has detected a condition that requires service SERVICE POWER STEERING NOW The power steering system has detected a condition that requires service immediately TRUNK AJAR Displayed when the trunk is not completely closed REMOVE OBJECTS NEAR PASS SEAT Displayed when objects are by the passenger seat After the objects are moved away from the seat if the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible 25 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster AWD OFF if equipped Displayed when the AWD system has been automatically disabled to protect itself This is caused by operating the vehicle with the compact spare tire installed or if the system is overheating The AWD system will resume normal function and clear this message after driving a short distance with the road tire re installed or after the system is allowed to cool CHECK AWD if equipped Displayed in conjunction with the Throttle Control Transmission AWD y light when the AWD system is not operating properly If the warning stays on or continues to come on
131. a higher inflation pressure than the other tires For T type mini spare tires see the Dissimilar spare tire wheel information section for description Store and maintain at 60 psi 4 15 bar For Full Size and Dissimilar spare tires see the Dissimilar spare tire wheel information section for description Store and maintain at the higher of the front and rear inflation pressure as shown on the Tire Label 6 Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded that could poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak 7 Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges cuts or bulges TIRE CARE Inspecting your tires and wheel valve stems Periodically inspect the tire treads for uneven or excessive wear and remove objects such as stones nails or glass that may be wedged in the tread grooves Check the tire and valve stems for holes cracks or cuts that may permit air leakage and repair or replace the tire and replace the valve stem Inspect the tire sidewalls for cracking cuts bruises and other signs of damage or excessive wear If internal damage to the tire is suspected have the tire demounted and inspected in case it needs to be repaired or replaced For your safety tires that are damaged or show signs of excessive wear should not be used because they are more likely to blow out or fail 207 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Impro
132. accessed from the rear of the seat Move the front seat to full up to ease access To remove an air filter 1 Remove key from ignition 2 Push up on the outside rigid edge of the filter until the tabs are released then rotate the air filter toward the front of the vehicle 149 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 3 Remove filter To install a filter 1 First position the filter in it s housing making sure that the far forward end is all the way up in the housing 2 Push in on the center of the outside edge of the filter and rotate up into the housing until it clips into position Memory seats power mirrors adjustable pedals if equipped This system allows automatic positioning of the driver seat power mirrors and adjustable pedals to Ly two programmable positions The memory seat control is located on the seat side shield e To program position 1 move the eff driver seat mirrors and adjustable pedals to the desired position using the associated controls Press and hold control button 1 for at least two seconds e To program position 2 repeat the previous procedure using control button 2 A position can be recalled e in any gearshift position if the ignition is not on e only in P Park or N Neutral if the ignition is on A memory seat position may be programmed at any time 150 2010 Taurus 500 Owne
133. active if the transmission is placed in N Neutral If the transmission is shifted out of D Drive or N Neutral the system will enter the CTA mode see CTA operation below Once shifted back in to D Drive the BLIS mode will activate once driven above 3 mph 5 km h The BLIS will trigger the alert for vehicles that enter your blind zone from the rear or merge in to the blind zone from the side Vehicles that you pass or a vehicle that enters the blind zone from the front will trigger the alert only after the vehicle is present in the blind zone for three seconds Note For vehicles that pass through the blind zone quickly typically less then two seconds the BLIS will not illuminate the alert The BLIS consists of two radar sensors each located at rearward of the rear wheel hidden behind the bumper fascia Do not place any type of bumper sticker in this area Note The BLIS typically will not detect parked vehicles humans animals or infrastructure fences guard rails trees etc The BLIS does not function when the transmission is in R Reverse or P Park The BLIS does not provide any additional warning when your turn signal is activated 264 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving BLIS detection limitations Due to the nature of radar technology there may be certain instances where vehicles entering and exiting the blind spot zones may not be detected
134. acts to indicate it is in the automatic locking mode 7 Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is in the automatic locking mode you should not be able to pull more belt out If the retractor is not locked repeat Steps 5 and 6 8 Remove remaining slack from the belt Force the seat down with extra weight e g by pressing down or kneeling on the child restraint while pulling up on the shoulder belt in order to force slack from the belt This is necessary to remove the remaining slack that will exist once the additional weight of the child is added to the child restraint It also helps to achieve the proper snugness of the child seat to the vehicle Sometimes a slight lean towards the buckle will additionally help to remove remaining slack from the belt 9 Attach the tether strap if the child seat is equipped Refer to Attaching child safety seats with tether straps later in this chapter 193 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 10 Before placing the child in the seat forcibly move the seat forward and back to make sure the seat is securely held in place To check this grab the seat at the belt path and attempt to move it side to side and forward and back There should be no more than 1 inch 2 5 cm of movement for proper installation 11 Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician
135. adian dealers In those cases where you continue to feel that the efforts by Ford of Canada and the authorized dealer to resolve a factory related vehicle service concern have been unsatisfactory Ford of Canada participates in an impartial third party mediation arbitration program administered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP The CAMVAP program is a straight forward and relatively speedy alternative to resolve a disagreement when all other efforts to produce a settlement have failed This procedure is without cost to you and is designed to eliminate the need for lengthy and expensive legal proceedings In the CAMVAP program impartial third party arbitrators conduct hearings at mutually convenient times and places in an informal environment These impartial arbitrators review the positions of the parties make decisions and when appropriate render awards to resolve disputes CAMVAP decisions are fast fair and final as the arbitrator s award is binding both to you and Ford of Canada CAMVAP services are available in all territories and provinces For more information without charge or obligation call your CAMVAP Provincial Administrator directly at 1 800 207 0685 GETTING ASSISTANCE OUTSIDE THE U S AND CANADA Before exporting your vehicle to a foreign country contact the appropriate foreign embassy or consulate These officials can inform you of local vehicle registration regulations and where to find unleaded
136. aint sealant to come in contact with any non body ow gloss black colored trim such as grained door handles roof racks bumpers side moldings mirror housings or the windshield cowl area The paint sealant will gray or stain the parts over time PAINT CHIPS Your authorized dealer has touch up paint to match your vehicle s color Take your color code printed on a sticker in the driver s door jamb to your authorized dealer to ensure you get the correct color e Remove particles such as bird droppings tree sap insect deposits tar spots road salt and industrial fallout before repairing paint chips e Always read the instructions before using the products ALUMINUM WHEELS AND WHEEL COVERS Aluminum wheels and wheel covers are coated with a clearcoat paint finish In order to maintain their shine e Clean weekly with Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner ZC 37 A which is available from your authorized dealer Heavy dirt and brake dust accumulation may require agitation with a sponge Rinse thoroughly with a strong stream of water Never apply any cleaning chemical to hot or warm wheel rims or covers e Some automatic car washes may cause damage to the finish on your wheel rims or covers Chemical strength cleaners or cleaning chemicals in combination with brush agitation to remove brake dust and dirt could wear away the clearcoat finish over time e Do not use hydrofluoric acid based or high caustic based wheel cleane
137. als to these high temperatures for even a short time can cause death or serious heat related injuries including brain damage Small children are particularly at risk REMOTE ENTRY SYSTEM The Integrated Keyhead Transmitters IKTs and Intelligent Access keys IA key comply with part 15 of the FCC rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Integrated Keyhead GA ay O_O 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security Intelligent Access key Refer to Intelligent Access in this section for more features Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment The typical operating range for your transmitter is approximately 33 feet 10 meters A decrease in operating range could be caused by e weather conditions e nearby radio towers e structures around the vehicle or e other vehicles parked next to your vehicle The transmitter allows you to e remotely unlock the vehicle doors e remotely lock all the vehicle doors e remotely open the trunk e activate the personal alarm e arm and disarm the perimeter anti theft system e operate the illuminated entry feature
138. an 80 Ib the hips shoulder 36 kg or 100 lb 45 kg if belt centered recommended by child restraint across the manufacturer shoulder and chest and seatback upright e You are required by law to properly use safety seats for infants and toddlers in the U S and Canada e Many states and provinces require that small children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight a height of 4 ft 9 in 1 45 meters tall or 80 lb 86 kg Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding the safety of children in your vehicle e When possible always properly restrain children twelve 12 years of age and under in a rear seating position of your vehicle Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in a front seating position 187 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Recommendations for attaching child safety restraints for children Use any attachment method as indicated below by X LATCH LATCH y Cower lower Restraint Child anchors anchors Type Weight and Rear Up to facing 48 lb x x child seat 21 kg Forward Up to facing 48 lb x x x child seat 21 kg Forward Over facing 48 Ib x x child seat 21 kg WARNING Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag
139. ance for taxi shuttle rental car coverage and emergency transportation 369 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Ford Extended Service Plan Ford ESP Can Quickly Pay for Itself One service bill the cost of parts and labor can easily exceed the price of your Ford ESP Service Contract With Ford ESP you minimize your risk for unexpected repair bills and rising repair costs Avoid the rising cost of properly maintaining your vehicle Ford ESP also offers a Premium Maintenance Plan that covers items that routinely wear out like brakes and shocks The coverage is prepaid so you never have to worry about affording your vehicle maintenance It covers regular checkups routine inspections preventive care and replacement of items that require periodic attention for normal wear e Wiper blades e Brake pads and linings Spark plugs except e Shock absorbers California e Clutch disc e Belts and hoses Contact your selling Ford Lincoln or Mercury dealership today so they can customize a Ford Extended Service Plan that fits your driving lifestyle and budget 370 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Ford Extended Service Plan STIWAS diz aLVLs ALIO ON 1dV ssayqqv LNIdd SSV41d SINVN 66 8908r IN 20 1eAoYy e208 xog O d dS P4104 0 SIU pew pue mojaq UO EWJOJUI BU 342 dwo09 aow usea oL idSJ P404 YUM PUIN 40
140. and Specifications The advertised capacity is the amount of the indicated capacity and the empty reserve combined Indicated capacity is the difference in the amount of fuel in a full tank and a tank when the fuel gauge indicates empty Empty reserve is the small amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank after the fuel gauge indicates empty The amount of usable fuel in the empty reserve varies and should not be relied upon to increase driving range When refueling your vehicle after the fuel gauge indicates empty you might not be able to refuel the full amount of the advertised capacity of the fuel tank due to the empty reserve still present in the tank For consistent results when filling the fuel tank e Turn the engine ignition switch to the off position prior to refueling an error in the reading will result if the engine is left running e Use the same filling rate setting dow medium high each time the tank is filled e Allow no more than two automatic click offs when filling e Always use fuel with the recommended octane rating e Use a known quality gasoline preferably a national brand e Use the same side of the same pump and have the vehicle facing the same direction each time you fill up e Have the vehicle loading and distribution the same every time Your results will be most accurate if your filling method is consistent Calculating fuel economy 1 Fill the fuel tank completely and record the initial odomete
141. and maintenance information specific to the child restraint Ford Motor Company recommends that all safety belt assemblies in use in vehicles involved in a collision be replaced However if the collision was minor and an authorized dealer finds that the belts do not show damage and continue to operate properly they do not need to be replaced Safety belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted For proper care of soiled safety belts refer to Interior in the Cleaning chapter WARNING Failure to inspect and if necessary replace the safety belt assembly or child restraint system under the above conditions could result in severe personal injuries in the event of a collision 202 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading INFORMATION ABOUT UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING Tire Quality Grades apply to new pneumatic passenger car tires The Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example e Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A These Tire Quality Grades are determined by standards that the United States Department of Transportation has set Tire Quality Grades apply to new pneumatic passenger car tires They do not apply to deep tread winter type snow tires space saver or temporary use spare tires light truck or
142. anel vents to cool the vehicle This re cooling of the interior air is more economical and efficient Recirculated air may also help reduce undesirable odors from entering the vehicle Press Max A C again for normal A C operation VOICE COMMANDS IN CLIMATE MODE Please refer to the Voice commands in climate mode section of the Navigation supplement for more information on using voice commands with the climate control system Operating tips e To reduce fog build up on the windshield during humid weather select Gt defrost e To reduce humidity build up inside the vehicle do not drive with the system OFF or with gt recirculated air engaged and A C off e Do not put objects under the front seats that will interfere with the airflow to the back seats e Remove any snow ice or leaves from the air intake area at the base of the windshield e To improve the A C cool down drive with the windows slightly open for 2 3 minutes after start up or until the vehicle has been aired out During extreme high ambient temperatures when idling stationary for extended periods of time in gear it is recommended to run the A C in the MAX A C mode reduce blower fan speed from the highest setting and put the vehicle s transmission in P Park to continue to receive cool air from your A C system 56 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Climate Controls For maximum cooling performance Automatic operatio
143. anel fascias such as mud or snow can cause degraded performance of the BLIS Also heavy rain can cause the same effect The BLIS can detect this degraded performance and issue a blocked warning to the driver via the message center If a condition is determined by the system the message center displays BLIND SPOT NOT AVAILABLE or CROSS TRAFFIC NOT AVAILABLE warning and the appropriate left and or right exterior mirror alert indicator will illuminate The message center warning may be cleared by the driver but the exterior mirror alert indicator will remain illuminated WARNING Just prior to the system recognizing a blocked condition and alerting the driver the number of missed objects will increase To help avoid injuries NEVER use the BLIS as a replacement for using the side and rear view mirrors and looking over your shoulder before changing lanes BLIS is not a replacement for careful driving and only an assist 268 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving Once the blockage is removed the system will require some driving time and detection of at least two vehicle objects prior to resetting or the driver can cycle the ignition key If however blockage is still present after the key cycle the system will sense again that it is blocked after driving in traffic The following table lists possible causes and actions for this message being displayed The surface of the radar is dirty or
144. any position to stop the window operation If the switch is pressed and held to the normal close or one touch up position during a one touch down cycle the window will stop If after 1 2 second the switch is still held the window will perform a normal close or one touch up To operate one touch up e Pull the switch completely up to the second detent and release quickly The window will close fully Momentarily press the switch to any position to stop the window operation If the switch is pressed and held to the normal open or one touch down position during a one touch up cycle the window will stop If after 1 2 second the switch is still held the window will perform a normal open or one touch down Bounce Back one touch up or down windows only When an obstacle has been detected in the window opening as the window is moving upward the window will automatically reverse direction and move down This is known as bounce back If the ignition is turned off without accessory delay being active during bounce back the window will move down until the bounce back position is reached Security override To override a bounce back condition within two seconds after the window reaches the bounce back position pull and hold the switch up 81 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls and the window will travel up with no bounce back or pinch protection If the switc
145. approximately five minutes or until been switched on the safety belts are buckled 167 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints The driver s or front The Belt Minder feature is activated passenger s safety belt becomes the safety belt warning light unbuckled for approximately illuminates and the warning chime 1 minute while the vehicle is sounds for six seconds every traveling at least 3 mph 30 seconds repeating for 5 km h and more than approximately five minutes or until 1 2 minutes have elapsed since the safety belts are buckled the ignition has been switched on The following are reasons most often given for not wearing safety belts All statistics based on U S data Crashes are rare events 36700 crashes occur every day The more we drive the more we are exposed to rare events even for good drivers 1 in 4 of us will be seriously injured in a crash during our lifetime Tm not going far 3 of 4 fatal crashes occur within 25 miles 40 km of home Belts are uncomfortable We design our safety belts to enhance comfort If you are uncomfortable try different positions for the safety belt upper anchorage and seatback which should be as upright as possible this can improve comfort T was in a hurry Prime time for an accident Belt Minder reminds us to take a few seconds to buckle up Safety belts don t
146. apter 14 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster Low washer fluid RTT ra a i Illuminates when the washer level in the washer fluid reservoir is low Q Door ajar RTT Illuminates in the message center display when the ignition is in the run position and any door is open Trunk ajar RTT lluminates in the message center display when the ignition is in the run position and the trunk is open AdvanceTrac Traction Control lluminates when the AdvanceTrac Traction Control is active If the light remains on have the system serviced immediately refer to the Driving chapter for more information AdvanceTrac Traction Control off light Iluminates f when the AdvanceTrac Traction Y Control has been disabled by the driver Refer to the Driving chapter for more information J E pom i Overdrive cancel and grade assist if equipped Iluminates when the overdrive function of the transmission has been turned off and the grade assist function has been turned on refer to the Driving chapter OFF Low tire pressure warning Illuminates when your tire pressure is low If the light remains on at O start up or while driving the tire pressure should be checked Refer to Inflating your tires in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter When the ignition is first turned to on the light will illuminate for three seconds to ensur
147. are tire wheel A dissimilar spare tire wheel is defined as a spare tire and or wheel that is different in brand size or appearance from the road tires and wheels If you have a dissimilar spare tire wheel it is intended for temporary use only and should not be used in a tire rotation Note After having your tires rotated inflation pressure must be checked and adjusted to the vehicle requirements INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THE TIRE SIDEWALL Both U S and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a U S DOT Tire Identification Number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall Information on P type tires P215 65R15 95H is an example of a tire size load index and speed rating The definitions of these items are listed below Note that the tire size load index and speed rating for your vehicle may be different from this example 1 P Indicates a tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association T amp RA that may be used for service on cars SUVs minivans and light trucks Note If your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either ETRTO European Tire and Rim Technical Organization or JATMA Japan Tire Manufacturing Association 2 215 Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimet
148. ations Customers in the U S should call 1 800 392 3673 ORDERING ADDITIONAL OWNER S LITERATURE To order the publications in this portfolio contact Helm Incorporated at HELM INCORPORATED P O Box 07150 Detroit Michigan 48207 Or to order a free publication catalog call toll free 1 800 782 4356 Monday Friday 8 00 a m 6 00 p m EST Helm Incorporated can also be reached by their website www helminc com Cltems in this catalog may be purchased by credit card check or money order Obtaining a French Owner s Guide French Owner s Guides can be obtained from your authorized dealer or by writing to Ford Motor Company of Canada Limited Service Publications CHQ202 The Canadian Road P O Box 2000 Oakville ON Canada L6J 5E4 316 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Customer Assistance REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS U S ONLY If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Ford Motor Company If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Ford Motor Company To contact NHTSA you ma
149. ator light will illuminate when the spare is in use To restore the full functionality of the monitoring system all road wheels equipped with tire pressure monitoring sensors must be mounted on the vehicle Have a flat serviced by an authorized dealer in order to prevent damage to the TPMS sensor refer to Changing tires with TPMS in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter Replace the spare tire with a road tire as soon as possible WARNING The use of tire sealants may damage your Tire Pressure Monitoring System and should not be used WARNING Refer to Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter for important information If the tire pressure monitor sensor becomes damaged it will no longer function 287 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies Dissimilar spare tire wheel information WARNING Failure to follow these guidelines could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control injury or death If you have a dissimilar spare tire wheel then it is intended for temporary use only This means that if you need to use it you should replace it as soon as possible with a road tire wheel that is the same size and type as the road tires and wheels that were originally provided by Ford If the dissimilar spare tire or wheel is damaged it should be replaced rather than repaired A dissimilar spare tire wheel is defined as a spare tire and o
150. ayed The driver should always apply the brakes when necessary Failing to do so may result in a collision serious injury or death Setting the gap distance The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you can be decreased or increased by pressing lt gt control GAP lt gt will be displayed in the message center Three gap distance settings are available Message Following Following Center Display distance distance at behavior 60 mph 96 km h Each time the vehicle is restarted the last chosen gap will be automatically selected 89 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls Note It is the driver s responsibility to select a gap appropriate to the driving conditions Disengaging adaptive cruise control Press the brake pedal to disengage the adaptive cruise control CRUISE CANCELLED will be displayed in the message center Disengaging the adaptive cruise control will not erase your previous set speed Overriding adaptive cruise control WARNING Whenever the driver is overriding the ACC by pressing the accelerator pedal the ACC will not automatically apply the brakes to maintain separation from any vehicle ahead The set speed and gap distance can be overridden by pressing the accelerator pedal When the driver is overriding ACC the green O cruise indicator light is illuminated and CRUISE OVERRIDE is displayed in the message cent
151. b up the hill to avoid excessive brake application and brake overheating Do not descend in neutral instead disengage overdrive or manually shift to a lower gear When descending a steep hill avoid sudden hard braking as you could lose control The front wheels have to be turning in order to steer the vehicle Your vehicle has anti lock brakes therefore apply the brakes steadily Do not pump the brakes 274 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving Driving on snow and ice Note Excessive tire slippage can cause transmission damage AWD vehicles have advantages over 2WD vehicles in snow and ice but can skid like any other vehicle Should you start to slide while driving on snowy or icy roads turn the steering wheel in the direction of the slide until you regain control Avoid sudden applications of power and quick changes of direction on snow and ice Apply the accelerator slowly and steadily when starting from a full stop Avoid sudden braking as well Although an AWD vehicle may accelerate better than a two wheel drive vehicle in snow and ice it won t stop any faster because as in other vehicles braking occurs at all four wheels Do not become overconfident as to road conditions Make sure you allow sufficient distance between you and other vehicles for stopping Drive slower than usual and consider using one of the lower gears In emergency stopping situations apply the b
152. been programmed to the module Tips e Do not set a code that uses five of the same number e Do not use five numbers in sequential order e The factory set code will work even if you have set your own personal code Erasing personal code 1 Enter the factory set 5 digit code 2 Within five seconds press the 1 e 2 on the keypad and release 3 Press and hold the 1 e 2 for two seconds This must be done within five seconds of completing Step 2 All personal codes are now erased and only the factory set 5 digit code will work Anti scan feature If the wrong code has been entered seven times 35 consecutive button presses the keypad will go into an anti scan mode This mode disables the keypad for one minute and the keypad lamp will flash The anti scan feature will turn off after e one minute of keypad inactivity e pressing the control on your transmitter e the ignition is turned on e the door is unlocked with a key Unlocking and locking the doors using keyless entry To unlock the driver s door enter the factory set 5 digit code or your personal code Each number must be pressed within five seconds of each other The interior lamps will illuminate Note If the two stage unlocking feature is disabled all doors will unlock for more information regarding 128 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security two stage unlocking refer to the Central Unlocking Two stag
153. bird droppings and insect deposits because they can cause damage to the vehicle s paintwork and trim over time Use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover ZC 42 which is available from your authorized dealer Remove any exterior accessories such as antennas before entering a car wash Suntan lotions and insect repellents can damage any painted surface if these substances come in contact with your vehicle wash off as soon as possible Exterior chrome Wash the vehicle first using cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo such as Motorcraft Detail Wash ZC 3 A Use Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner ZC 15 available from your authorized dealer Apply the product as you would a wax to clean bumpers and other chrome parts allow the cleaner to dry for a few minutes then wipe off the haze with a clean dry rag Never use abrasive materials such as steel wool or plastic pads as they can scratch the chrome surface After polishing chrome bumpers apply a coating of Motorcraft Premium Liquid Wax ZC 53 A available from your authorized dealer or an equivalent quality product to help protect from environmental effects 318 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Cleaning WAXING e Wash the vehicle first e Do not use waxes that contain abrasives use Motorcraft Premium Liquid Wax ZC 53 A which is available from your authorized dealer or an equivalent quality product e Do not allow p
154. brake and shift to P Park 2 Turn off the engine and remove the key 3 Block the wheels Working with the engine on 1 Set the parking brake and shift to P Park 2 Block the wheels WARNING To reduce the risk of vehicle damage and or personal burn injuries do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the engine is running 326 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications OPENING THE HOOD m gt 1 Inside the vehicle pull the hood release handle located under the bottom of the instrument panel near rj A the steering column oI 2 Go to the front of the vehicle and release the auxiliary latch that is located under the front center of the hood 3 Lift the hood 327 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications IDENTIFYING COMPONENTS IN THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT 3 5L V6 engine Power steering fluid reservoir 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Engine coolant reservoir Brake fluid reservoir Battery Power distribution box Air filter assembly Automatic transmission fluid dipstick Engine oil dipstick Engine oil filler cap 10 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 328 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications 3 5L V6 SHO engine Engine coolant reservoir Brake flui
155. buttons corresponding to the settings you circled 4 After inputting switch settings simultaneously press and release all three Car2U system buttons The indicator lights will turn on 5 Press and hold the Car2U system button you would like to use to control the garage door O O O Immediately within 1 second release the button once the garage door moves During this time the selected button indicator light will blink slowly Do not release the button until you see the garage door move Most garage doors open quickly You may need to hold the button from 5 55 seconds before observing movement of the garage door 6 The indicator light will begin to blink rapidly until programming is complete If your garage door opener does not operate following these steps repeat Steps 2 through 6 Otherwise call the toll free Car2U help line at 1 866 57Car2U 1 866 572 2728 After successful programming you will be able to operate your Car2U system by pressing the button you programmed to activate the opener The indicator light above the selected button will turn on to confirm that the Car2U system is responding to the button command Erasing the Car2U Home Automation System buttons Note The system allows for three devices to be programmed If you need to change or replace any of the three devices after it has been initially programmed it will be necessary to erase the current settings using the procedure below and then re
156. category mode Press A SEEK y to scroll through the list of available SIRIUS channel Categories Pop Rock News etc Press OK when the desired category appears in the display After a category is selected press A SEEK y to search for that specific category of channels only i e ROCK You may also select CATEGORY ALL to seek all available SIRIUS categories and channels Press OK to close and return to the main menu e SONG SEEK MENU Press OK to enter song seek menu Press A SEEK v to scroll through the following options a SAVE THIS SONG Press OK to save the currently playing song s title in the system s memory If you try to save something other than a song CANT SAVE will appear in the display When the chosen song is playing on any satellite radio channel the system will alert you with an audible prompt Press OK while SONG ALERT is in the display and the system will take you to the channel playing the desired song You can save up to 20 song titles If you attempt to save more than 20 titles the display will read REPLACE SONG Press OK to access the saved titles and press A SEEK v to cycle through the saved titles When the song title appears in the display that you would like to replace press OK SONG REPLACED will appear in the display b DELETE A SONG Press OK to delete a song from the system s memory Press A SEEK v to cycle through the saved songs When the song appears in the display that you would like to delete press
157. ccess at the Driver s Door If your IA key is within 3 feet 1 meter of the drivers door you can activate your Intelligent Access system by pressing any button on the keyless entry keypad The drivers door will automatically unlock and the door can be opened Note If two stage unlocking is disabled all doors will unlock when you press any button on the keyless entry keypad Activating Intelligent Access at the Trunk If your IA key is within 3 feet 1 meter of the trunk you can activate your Intelligent Access system by pressing the exterior trunk release button hidden below the license plate The trunk will release and open Refer to the Remote entry system in this section for more details on how to use the lock unlock panic or trunk buttons on the transmitter Your Intelligent Access system uses a radio frequency RF signal to communicate with your vehicle and authorize your vehicle to unlock when commanded either by pressing any keyless entry keypad button the trunk button or a button on the transmitter itself If excessive RF interference is present in the area or if your vehicle battery is low it may be necessary to mechanically unlock your door The mechanical key blade in your JA key can be used to open the driver s door in this situation refer to Intelligent access key in this chapter for more information on the location and use of the mechanical key blade A mechanical key is needed for access if the IA key batte
158. cifications Because your vehicle s engine is electronically controlled by a computer some control conditions are maintained by power from the battery When the battery is disconnected or a new battery is installed the engine must relearn its idle and fuel trim strategy for optimum driveability and performance To begin this process 1 With the vehicle at a complete stop set the parking brake 2 Put the gearshift in P Park turn off all accessories and start the engine 3 Run the engine until it reaches normal operating temperature 4 Allow the engine to idle for at least one minute 5 Turn the A C on and allow the engine to idle for at least one minute 6 Release the parking brake With your foot on the brake pedal and with the A C on put the vehicle in D Drive and allow the engine to idle for at least one minute 7 Drive the vehicle to complete the relearning process e The vehicle may need to be driven 10 miles 16 km or more to relearn the idle and fuel trim strategy e If you do not allow the engine to relearn its idle trim the idle quality of your vehicle may be adversely affected until the idle trim is eventually relearned If the battery has been disconnected or a new battery has been installed the clock and radio settings must be reset once the battery is reconnected e Always dispose of automotive batteries in a responsible manner s S i C Follow your local authorized Y 4 t standards for disposal
159. commends that the fuel system be inspected by an authorized dealer after any collision FUSES AND RELAYS Fuses If electrical components in the vehicle are not working a fuse may have blown Blown fuses are identified by a broken wire within the fuse Check the appropriate fuses before replacing any electrical components Note Always replace a fuse with one that has the specified amperage rating Using a fuse with a higher amperage rating can cause severe wire damage and could start a fire 279 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies Standard fuse amperage rating and color COLOR Fuse Mini Standard Maxi outs Fuse link rating fuses fuses fuses fases aa a ay Grey _ a e Ca a a __ e a Tan Tan 758 Brown Brown ioa ra Rea oo ia Bwe Blue _ asa Natural_ Natural 40A Orange Green Green 508 Red Rea Red eoa Blue Yellow Yellow o o S Ton Brown Peon Natural Black Black 280 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies Passenger compartment fuse panel a 3 a Ey N meee 8G N o vi i if a inj I fy el la S lel N j el ES A ef Joo Je foo feof Joo IN Jo a JA e N 1 Ga Ce C Ci Ce a GY
160. d Fast Restart Feature The Fast Restart feature allows you to re start your vehicle within 20 seconds of switching the vehicle off if a valid IA key is not present when the vehicle is switched off When you switch your vehicle off without a IA key in the passenger compartment or trunk the message RESTART NOW OR KEY IS NEEDED will be displayed on 238 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving the message center You can re start the vehicle by applying the brake pedal and pressing the START STOP button for up to 20 seconds even though the IA key is not present After 20 seconds have expired you can no longer start your vehicle without the IA key present inside the vehicle Switching the Vehicle Off when not in Park It is recommended that you shift into the Park position before switching your vehicle off If you switch your vehicle off with the shifter in any position other than Park the message SHIFT TO PARK will be displayed in the message center If the vehicle is left in this state your key in ignition chime will activate when the driver door is opened and you may drain your vehicle s battery In order to avoid draining your battery it is recommended that you always shift to park before or immediately after switching your vehicle off Absence of the Intelligent Access key Once the vehicle has started the vehicle will remain running until being turned off by the START STOP button even
161. d Transmitter IKT if using a key in the driver s door to unlock the vehicle a chime will sound and the message center will display TO STOP ALARM START VEHICLE when you open the door You will have 12 seconds to disarm the alarm system using any of the actions above otherwise the alarm will trigger Triggering the anti theft system The armed system will be triggered if e Any door the hood or the trunk is opened without using the door key keypad Integrated Keyhead Transmitter or Intelligent Access Key e Turn the ignition on with an invalid SecuriLock key or IKT if equipped 139 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints SEATING WARNING Reclining the seatback can cause an occupant to slide under the seat s safety belt resulting in severe personal injuries in the event of a collision WARNING Do not pile cargo higher than the seatbacks to reduce the risk of injury in a collision or sudden stop WARNING Before returning the seatback to its original position make sure that cargo or any objects are not trapped behind the seatback After returning the seatback to its original position pull on the seatback to ensure that it has fully latched An unlatched seat may become dangerous in the event of a sudden stop or collision Adjustable head restraints Your vehicle is equipped with front row outboard head restraints that are vertically adjustable WARNING
162. d and do not remove it while the engine is running 357 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Changing the air filter element 3 5L V6 3 5L V6 SHO 1 Release the clamps that secure the air filter housing cover 2 Carefully separate the two halves of the air filter housing 3 Remove the air filter element from the air filter housing 4 Wipe the air filter housing and cover clean to remove any dirt or debris and to ensure good sealing 5 Install a new air filter element Be careful not to crimp the filter element edges between the air filter housing and cover This could cause filter damage and allow unfiltered air to enter the engine if not properly seated 358 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications 6 Replace the air filter housing cover and secure the clamps Be sure that the air cleaner cover tabs are engaged into the slots of the air cleaner housing Note Failure to use the correct air filter element may result in severe engine damage The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the engine if the correct air filter element is not used MOTORCRAFT PART NUMBERS 3 5L V6 Engine 3 5L V6 SHO engine Air filter element FA 1884 FA 1884 BXT 59 BXT 65 650 Oil filter FL 500 S FL 500 S ST For spark plug replacement see your authorized dealer Refer to sc
163. d pedal movements are large very active driving style e High interior temperatures which may deactivate the illumination or the warning lamps until the interior temperature reduces audible warning will alert the driver In addition sun load and sunglasses may reduce the visibility of the warning lamps Therefore it is recommended to keep the audible warning on 261 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving WARNING The collision warning system s brake support can only help reduce the speed at which a collision occurs if the driver applies the vehicle s brakes The brake pedal must be pressed just like for any typical braking situation Blocked sensor If a message regarding a blocked sensor is displayed the radar signals from the sensor located behind a fascia cover near the driver side of the lower grille have been obstructed When the radar signals are obstructed a vehicle ahead cannot be detected and the Collision Warning system will not function The following table lists possible causes and actions for this message being displayed The surface of the radar in the Clean the grille surface in front of grille is dirty or obstructed in some way The surface of the radar in the grille is clean but the message remains in the display Heavy rain spray snow or fog is interfering with the radar signals Swirling water or snow or ice on the surface of the r
164. d reservoir Battery Power distribution box Air filter assembly Automatic transmission fluid dipstick out of view Engine oil dipstick Engine oil filler cap Oo o n oan Fw NH KF Windshield washer fluid reservoir 329 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Engine shield Some vehicles may be equipped with an aero shield under the fo amp engine This shield needs to be removed for service including oil and filter changes It is secured with four screws WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID lt Add fluid to fill the reservoir if the level is low In very cold weather do not fill the reservoir completely Only use a washer fluid that meets Ford specification WSB M8B16 A2 Do not use any special washer fluid such as windshield water repellent type fluid or bug wash They may cause squeaking chatter noise streaking and smearing Refer to the Maintenance product specifications and capacities section in this chapter State or local regulations on volatile organic compounds may restrict the use of methanol a common windshield washer antifreeze additive Washer fluids containing non methanol antifreeze agents should be used only if they provide cold weather protection without damaging the vehicle s paint finish wiper blades or washer system WARNING If you operate your vehicle in temperatures below 40 F 5 C
165. dard key Administrator key is required to disable the MyKey programming To clear all MyKeys go to step 2 in the Disable MyKey section Programming MyKey Optional Settings Turn the ignition on using an Admin key To program the optional settings use the message center buttons to do the following 1 Press SETUP until RESET FOR MYKEY SETUP is displayed 2 Press and release the RESET button to display MyKey setup menus The first menu shown is MYKEY MAX MPH lt 80 MPH gt OFF 3 If you don t want to change the maximum speed setting press the SETUP button to display the next menu The remaining menus appear as follows with the default settings shown MYKEY MPH TONES 45 55 65 lt OFF gt MYKEY VOLUME LIMIT lt ON gt OFF MYKEY ADVTRAC CTRL ON lt OFF gt 4 On any of the menus press RESET to highlight your choice with the SS 5 Press SETUP to enter your choice The next optional setting will be displayed 135 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security 6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 until you are done changing the optional settings Disable MyKey To reset all MyKeys as Admin keys do the following 1 Turn the vehicle on using the Admin key 2 Press SETUP until PRESS RESET TO CLEAR MYKEY is displayed 3 Press and release the RESET button HOLD RESET TO CONFIRM CLEAR is displayed 4 Press and hold the RESET button for two seconds until ALL MYKEYS CLEARED is
166. de the system will display and play the structure as if it were only one level deep all mp3 files will be played regardless of being in a specific folder In folder mode the system will only play the mp3 files in the current folder Satellite radio information if equipped Satellite radio channels SIRIUS broadcasts a variety of music news sports weather traffic and entertainment satellite radio channels For more information and a complete list of SIRIUS satellite radio channels visit www sirius com in the United States www sirius canada ca in Canada or call SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 Satellite radio reception factors To receive the satellite signal your vehicle has been equipped with a satellite radio antenna located on the roof of your vehicle The vehicle roof provides the best location for an unobstructed open view of the sky a requirement of a satellite radio system Like AM FM there are several factors that can affect satellite radio reception performance e Antenna obstructions For optimal reception performance keep the antenna clear of snow and ice build up and keep luggage and other material as far away from the antenna as possible 44 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems Terrain Hills mountains tall buildings bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception e Station ov
167. dealer check the wheel alignment periodically Wheel misalignment in the front or the rear can cause uneven and rapid treadwear of your tires and should be corrected by an authorized dealer Front wheel drive FWD vehicles and those with an independent rear suspension if equipped may require alignment of all four wheels The tires should also be balanced periodically An unbalanced tire and wheel assembly may result in irregular tire wear Tire rotation Rotating your tires at the recommended interval as indicated in the scheduled maintenance information that comes with your vehicle will help your tires wear more evenly providing better tire performance and longer tire life 211 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading e Front Wheel Drive FWD vehicles front tires at top of diagram e Rear Wheel Drive RWD vehicles Four Wheel Drive 4WD All Wheel Drive AWD vehicles front tires at top of diagram 212 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus YVAVANAAN ANANASY VAASAA RSS ANANASA VV AAAAAN NN NANANA Tires Wheels and Loading Sometimes irregular tire wear can be corrected by rotating the tires Note If your tires show uneven wear ask an authorized dealer to check for and correct any wheel misalignment tire imbalance or mechanical problem involved before tire rotation Note Your vehicle may be equipped with a dissimilar sp
168. decision but should you choose to accept the BBB AUTO LINE decision Ford must abide by the accepted decision as well Disputes submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE program are usually decided within forty days after you file your claim with the BBB BBB AUTO LINE Application Using the information provided below please call or write to request a program application You will be asked for your name and address general information about your new vehicle information about your warranty concerns and any steps you have already taken to try to resolve them A Customer Claim Form will be mailed that will need to be completed signed and returned to the BBB along with proof of ownership Upon receipt the BBB will review the claim for eligibility under the Program Summary Guidelines You can get more information by calling BBB AUTO LINE at 1 800 955 5100 or writing to BBB AUTO LINE 4200 Wilson Boulevard Suite 800 Arlington Virginia 22203 1833 BBB AUTO LINE applications can also be requested by calling the Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship Center at 1 800 392 3673 Note Ford Motor Company reserves the right to change eligibility limitations modify procedures or to discontinue this process at any time without notice and without obligation 314 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Customer Assistance UTILIZING THE MEDIATION ARBITRATION PROGRAM CANADA ONLY For vehicles delivered to authorized Can
169. deret 134 Push button start system 237 N R Navigation system ese AC TRAUMA aaa spceecichonconcachints nicest 30 6 CD in dash oossoo 30 o Rear heated seats c ee 157 Octane rating sisneisninereane 346 Rear view camera system 258 Oil see Engine oil 0 0 0 331 Recommendations for attaching safety restraints for Overdrive s s s 251 HAAN s 188 P Relays oo eceecccccsessteceseseseeseneeeeens 279 Remote entry system 118 120 Parental MyKey illuminated entry ossee 125 programming n se 134 locking unlocking doors 121 opening the trunk 0 122 Parking Drake 05s cacsisssseeseadeses 243 opening the windows 121 Parts see Motorcraft parts DI panic alarm retssesneeneeneeseeenes 122 replacement additional Passenger Occupant transmitters occ eee 125 Classification Sensor 0 159 replacing the batteries 123 Pedals see Power adjustable Reverse sensing system 256 foot pedals sriciccsssdeisnaversersaneereeess 84 Roadside assistance o oaoot 277 Power adjustable foot pedals 84 Power distribution box S SCE FUSES ssicceisessesrgerdcceen 284 Safety belts dues afety belts see Safety Power door locks 111 restraints o i 158 161 165 Power mirrors eesooseosoose00s00010 83 Safety Canopy ii i 180 182 Power point esessonesoosenosonoeesseeee 79 Safety defects reporting 317 P
170. detent and hold the switch to close Rear Window Buffeting When one or both of the rear windows are open the vehicle may demonstrate a wind throb or buffeting noise This noise can be alleviated by lowering a front window approximately 2 3 inches 5 8 cm Global open windows if equipped Press ma on the remote transmitter and hold for more than two seconds in order to begin opening the two front windows and if equipped vent the moon roof e The cl control can then be released and the windows will complete the opening operation and fully vent the moon roof ef or amp is pressed during the opening operation both windows and moon roof movement will stop Note The ignition must be in the off position and the accessory delay feature must be not activated in order for this feature to operate Note To disable this feature contact your authorized dealer One touch up or down This feature allows the driver s and passenger s window to open or close fully without holding the control down Driver s window one touch up or down AUTO E 80 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls Driver s and passenger s window one touch up or down if equipped SS as AUTO AUTO To operate one touch down e Press the switch completely down to the second detent and release quickly The window will open fully Momentarily press the switch to
171. displayed Check MyKey System Status The vehicle System Check will provide the status of the following MyKey parameters e MYKEY MILES This odometer only tracks mileage when a MyKey is used If mileage does not accumulate as expected then the MyKey is not being used by the intended user The only way to reset this odometer to zero is by disabling MyKey If this odometer is lower than the last time you checked then the MyKey system has been recently cleared o MYKEY S PROGRAMMED Indicates how many MyKeys are programmed to the vehicle Can be used to detect deletion of a MyKey e ADMIN KEYS PROGRAMMED Indicates how many Admin keys are programmed to the vehicle Can be used to detect if an additional spare key has been programmed to the vehicle Refer to Message center in the Instrument Cluster chapter for MyKey system warnings displays 136 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security Troubleshooting Can t create a MyKey e Key in the ignition is already a MyKey e Key in the ignition is the last remaining Admin key there always has to be at least one Admin key e Intelligent Access Key if equipped not in the backup slot for vehicles with push button start eSecurilock Passive Anti Theft System is disabled or in unlimited mode Cannot program the MyKey e Key in the ignition is a MyKey optional settings e No MyKeys are
172. do not access event data recorder information without obtaining consent unless pursuant to court order or where required by law enforcement other government authorities or other third parties acting with lawful authority Other parties may seek to access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada To the extent that any law pertaining to Event Data Recording applies to SYNC or its features please note the following Once 911 Assist if equipped is enabled set ON 911 Assist may through any paired and connected cell phone disclose to emergency services that the vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or in certain vehicles the activation of the fuel pump shut off Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist may also be capable of electronically or verbally disclosing to 911 operators the vehicle location and or other details about the vehicle or crash to assist 911 operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services If you do not want to disclose this information do not activate the feature See your SYNC supplement for more information Additionally when you connect to Traffic Directions and Information if equipped U S only the service uses GPS technology and advanced vehicle sensors to collect the vehicle s current location travel direction and speed vehicle travel 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Introduction informatio
173. door The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the recommended pressure on the vehicle label The tire suppliers may have additional markings notes or warnings such as standard load radial tubeless etc Additional information contained on the tire sidewall for LT type tires LT type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires these differences are described below Note Tire Quality Grades do not apply to this type of tire 1 LT Indicates a tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association T amp RA that is intended for service on light trucks 2 Load Range Load Inflation Limits Indicates the tire s load carrying capabilities and its inflation limits 3 Maximum Load Dual lb kg at psi kPa cold Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a dual defined as four tires on the rear axle a total of six or more tires on the vehicle 4 Maximum Load Single lb kg at psi kPa cold Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a single defined as two tires total on the rear axle 216 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Information on T type tires T type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires these differences are described below T145 80D16 is an example of a tire size Note The
174. driver or passenger power door lock control three times 5 Press and release the brake pedal one time The indicator on the Start Stop button should begin to rapidly flash indicating that programming mode has been entered and two programmed Intelligent Access Keys have been detected in the vehicle 6 Within one minute press the start stop button A message will be displayed on the message center indicating that the new Intelligent Access Key was programmed If four Intelligent Access Keys have already been programmed to your vehicle you cannot program anymore and the message MAX OF KEYS LEARNED will be displayed on the message center 7 Remove ya Access Key from utility compartment pocket and press the or control on the newly programmed Intelligent Access Keys to exit programming mode 8 Verify that the remote entry functions operate lock unlock and that the vehicle starts with new Intelligent Access Key If the Intelligent Access Key has been successfully programmed it can be used to activate the Intelligent Access with Push Button Start feature and can be used to start your vehicle 133 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security Note To program MyKey features refer to MyKey in this chapter MYKEY The MyKey feature allows you to program a restricted driving mode to promote good driving habits All but one of the keys programmed to the vehicle can be activat
175. e 6 To enable disable the autounlock feature press the lock control then press the unlock control The horn will chirp once if autounlock was deactivated or twice one short and one long chirp if autounlock was activated 7 Turn the ignition off The horn will chirp once to confirm the procedure is complete 115 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security Keyless entry keypad autounlock enable disable procedure 1 Turn the ignition off 2 Close all the doors 3 Enter factory set 5 digit entry code 4 Press and hold the 3 e 4 While holding the 3 e 4 press and release the 7 e 8 While still holding the 3 e 4 press and release the 7 8a second time 5 Release the 3 e 4 The user will receive a horn chirp to indicate the system has been disabled or a chirp followed by a honk to indicate the system has been enabled CHILDPROOF DOOR LOCKS e When these locks are set the rear doors cannot be opened from H the inside O e The rear doors can be opened from the outside when the doors are unlocked The childproof locks are located on rear edge of each rear door and must be set separately for each door Setting the lock for one door will not automatically set the lock for both doors e Insert the key and turn to the lock position key horizontal to engage the childproof locks Insert the key and turn to the unlock position key vertical to dis
176. e information The camera lens for the camera is located on the trunk Keep the lens clean so that the video image remains clear and undistorted Clean the lens with a soft lint free cloth and non abrasive cleaner Note If the camera system image is not clear or seems distorted it may be covered with water droplets snow mud or any other substance If this occurs clean the camera lens before using the reverse camera system WARNING The camera system is a reverse aid supplement device that still requires the driver to use it in conjunction with the rearview mirror and the side mirrors for maximum coverage WARNING Objects that are close to either corner of the bumper or under the bumper might not be seen on the screen due to the limited coverage of the camera system WARNING Backup as slow as possible since higher speeds might limit your reaction time to stop the vehicle A WARNING Do not use the camera system with the trunk open If the back end of the vehicle is hit or damaged then check with your authorized dealer to have your rear video system checked for proper coverage and operation 259 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving Night time and dark area use At night time or in dark areas the camera system relies on the reverse lamp lighting to produce an image Therefore it is necessary that both reverse lamps are operating in order to get a clear image in the dark If either
177. e unlocking section earlier in this chapter To unlock all doors enter the factory set code or your personal code then press the 3 e 4 control within five seconds Note If equipped with Intelligent Access if the Intelligent Access Key is within 3 feet 1 meter of the driver door your keyless entry keypad code will still function the same way but the driver s door will also unlock with each keypad button press To open the trunk enter the factory set code or your personal code then press the 5 e 6 control within five seconds To lock all doors press and hold the 7 e 8 and the 9 e 0 at the same time with the driver s door closed for two seconds will lock all doors You do not need to enter the keypad code first SECURILOCK PASSIVE ANTI THEFT SYSTEM SecuriLock passive anti theft system is an engine immobilization system This system is designed to help prevent the engine from being started unless a coded Integrated Keyhead Transmitter IKT or Intelligent Access Keys programmed to your vehicle is used The use of the wrong type of coded key may lead to a no start condition Your vehicle comes with two coded Integrated Keyhead Transmitters or Intelligent Access Keys additional coded transmitters may be purchased from your authorized dealer The authorized dealer can program your spare transmitters to your vehicle or you can program then yourself Refer to Programming spare Integrated Keyhead Transmitters or Programm
178. e Curb Weight is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your authorized dealer plus any aftermarket equipment 223 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading PAYLOAD Payload is the combined weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle is carrying The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire Label on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door vehicles exported outside the US and Canada may not have a Tire Label Look for THE COMBINED WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED XXX kg OR XXX Ib for maximum payload The payload listed on the Tire Label is the maximum payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant If any aftermarket or authorized dealer installed equipment has been installed on the vehicle the weight of the equipment must be subtracted from the payload listed on the Tire Label in order to determine the new payload WARNING The appropriate loading capacity of your vehicle can be limited either by volume capacity how much space is available or by payload capacity Chow much weight the vehicle should carry Once you have reached the maximum payload of your vehicle do not add more cargo even if there is space available Overloading or improperly loading your vehicle can contribute to loss of vehicle control and vehicle rollover 224 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing
179. e any unauthorized changes to your vehicle or engine By law vehicle owners and anyone who manufactures repairs services sells leases trades vehicles or supervises a fleet of vehicles are not permitted to intentionally remove an emission control device or prevent it from working Information about your vehicle s emission system is on the Vehicle Emission Control Information Decal located on or near the engine This decal also lists engine displacement Please consult your Warranty Guide Customer Information Guide for complete emission warranty information On board diagnostics OBD II Your vehicle is equipped with a computer that monitors the engine s emission control system This system is commonly known as the On Board Diagnostics System OBD II The OBD II system protects the environment by ensuring that your vehicle continues to meet 352 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications government emission standards The OBD II system also assists your authorized dealer in properly servicing your vehicle When the service engine soon C indicator illuminates the OBD II system has detected a malfunction Temporary malfunctions may cause the service engine soon K indicator to illuminate Examples are 1 The vehicle has run out of fuel the engine may misfire or run poorly 2 Poor fuel quality or water in the fuel the engine may misfire or run poorly 3 The fuel fil
180. e are four new vehicle Extended Service Plans with different levels of coverage Ask you dealer for details PremiumCare Our most comprehensive coverage With over 500 covered components this plan is so complete that we generally only discuss what s not covered ExtraCare Covers 113 components and includes many high tech items BaseCare Covers 84 components PowertrainCare Covers 29 critical components Ford ESP is honored by all Ford Lincoln and Mercury Dealers in the U S and Canada It s the only extended service plan authorized and backed by Ford Motor Company That means you get e Reliable quality service anywhere you go e Factory trained technicians e Genuine Ford and Motorcraft Parts Rental car reimbursement If your vehicle is kept overnight for covered repairs you are eligible for rental car coverage including Bumper to Bumper warranty repairs or manufacturer s recalls Transferable coverage If you sell your vehicle before your Ford ESP coverage expires you can transfer any remaining coverage to the new owner Whenever you re ready to sell your car prospective buyers may feel better about taking a risk on your used vehicle Ford ESP may add resale value Plus exclusive 24 7 roadside assistance including e Towing flat tire change and battery jump starts e Out of fuel and lock out assistance e Travel expense reimbursement for lodging meals and rental car e Destination assist
181. e caution when using any device that may take their focus off the road The driver s primary responsibility is the safe operation of their vehicle Only use cell phones and other devices not essential to the driving task when it is safe to do so Accessory delay Your vehicle is equipped with accessory delay With this feature the radio and other electrical accessories may be used for up to ten minutes after the ignition is turned off or until either front door is opened Note Your vehicle is equipped with a unique audio system If your display shows six small circles in the display your audio system is a CD6 system six disc changer If not your system is a single CD system 30 ooo 639 NE 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems Setting the clock To set the time press CLOCK The display will read SET TIME Use the memory preset numbers 0 9 to enter in the desired time hours and minutes The clock will then begin from that time AM FM Radio Q VOL Power Volume Press to turn the radio on off Turn the knob to increase decrease volume If the volume is set above a certain level and the ignition is turned off the volume will come back on at a nominal listening level when the ignition switch is turned back on AM FM Press repeatedly to select AM FM1 FM2 frequency band TUNE Turn the knob to go up down the frequency band in individual increm
182. e into the 12V power point in the vehicle 5 Remove the warning sticker found on the canister and place it on the top of the instrument panel or the center of the dash 6 Start the engine only if the vehicle is outdoors or ina well ventilated area 7 Turn dial 1 counterclockwise to the sealant position Turn on the kit by pressing the on off button 2 8 Inflate the tire to the pressure listed on the tire label located on the driver s door or the door jam area Note When the sealing compound is first added into the tire the air pressure gauge reading on the compressor unit may indicate a higher value this is normal and should be no reason for concern The pressure will drop after about 30 seconds of operation The 298 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies tire pressure has to be checked with the compressor in the OFF position to get the correct tire pressure reading WARNING Do not stand directly over the temporary mobility kit while inflating the tire If you notice any unusual bulges or deformations in the tire s sidewall during inflation stop and call roadside assistance WARNING If the tire doesn t inflate to the recommended tire pressure within 15 minutes stop and call roadside assistance 9 When the recommended tire pressure is reached turn off the kit by pressing the on off button disconnect the kit from the tire valve and the power
183. e perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when mounted on the vehicle e Rim The metal support wheel for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated INFLATING YOUR TIRES Safe operation of your vehicle requires that your tires are properly inflated Remember that a tire can lose up to half of its air pressure without appearing flat Every day before you drive check your tires If one looks lower than the others use a tire gauge to check pressure of all tires and adjust if required At least once a month and before long trips inspect each tire and check the tire pressure with a tire gauge including spare if equipped Inflate all tires to the inflation pressure recommended by Ford Motor Company You are strongly urged to buy a reliable tire pressure gauge as automatic service station gauges may be inaccurate Ford recommends the use of a digital or dial type tire pressure gauge rather than a stick type tire pressure gauge Use the recommended cold inflation pressure for optimum tire performance and wear Under inflation or over inflation may cause uneven treadwear patterns 205 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading WARNING Under inflation is the most common cause of tire failures and may result in severe tire cracking tread separation or blowout with unexpected loss of vehicle control and increased risk of injury Under inflatio
184. e sensor to resolve COLLISION WARN MALFUNCTION if equipped Displayed when there is a system malfunction with the collision warning system The system will be disabled COLLISION WARN NOT AVAILABLE if equipped Displayed when there is a system malfunction with the collision warning system The system will be disabled COLLISION WARN NOT AVAILABLE SENSOR BLOCKED SEE MANUAL if equipped Displayed when the collision warning system radar is blocked because of poor radar visibility due to bad weather or ice mud water in front of the radar Driver can typically clean the sensor to resolve PRESS BRAKE TO START if equipped Displayed when the start stop button is pressed without the brake pedal being applied This is a reminder that the brake pedal must be applied when the start stop button is pressed in order to start the engine 27 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster SHIFT TO PARK if equipped Displayed when the start stop button is pressed to shut off the engine with the shift select lever in any position other than P Park Refer to Fast restart feature in Push button start system in the Driving chapter for more information NO KEY DETECTED if equipped Displayed if the Intelligent Access Key is not detected by the system in the following three scenarios e When the start stop button is pressed in an attempt to either start the engine or cycle through
185. e the bulb is working If the light does not turn on or begins to flash have the system inspected by your authorized dealer For 15 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster more information on this system refer to Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter Adaptive cruise control ACC if equipped Illuminates when t ACC is engaged while following a vehicle Refer to Adaptive cruise control in the Driver Controls chapter for more information Speed control Illuminates when the speed control is engaged or when the ACC is engaged without following a vehicle Turns off when the speed control system is disengaged or when the ACC is activated Anti theft system Flashes when AN the SecuriLock Passive Anti theft System has been activated R Throttle Control Transmission Illuminates when a powertrain or an A AWD fault has been detected Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Turn signal Illuminates when the left or right turn signal or the lt a gt hazard lights are turned on If the indicators flash faster check for a burned out bulb High beams IIluminates when the high beam headlamps are turned on HI Heads up display if equipped sent A red bar will illuminate on the windshield in certain instances when using adaptive cruise control and or Ge the collision warning system It will al
186. e this error Refer to Compass zone adjustment Compass zone adjustment 1 Determine which magnetic zone you are in for your geographic location by referring to the zone map 2 Turn ignition to the on position 3 Press and hold the 7 and 9 radio preset buttons together for approximately five seconds until ZONE XX appears in the CID 76 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus 4 Press and release the 7 and 9 radio preset buttons together repeatedly until ZONE XX changes to the correct zone 1 15 in the CID 5 The direction will display after the buttons are released The zone is now updated Compass calibration adjustment Driver Controls 6 39 NE 6 39 Perform compass calibration in an open area free from steel structures and high voltage lines For optimum calibration turn off all electrical accessories heater air conditioning wipers etc and make sure all vehicle doors are shut 1 Start the vehicle 2 To calibrate press and hold the 7 and 9 radio preset buttons together for approximately 10 seconds until CAL appears Release the buttons 3 Slowly drive the vehicle in a circle less than 3 mph 5 km h until the CAL display changes to the direction value N S E W etc It may take up to five circles to complete calibration 4 The compass is now calibrated 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide o
187. e tires and do not attempt any sharp steering wheel movements e If the vehicle goes from one type of surface to another i e from concrete to gravel there will be a change in the way the vehicle responds to a maneuver steering acceleration or braking Again avoid these abrupt inputs AWD Systems if equipped AWD uses all four wheels to power the vehicle This increases traction enabling you to drive over terrain and road conditions that a conventional two wheel drive vehicle cannot Sand When driving over sand try to keep all four wheels on the most solid area of the trail Avoid reducing the tire pressures but shift to a lower gear and drive steadily through the terrain Apply the accelerator slowly and avoid spinning the wheels 272 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving When driving at slow speeds in deep sand under high outside temperatures use L Low gear when possible L Low gear operation will maximize the engine and transmission cooling capability Under severe operating conditions the A C may cycle on and off to protect overheating of the engine Avoid excessive speed because vehicle momentum can work against you and cause the vehicle to become stuck to the point that assistance may be required from another vehicle Remember you may be able to back out the way you came if you proceed with caution Mud and water If you must drive through high water drive slowly
188. e trunk cargo cover locate the white plastic funnel It is attached to the rear lower edge of the spare tire compartment 2 Slowly insert the funnel into the Easy Fuel system 3 Fill the vehicle with fuel from the portable fuel container 4 When done clean the funnel or properly dispose of it Extra funnels can be purchased from your authorized dealer if you choose to dispose of the funnel Do not use aftermarket funnels they will not work with the Easy Fuel system and can damage it The included funnel has been specially designed to work safely with your vehicle ESSENTIALS OF GOOD FUEL ECONOMY Measuring techniques Your best source of information about actual fuel economy is you the driver You must gather information as accurately and consistently as possible Fuel expense frequency of fill ups or fuel gauge readings are NOT accurate as a measure of fuel economy We do not recommend taking fuel economy measurements during the first 1 000 miles 1 600 km of driving engine break in period You will get a more accurate measurement after 2 000 miles 3 000 miles 8 000 km 5 000 km Filling the tank The advertised fuel capacity of the fuel tank on your vehicle is equal to the rated refill capacity of the fuel tank as listed in the Maintenance product specifications and capacities section of this chapter 348 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance
189. ealer If the Safety Canopy is not replaced it will not function again which will increase the risk of injury in a future collision Determining if the system is operational The SRS uses a readiness light in the instrument cluster or a tone to indicate the condition of the system Refer to the Airbag readiness section in the Instrument Cluster chapter Routine maintenance of the airbag is not required Any difficulty with the system is indicated by one or more of the following e The readiness airbag light same light as for front airbag system will either flash or stay lit e The readiness light will not illuminate immediately after ignition is turned on e A series of five beeps will be heard The tone pattern will repeat periodically until the problem and light are repaired If any of these things happen even intermittently have the SRS serviced at your an authorized dealer immediately Unless serviced the system may not function properly in the event of a collision or rollover event SOS Post Crash Alert System The SOS Post Crash Alert automatically flashes the turn signal lamps and sounds the horn three times at four second intervals in the event of a serious impact that deploys an airbag front side side curtain or Safety Canopy or the safety belt pretensioners 185 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints The SOS Post Crash Alert can be
190. ect that it is no longer obstructed Heavy rain or snow is interfering Do not use ACC in these with the radar signals conditions because it may not detect warn or respond to potential collisions Swirling water or snow or ice on Do not use ACC in these the surface of the road may conditions because it may not interfere with the radar signals detect warn or respond to potential collisions WARNING Do not use ACC when towing a trailer with brake controls Aftermarket trailer brakes will not function properly when ACC is activated because the brakes are electronically controlled Failing to do so may result in loss of vehicle control which could result in serious injury WARNING Do not use tires sizes other than those recommended because this can affect the normal operation of ACC Failing to do so may result in a loss of vehicle control which could result in serious injury 94 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls STEERING WHEEL CONTROLS IF EQUIPPED Radio control features VOL Volume Press to increase the volume VOL Volume Press to decrease the volume lt q PP Seek Press to select the previous next radio station preset CD track or satellite radio channel preset depending on which media mode you are in MEDIA Press repeatedly to select e AM FM1 FM2 or CD e DVD FES Cif equipped e SAT1 SAT2 or SAT3 Satellite radio mode if equipped
191. ed and restrained properly in a rear seating position properly restrain the largest child in the front seat Installing child safety seats with combination lap and shoulder belts Check to make sure the child seat is properly secured before each use Children 12 and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position whenever possible If all children cannot be seated and restrained properly in a rear seating position properly restrain the largest child in the front seat 190 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints When installing a child safety seat with combination lap shoulder belts e Use the correct safety belt buckle for that seating position e Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle until you hear a snap and feel it latch Make sure the tongue is securely fastened in the buckle e Keep the buckle release button pointing up and away from the safety seat with the tongue between the child seat and the release button to help prevent accidental unbuckling Place vehicle seat back in upright position e Put the safety belt in the automatic locking mode Refer to step 5 below This vehicle does not require the use of a locking clip WARNING Depending on where you secure a child restraint and depending on the child restraint design you may block access to certain safety belt buckle assemblies and or LATCH lower anchors rendering those features pot
192. ed as a MyKey The key will remain restricted until MyKey is disabled Any remaining keys are referred to as an Administrator key or Admin key The Admin key can be used to create a MyKey program optional MyKey settings and disable the MyKey feature When the MyKey feature is enabled the user can use System Check in the message center to see how many MyKeys and Admin keys are programmed to the vehicle and how many total miles have been driven with the MyKey active MyKey Restricted Features Standard settings These settings cannot be changed e The audio system will be muted whenever Belt Minder is activated until the safety belts are buckled Refer to the Seating and Safety Restraints chapter for a detailed description of Belt Minder operation e Low fuel warnings are displayed in the message center followed by a chime when the Distance to Empty value reaches 75 miles 120 km e The Reverse sensing system Blind Spot Information System BLIS with Cross Traffic Alert and Forward Collision Warning cannot be turned off Optional settings These settings can be changed e Vehicle speed is limited to 80 mph 130 km h Visual warnings are displayed followed by a chime when the vehicle speed has reached 80 mph 130 km h e Visual warnings are displayed followed by a chime when a preselected vehicle speed of 45 55 or 65 mph 75 90 or 105 km h is exceeded e The maximum volume of the audio system i
193. eeded to cool down the interior of the vehicle and may also help reduce undesired odors from reaching the interior of the vehicle Recirculated air engages automatically when MAX A C is selected or can be engaged manually in any airflow mode except Gt defrost When the ignition switch is turned off and back on the climate system will return to the recirculated air mode only if the A C button LED is illuminated and the air distribution selection is either A panel or lt panel floor 6 MAX A C Distributes recirculated air through the instrument panel vents to cool the vehicle This re cooling of the interior air is more economical and efficient Recirculated air may also help reduce undesirable odors from entering the vehicle Press the MAX A C button again for normal A C operation 7 Temperature control Controls the temperature of the airflow in the vehicle 8 Fi Fan speed adjustment Turn to select the desired fan speed 9 Q Power Press to activate deactivate the climate control system When the system is off outside air is prevented from entering the vehicle Operating tips e To reduce fog build up on the windshield during humid weather select Q defrost e To reduce humidity build up inside the vehicle do not drive with the system off or with recirculated air engaged e Do not put objects under the front seats that will interfere with the airflow to the back seats e Remove any snow ice or leaves from the a
194. efficiency during hot weather while stopped in traffic place the gearshift lever in P Park e Vehicles with trailers should not be parked on a grade If you must park on a grade place wheel chocks under the trailer s wheels RECREATIONAL TOWING Follow these guidelines for your specific powertrain combination to tow your vehicle for personal travel such as behind a motor home or a truck Note Put your climate control system in recirculated air mode to prevent exhaust fumes from entering the vehicle Refer to the Climate Controls chapter for more information In case of roadside emergency with a disabled vehicle please refer to Wrecker towing in the Roadside Emergencies chapter These guidelines are designed to prevent damage to your vehicle 232 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Front Wheel Drive FWD vehicles Tow your Front Wheel Drive vehicle with all four wheels on the ground or with the front wheels off the ground by using a tow dolly If you are using a tow dolly follow the instructions specified by the equipment provider All Wheel Drive AWD vehicles Tow your All Wheel Drive vehicle with all four wheels on the ground or with all four wheels off the ground using a vehicle transport trailer Do not tow your All Wheel Drive vehicle with the front wheels off the ground by using a tow dolly and the rear wheels on the ground This will cause damage to yo
195. egory information not available NO TEXT NO SIGNAL Loss of signal from the SIRIUS satellite or SIRIUS tower to the vehicle antenna Update of channel programming in progress Satellite service has been deactivated by SIRIUS Satellite Radio NAVIGATION SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED UPDATING CALL SIRIUS 1 888 539 7474 Category information not available at this time on this channel The system is working properly You are in a location that is blocking the SIRIUS signal i e tunnel under an overpass dense foliage etc The system is working properly When you move into an open area the signal should return No action required The process may take up to three minutes Call SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 to re activate or resolve subscription issues Your vehicle may be equipped with a navigation system Refer to the Navigation System supplement for further information SYNC IF EQUIPPED Your vehicle may be equipped with SYNC a hands free communications and entertainment system with special phone and media features For more information please refer to the SYNC supplement or to the SYNC section in the Navigation System supplement if equipped 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus 47 Climate Controls MANUAL HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED RZ ae A h MAX Temperature conver
196. el to avoid contamination of the airbag system 322 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Cleaning If a staining liquid like coffee juice has been spilled on the instrument panel or on interior trim surfaces clean as follows 1 Wipe up spilled liquid using a clean white cotton cloth 2 Wipe the surface with a damp clean white cotton cloth For more thorough cleaning use a mild soap and water solution If the spot cannot be completely cleaned by this method the area may be cleaned using a commercially available cleaning product designed for automotive interiors 3 If necessary apply more soap and water solution or cleaning product to a clean white cotton cloth and press the cloth onto the soiled area allow this to set at room temperature for 30 minutes 4 Remove the soaked cloth and if it is not soiled badly use this cloth to clean the area by using a rubbing motion for 60 seconds 5 Following this wipe area dry with a clean white cotton cloth INTERIOR For fabric carpets cloth seats safety belts and seats equipped with side airbags Remove dust and loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner Remove light stains and soil with Motorcraft Professional Strength Carpet amp Upholstery Cleaner ZC 54 e If grease or tar is present on the material spot clean the area first with Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover ZC 14 In Canada use Motorcraft Multi Purpose Cleaner CXC 101 e
197. eleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 139 Grades B and A represent higher levels of oma on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by aw WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure TIRES Tires are designed to give many thousands of miles of service but they must be maintained in order to get the maximum benefit from them Glossary of tire terminology e Tire label A label showing the OE Original Equipment tire sizes recommended inflation pressure and the maximum weight the vehicle can carry e Tire Identification Number TIN A number on the sidewall of each tire providing information about the tire brand and manufacturing plant tire
198. em your equipment includes a heater element which is installed in your engine block and a wire harness which allows the user to connect the system to a grounded 120 volt A C electrical source The block heater system is most effective when outdoor temperatures reach below 0 F 18 C WARNING Failure to follow engine block heater instructions could result in property damage or physical injury WARNING To reduce the risk of electrical shock do not use your heater with ungrounded electrical systems or two pronged cheater adapters Prior to using the engine block heater follow these recommendations for proper and safe operation e For your safety use an outdoor extension cord that is product certified by Underwriter s Laboratory UL or Canadian Standards Association CSA Use only an extension cord that can be used outdoors in cold temperatures and is clearly marked Suitable for Use with Outdoor Appliances Never use an indoor extension cord outdoors it could result in an electric shock or fire hazard e Use a 16 gauge outdoor extension cord minimum e Use as short an extension cord as possible e Do not use multiple extension cords Instead use one extension cord which is long enough to reach from the engine block heater cord to the outlet without stretching e Make certain that the extension cord is in excellent condition not patched or spliced Store your extension cord indoors at temperatures above 32 F 0 C
199. ems are on Sport mode will allow more spirited driving while the AdvanceTrac system is still enabled STEERING 3 5L V6 Engine SHO Your vehicle is equipped with an Electric Power Steering EPS system There is no fluid reservoir to check or fill If your vehicle loses electrical power while you are driving or if the ignition is turned off you can steer the vehicle manually but it takes more effort Extreme continuous steering may increase the effort it takes for you to steer This occurs to prevent internal overheating and permanent damage to your steering system If this should occur you will neither lose the ability to steer the vehicle manually nor will it cause permanent damage Typical steering and driving maneuvers will allow the system to cool and steering assist will return to normal 248 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving The EPS system has diagnostic checks that continuously monitor the EPS system to ensure proper operation When a system error is detected the following message SERVICE POWER STEERING SERVICE POWER STEERING NOW or POWER STEERING ASSIST FAULT may display in the message center refer to the Message center in the Instrument Cluster chapter for more information WARNING The EPS system has diagnostics checks that continuously monitor the EPS system to ensure proper operation of the electronic system When an electronic error is detected the message POWER ST
200. end of your hand held transmitter 1 3 inches ey 2 8 cm away from the HomeLink button you wish to program located on your visor while keeping the indicator light in view 2 Simultaneously press and hold both the chosen HomeLink and hand held transmitter buttons until the HomeLink indicator light changes from a slow to a rapidly blinking light Now you may release both the HomeLink and hand held transmitter buttons Note Some entry gates and garage door openers may require you to replace Step 2 with procedures noted in the Gate Operator and Canadian Programming in this section for Canadian residents 3 Firmly press and hold for five seconds and release the programmed HomeLink button up to two separate times to activate the door If the door does not activate press and hold the just trained HomeLink button and observe the indicator light e If the indicator light stays on constantly programming is complete and your device should activate when the HomeLink button is pressed and released e If the indicator light blinks rapidly for two seconds and then turns to a constant light continue with Programming Steps 4 through 6 to complete programming of a rolling code equipped device most commonly a garage door opener 4 At the garage door opener receiver motor head unit in the garage locate the learn or smart button usually near where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the unit 99
201. engage the childproof locks 116 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security INTERIOR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RELEASE Your vehicle is equipped with a mechanical interior luggage compartment release handle that provides a means of escape for children and adults in the event they become locked inside the luggage compartment Adults are advised to familiarize themselves with the operation and location of the release handle To open the luggage compartment door lid from within the luggage compartment pull the illuminated T shaped handle and push up on the trunk lid The handle is composed of a material that will glow for hours in darkness following brief exposure to ambient light The T shaped handle will be located either on the luggage compartment door lid or inside the luggage compartment near the tail lamps WARNING Keep vehicle doors and luggage compartment locked and keep keys and remote transmitters out of a child s reach Unsupervised children could lock themselves in the trunk and risk injury Children should be taught not to play in vehicles 117 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security WARNING Do not leave children unreliable adults or animals unattended in the vehicle On hot days the temperature in the trunk or vehicle interior can rise very quickly Exposure of people or anim
202. ental trailer follow the instructions that the rental agency gives to you Do not attach safety chains to the bumper Trailer brakes Electric brakes and manual automatic or surge type trailer brakes are safe if installed properly and adjusted to the manufacturer s specifications The trailer brakes must meet local and Federal regulations WARNING Do not connect a trailer s hydraulic brake system directly to your vehicle s brake system Your vehicle may not have enough braking power and your chances of having a collision greatly increase WARNING Do not operate Adaptive Cruise Control ACC when towing a trailer equipped with brakes Aftermarket trailer brakes will not function properly when ACC is activated which may lead to loss of vehicle control increasing the risk of serious injury The braking system of the tow vehicle is rated for operation at the GVWR not GCWR Trailer lamps Trailer lamps are required on most towed vehicles Make sure all running lights brake lights turn signals and hazard lights are working Do not connect trailer lamps directly to your vehicle s tail lamps This can cause damage to your vehicle s electrical system Contact your authorized dealer or trailer rental agency for proper instructions and equipment for hooking up trailer lamps Driving while you tow When towing a trailer e Turn off the speed control The speed control may shut off automatically when you are towing on long
203. entially unusable To avoid risk of injury occupants should only use seating positions where they are able to be properly restrained Perform the following steps when installing the child seat with combination lap shoulder belts Note Although the child seat illustrated is a forward facing child seat the steps are the same for installing a rear facing child seat 1 Position the child safety seat in a seat with a combination lap and shoulder belt 191 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 2 Pull down on the shoulder belt and then grasp the shoulder belt and lap belt together 3 While holding the shoulder and lap belt portions together route the tongue through the child seat according to the child seat manufacturer s instructions Be sure the belt webbing is not twisted 4 Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from for that seating position until you hear a snap and feel the latch engage Make sure the tongue is latched securely by pulling on it 192 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 5 To put the retractor in the automatic locking mode grasp the shoulder portion of the belt and pull downward until all of the belt is pulled out aaa 6 Allow the belt to retract to remove slack The belt will click as it retr
204. ents DIRECT Press DIRECT and then select the desired radio frequency DIRECT i e 93 9 using the memory preset numbers 0 9 SEEK Press k SEEK P to access the previous next strong radio station IOL za SEEK gt SCAN Press for a brief sampling of all strong radio stations pi A MEMORY PRESETS 0 9 When i1 151 l71 tuned to any station press and hold a preset button until sound returns and PRESET SAVED appears in the display You can save up to 30 stations 10 in AM 10 in FM1 and FM2 31 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems Saving presets automatically Autoset allows you to set the strongest local radio stations without losing your original manually set preset stations for AM FM1 FM2 To activate the autoset feature Press MENU repeatedly until AUTO PRESET ON OFF appears in the display Use K SEEK P to toggle AUTO PRESET to ON and either wait five seconds for the search to initiate or press OK to immediately initiate the search If you press another control within those five seconds the search will not initiate The 10 strongest stations will be filled and the station stored in preset 1 will begin playing If there are fewer than 10 strong stations the system will store the last one in the remaining presets RDS Radio Available only in FM mode This feature allows you to search RDS equipped stations
205. er When the accelerator is released the ACC function will operate again and vehicle speed will decrease to the set speed or a lower speed if following a slower vehicle Changing the set speed There are three ways to change the set speed e Accelerate or brake to the desired speed and press and release the SET or SET control Increase or decrease the speed by holding either the SET or SET control until the desired set speed is shown on the message center The vehicle speed will gradually change to the selected speed Increase or decrease the speed in increments of 1 mph 2 km h by briefly pressing the SET or SET control The ACC may apply the brakes to slow the vehicle down to the new set speed The set speed will display continuously in the message center while ACC is active 90 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls Resuming the set speed Press and release the RESUME control This will automatically return the vehicle to the previously set speed The set speed will display continuously in the message center while ACC is active Note RESUME should only be used if the driver is aware of the set speed and intends to return to it Low speed automatic cancellation ACC is not functional at vehicle speeds below 18 mph 380 km h Once the vehicle speed drops below 18 mph 80 km h an audible alarm will sound the head s up display will flash and
206. er and personal injury Changing tires with TPMS Each road tire is equipped with a tire pressure sensor fastened to the inside rim of the wheel The pressure sensor is covered by the tire and is not visible unless the tire is removed The pressure sensor is located opposite 180 degrees from the valve stem Care must be taken when changing the tire to avoid damaging the sensor It is recommended that you always have your tires serviced by an authorized dealer The tire pressure should be checked periodically at least monthly using an accurate tire gauge refer to Inflating your tires in this chapter Understanding your Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS The Tire Pressure Monitoring System measures pressure in your four road tires and sends the tire pressure readings to your vehicle The Low Tire Pressure Warning Lamp will turn ON if the tire pressure is significantly low Once the light is illuminated your tires are under inflated and need to be inflated to the manufacturer s recommended tire pressure Even if the light turns ON and a short time later turns OFF your tire pressure still needs to be checked Visit www checkmytires org for additional information 219 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading When your temporary spare tire is installed When one of your road tires needs to be replaced with the temporary spare the TPMS system will continue to ide
207. er up to 1 000 Ib 454 kg gross trailer weight with a maximum tongue load of 100 lb 45 kg Do not tow a trailer until your vehicle has been driven at least 500 miles 800 km Towing a trailer places an additional load on your vehicle s engine transmission brakes tires and suspension Inspect these components carefully after towing WARNING Do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label WARNING Towing trailers beyond the maximum recommended gross trailer weight exceeds the limit of the vehicle and could result in engine damage transmission damage structural damage loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover and personal injury Preparing to tow Use the proper equipment for towing a trailer and make sure it is properly attached to your vehicle Contact your authorized dealer or a reliable trailer dealer as soon as possible if you require assistance Hitches Do not use hitches that clamp onto the vehicle bumper Use a load carrying hitch You must distribute the load in your trailer so that 10 15 of the total weight of the trailer is on the tongue Safety chains Always connect the trailer s safety chains to the frame or hook retainers of the vehicle hitch To connect the trailer s safety chains cross the chains under the trailer tongue and allow slack for turning corners 230 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading If you use a r
208. er you leave your vehicle R Reverse With the gearshift lever in R Reverse the vehicle will move backward Always come to a complete stop before shifting into and out of R Reverse N Neutral With the gearshift lever in N Neutral the vehicle can be started and is free to roll Hold the brake pedal down while in this position D Drive with Overdrive The normal driving position for the best fuel economy Transmission operates in gears one through six 252 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving D Drive with Grade Assist Pressing the transmission control switch on the side of the gearshift lever activates Grade Assist Grade Assist e Improves driving experience in hilly terrain or mountainous areas by providing additional grade engine braking and extends lower gear operation on uphill climbs Provides additional engine braking through the automatic transmission shift strategy which reacts to vehicle inputs vehicle acceleration accelerator pedal brake pedal and vehicle speed e Allows the transmission to select gears that will provide the desired engine braking based on the vehicle inputs mentioned above This will increase engine RPM during engine braking e The grade assist lamp in the instrument cluster is illuminated Ee Grade Assist is designed to provide optimal gear selection in hilly terrain or mountainous areas It is recommended that you retu
209. eriod of time e achild or a small person occupies the front passenger seat When the passenger airbag off light is illuminated the passenger side airbag may be disabled to avoid the risk of airbag deployment injuries The front passenger sensing system uses a passenger airbag off or pass airbag off indicator which will illuminate and stay lit to remind you that the front passenger frontal airbag is disabled The indicator lamp is located on the instrument panel above the radio or navigation screen Note The indicator lamp will illuminate for a short period of time when the ignition is turned to the on position to confirm it is functional When the front passenger seat is not occupied empty seat or in the event that the front passenger frontal airbag is enabled may inflate the indicator lamp will be unlit The front passenger sensing system is designed to disable will not inflate the front passenger s frontal airbag when a rear facing infant seat a forward facing child restraint or a booster seat is detected e When the front passenger sensing system disables will not inflate the front passenger frontal airbag the indicator lamp will illuminate and stay lit to remind you that the front passenger frontal airbag is disabled e If the child restraint has been installed and the indicator lamp is not lit then turn the vehicle off remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the restraint following t
210. erload When you pass a ground based broadcast repeating tower a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and result in an audio mute Unlike AM FM audible static you will hear an audio mute when there is a satellite radio signal interference Your radio display may display NO SIGNAL to indicate the interference SIRIUS satellite radio service SIRIUS Satellite Radio is a subscription based satellite radio service that broadcasts music sports news and entertainment programming A service fee is required in order to receive SIRIUS service Vehicles that are equipped with a factory installed SIRIUS Satellite Radio system include e Hardware and limited subscription term which begins on the date of sale or lease of the vehicle e Use of online media player providing access to all SIRIUS music channels over the internet using any computer connected to the internet U S customers only For information on extended subscription terms contact SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 Note SIRIUS reserves the unrestricted right to change rearrange add or delete programming including canceling moving or adding particular channels and its prices at any time with or without notice to you Ford Motor Company shall not be responsible for any such programming changes Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number ESN This 12 digit Satellite Serial Number is needed to activate modify or track your satellite radio account You will need this number when com
211. ers from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire 213 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading 3 65 Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire s ratio of height to width 4 R Indicates a radial type tire 5 15 Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches If you change your wheel size you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter 6 95 Indicates the tire s load index It is an index that relates to how much weight a tire can carry You may find this information in your Owner s Guide If not contact a local tire dealer Note You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by federal law 7 H Indicates the tire s speed rating The speed rating denotes the speed at which a tire is designed to be driven for extended periods of time under a standard condition of load and inflation pressure The tires on your vehicle may operate at different conditions for load and inflation pressure These speed ratings may need to be adjusted for the difference in conditions The ratings range from 81 mph 130 km h to 186 mph 299 km h These ratings are listed in the following chart Note You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by federal law Note For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph 240 km h tire manufacturers some
212. et of the felt bag Take care to position the jack as shown to ensure that the locating holes in the jack base can be placed on the locating tabs of the jack mounting bracket in the spare tire tub Roadside Emergencies 2 Securely close the wrench compartment and the jack bag using the VELCRO strips 3 Place the jack kit on the angled bracket in the spare tire tub using the locating tabs to position the jack correctly 4 Insert the straight end of the jack retention bracket through the eyelet of the angled bracket and swing the retention bracket over the jack With the jack in place place the end of the retention bracket over the threaded stud in the trunk floor and secure it with the plastic wing nut 2010 Taurus 500 293 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies If you are stowing the flat tire 1 Remove the extension bolt from the exterior pocket of the felt bag 2 Install the jack as shown in Step 4 under Stowing the tire and jack 3 Screw the extension bolt onto the threaded stud of the jack retention bracket 4 With the temporary spare tire on the vehicle place the flat tire in the spare tire well with the wheel facing up 5 Safely secure the wheel by screwing the large wing nut onto the extension bolt If you are stowing the temporary spare tire place the tire over the jack and secure it with the large wing nut TEMPORARY MOBILITY KIT IF EQUI
213. ff approximately one minute 3 Wait 10 seconds after the safety belt warning light turns off e Step 4 must be completed within 20 seconds after the completion of Step 3 4 For the seating position being disabled buckle then unbuckle the safety belt three times at a moderate speed ending in the unbuckled state e After Step 4 the safety belt warning light will be turned on for three seconds 5 Within approximately seven seconds of the light turning off buckle then unbuckle the safety belt e This will disable the Belt Minder feature for that seating position if it is currently enabled As confirmation the safety belt warning light will flash four times per second for three seconds 170 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints e This will enable the Belt Minder feature for that seating position if it is currently disabled As confirmation the safety belt warning light will flash four times per second for three seconds followed by three seconds with the light off then followed by the safety belt warning light flashing four times per second for three seconds again AIRBAG SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS The airbag supplemental restraint system SRS is designed to work in conjunction with the safety belts to help protect the driver and front outboard passenger from certain upper body injuries The term suppleme
214. fluid level frequently Do not operate the wipers when the windshield is dry This may scratch the glass damage the wiper blades and cause the wiper motor to burn out Before operating the wiper on a dry windshield always use the windshield washer In freezing weather be sure the wiper blades are not frozen to the windshield before operating the wipers Windshield wiper rainlamp feature When the windshield wipers are turned on during daylight and the headlamp control is in the autolamp position the exterior lamps will turn on after a brief delay and will remain on until the wipers are turned off TILT TELESCOPE STEERING WHEEL To adjust the steering wheel 1 Pull the lever down to unlock the steering column 2 While the lever is in the down position move the steering wheel up or down and in or out until you find the desired position 3 While holding the steering wheel in place pull the lever up to its original position to lock the steering column WARNING Never adjust the steering wheel when the vehicle is moving 74 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus ILLUMINATED VISOR MIRROR Lift the mirror cover to turn on the visor mirror lamp Slide on rod feature The visor will slide back and forth on the rod for increased sunlight coverage Rotate the visor towards the side window and extend it rearward for additional sunlight coverage Note To stow the visor back into the head
215. front or rear These numbers are shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR Note For trailer towing information refer to Trailer towing found in this chapter or the RV and Trailer Towing Guide provided by your 4 GVW Gross Vehicle Weight is the Vehicle Curb Weight cargo passengers GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle including all options equipment passengers and cargo The GVWR is shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door The GVW must never exceed the GVWR G A 226 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus e Example only Tires Wheels and Loading MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO DATE XX XX GVWR XXXXXLB XXXXXKG FRONT GAWR XXXXL XXXXLI XXXXKG Wy WITH XXXXXXXXXXX TIRES XX TIRES XXXX XX RIMS RIMS AT XXX KPaXX CPSLCOLD AT XXX KPAXX PSI COLD THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY AND THEFT PREVENTION STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE VIN XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXX TYPE XXX XXXXX EXT PNT XX RC XX DSO WBTBRK TINTTR TPPS R TAXLE TR SPR XXXXX XXX X XX X X XX XX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX XXXX XXXXXXX XX MFD f BY F FORD MC MOTOR C0 XXXX LBAXXXK
216. ft Premium Windshield Washer Concentrate U S only ZC 32 A Motorcraft Professional Strength Carpet amp Upholstery Cleaner ZC 54 Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover U S only ZC 14 Motorcraft Tire Clean and Shine ZC 28 Motorcraft Ultra Clear Spray Glass Cleaner ZC 23 Motorcraft Vinyl Cleaner Canada only CXC 93 Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner ZC 37 A 325 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications SERVICE RECOMMENDATIONS To help you service your vehicle we provide scheduled maintenance information which makes tracking routine service easy If your vehicle requires professional service your authorized dealer can provide the necessary parts and service Check your Warranty Guide Customer Information Guide to find out which parts and services are covered Use only recommended fuels lubricants fluids and service parts conforming to specifications Motorcraft parts are designed and built to provide the best performance in your vehicle PRECAUTIONS WHEN SERVICING YOUR VEHICLE e Do not work on a hot engine e Make sure that nothing gets caught in moving parts e Do not work on a vehicle with the engine running in an enclosed space unless you are sure you have enough ventilation e Keep all open flames and other burning material such as cigarettes away from the battery and all fuel related parts Working with the engine off 1 Set the parking
217. g characteristics of your vehicle e Be extremely careful when driving on pavement made slippery by loose sand water gravel snow or ice If your vehicle goes off the edge of the pavement e If your vehicle goes off the edge of the pavement slow down but avoid severe brake application ease the vehicle back onto the pavement only after reducing your speed Do not turn the steering wheel too sharply while returning to the road surface e It may be safer to stay on the apron or shoulder of the road and slow down gradually before returning to the pavement You may lose control if you do not slow down or if you turn the steering wheel too sharply or abruptly e It often may be less risky to strike small objects such as highway reflectors with minor damage to your vehicle rather than attempt a sudden return to the pavement which could cause the vehicle to slide sideways out of control or rollover Remember your safety and the safety of others should be your primary concern If your vehicle gets stuck If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow it may be rocked out by shifting between forward and reverse gears stopping between shifts in a steady pattern Press lightly on the accelerator in each gear Your vehicle is equipped with Traction Control it may be beneficial to disengage the Traction Control system while attempting to rock the vehicle Do not rock the vehicle if the engine is not at normal operating temperature or dama
218. g service by your authorized dealer e Heavy or uneven steering efforts may be caused by low power steering pump fluid level Check for low power steering pump fluid level before seeking service by your authorized dealer 249 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving e Do not fill the power steering pump reservoir above the MAX mark on the reservoir as this may result in leaks from the reservoir If the steering wanders or pulls equipped with either EPS or Hydraulic steering system check for e an improperly inflated tire e uneven tire wear e loose or worn suspension components e loose or worn steering components e improper vehicle alignment A high crown in the road or high crosswinds may also make the steering seem to wander pull BRAKE SHIFT INTERLOCK This vehicle is equipped with a brake shift interlock feature that prevents the gearshift lever from being moved from P Park when the ignition is in the on position unless brake pedal is pressed If you cannot move the gearshift lever out of P Park with ignition in the on position and the brake pedal pressed it is possible that a fuse has blown or the vehicle s brakelamps are not operating properly Refer to Fuses and relays in the Roadside Emergencies chapter If the fuse is not blown and the brakelamps are working properly the following procedure will allow you to move the gearshift lever from P Park Note For some markets this feat
219. g the lumbar to the desired setting and then selecting the back or cushion message setting Adjusting the front power seat i WARNING Never adjust the driver s seat or seatback when the vehicle is moving A WARNING Do not pile cargo higher than the seatbacks to reduce the risk of injury in a collision or sudden stop A WARNING Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap belt snug and low across the hips A WARNING Reclining the seatback can cause an occupant to slide under the seat s safety belt resulting in severe personal injuries in the event of a collision 145 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints WARNING Sitting improperly out of position or with the seat back reclined too far can take off weight from the seat cushion and affect the decision of the passenger sensing system resulting in serious injury or death in a crash Always sit upright against your seatback with your feet on the floor WARNING To reduce the risk of possible serious injury Do not hang objects off seat back or stow objects in map pocket if equipped when a child is in the front passenger seat Do not place objects underneath the front passenger seat or between the seat and the center console Gif equipped Check the passenger airbag off or pass airbag off indicator lamp for proper airbag status Refer to Front passenger sensing system section for additio
220. ge and the authorized disposal of waste cleaning and lubrication materials are significant steps towards this aim Information in this respect is highlighted in this guide with the tree symbol CALIFORNIA Proposition 65 Warning WARNING Engine exhaust some of its constituents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm In addition certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm PERCHLORATE MATERIAL Certain components of this vehicle such as airbag modules seat belt pretensioners and button cell batteries may contain Perchlorate Material Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate BREAKING IN YOUR VEHICLE Your vehicle does not need an extensive break in Try not to drive continuously at the same speed for the first 1 000 miles 1 600 km of new vehicle operation Vary your speed frequently in order to give the moving parts a chance to break in Drive your new vehicle at least 1 000 miles 1 600 km before towing a trailer For more detailed information about towing a trailer refer to Trailer towing in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing
221. ge to the transmission may occur Do not rock the vehicle for more than a few minutes or damage to the transmission and tires may occur or the engine may overheat 271 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving WARNING Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the gearshift is latched in P Park Turn the ignition to the off position and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle WARNING If the parking brake is fully released but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated the brakes may not be working properly See your authorized dealer WARNING Do not spin the wheels at over 35 mph 56 km h The tires may fail and injure a passenger or bystander Emergency maneuvers e In an unavoidable emergency situation where a sudden sharp turn must be made remember to avoid over driving your vehicle e turn the steering wheel only as rapidly and as far as required to avoid the emergency Excessive steering will result in less vehicle control not more Additionally smooth variations of the accelerator and or brake pedal pressure should be utilized if changes in vehicle speed are called for Avoid abrupt steering acceleration or braking which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover and or personal injury Use all available road surface to return the vehicle to a safe direction of travel e In the event of an emergency stop avoid skidding th
222. gy management feature front outboard section in this chapter Determining if the Personal Safety System is operational The Personal Safety System uses a warning light in the instrument cluster or a back up tone to indicate the condition of the system Refer to the Warning lights and chimes section in the Instrument Cluster chapter Routine maintenance of the Personal Safety System is not required 160 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints The Restraints Control Module RCM monitors its own internal circuits and the circuits for the airbag supplemental restraints crash sensor s safety belt pretensioners front safety belt buckle sensors driver seat position sensor and front passenger sensing system In addition the RCM also monitors the restraints warning light in the instrument cluster A difficulty with the system is indicated by one or more of the following e The warning light will either flash or stay lit e The warning light will not iluminate immediately after ignition is on e A series of five beeps will be heard The tone pattern will repeat periodically until the problem and warning light are repaired If any of these things happen even intermittently have the Personal Safety System serviced at an authorized dealer immediately Unless serviced the system may not function properly in the event of a collision Safety belt precautions WARNING A
223. h is released before the window is fully closed the window will stop For example this can be used to overcome the resistance of ice on the window or seals Window lock The window lock feature allows only pees the driver to operate the power KE windows To lock out all the window controls except for the driver s press the right side of the control Press the left side to restore the window controls Accessory delay With accessory delay the radio power windows and moon roof if equipped operate for up to 10 minutes after the ignition switch is turned from on to off or until one of the front doors are opened POWER REAR SUNSHADE IF EQUIPPED Your vehicle may be equipped with a power rear sunshade that covers the rear window of your vehicle The control is located in the center console access bin Press the control to move the shade up or down The power sunshade is equipped with an automatic one touch auto down feature To stop motion at any time during the auto down operation press the control a second time To activate the automatic one touch auto down feature press the control and release quickly INTERIOR MIRROR The interior rear view mirror has two pivot points on the support arm which lets you adjust the mirror up or down and from side to side A WARNING Do not adjust the mirror while the vehicle is in motion 82 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus
224. he driver s door or door jam area Pressing the deflation button near the sealant canister removes air from the tire Note The tire pressure has to be checked with the compressor in the OFF position to get the correct tire pressure reading 5 Turn the compressor off by pressing the on off button 6 Unplug the hoses re install the valve cap on the tire and return the kit to the stowage area WARNING The power plug may get hot after use and should be handled carefully while unplugging What to do after the tire has been sealed After using the temporary mobility kit to seal your tire you will need to replace the sealant canister and clear tube hose Sealing compound and spare parts can be obtained and replaced at an authorized Ford Motor Company dealership or tire dealer Empty sealant bottles may be disposed of at home however liquid residue from the sealing compound should be disposed by your local Ford Motor Company dealership or tire dealer or in accordance with local waste disposal regulations Note After the sealing compound has been used the maximum vehicle speed is 50 mph 80 km h and the maximum driving distance is 120 miles 200 km The sealed tire should be inspected immediately Note After sealant use the TPMS sensor and valve stem on the wheel must be replaced by an authorized Ford dealer You can check the tire pressure any time within the 120 miles 200 km by performing the procedure from Second
225. he adaptive learning process will fully update transmission operation 1 Use only a 12 volt supply to start your vehicle 2 Do not disconnect the battery of the disabled vehicle as this could damage the vehicle s electrical system 3 Park the booster vehicle close to the hood of the disabled vehicle making sure the two vehicles do not touch Set the parking brake on both vehicles and stay clear of the engine cooling fan and other moving parts 4 Check all battery terminals and remove any excessive corrosion before you attach the battery cables Ensure that vent caps are tight and level 5 Turn the heater fan on in both vehicles to protect from any electrical surges Turn all other accessories off 304 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies Connecting the jumper cables 1 Connect the positive jumper cable to the positive terminal of the discharged battery Note In the illustrations lightning bolts are used to designate the assisting boosting battery 2 Connect the other end of the positive cable to the positive terminal of the assisting battery 305 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies 3 Connect the negative cable to the negative terminal of the assisting battery 4 Make the final connection of the negative cable to an exposed metal part of the s
226. he child restraint manufacturer s instructions The front passenger sensing system is designed to enable may inflate the front passenger s frontal airbag anytime the system senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the front passenger seat 176 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints e When the front passenger sensing system enables the front passenger frontal airbag may inflate the indicator will be unlit and stay unlit If a person of adult size is sitting in the front passenger s seat but the passenger airbag off or pass airbag off indicator lamp is lit it is possible that the person isn t sitting properly in the seat If this happens e Turn the vehicle off and ask the person to place the seatback in the full upright position e Have the person sit upright in the seat centered on the seat cushion with the person s legs comfortably extended Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for about two minutes This will allow the system to detect that person and enable the passenger s frontal airbag e If the indicator lamp remains lit even after this the person should be advised to ride in the rear seat Pass Airbag Off ao Disabled Small child in child Disabled safety seat or booster Small child with safety Lit Disabled belt buckled or unbuckled WARNING Even with Advanced Restraints Systems c
227. he driving task when it is safe to do so 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Introduction EXPORT UNIQUE NON UNITED STATES CANADA VEHICLE SPECIFIC INFORMATION For your particular global region your vehicle may be equipped with features and options that are different from the features and options that are described in this Owner s Guide A market unique supplement may be supplied that complements this book By referring to the market unique supplement if provided you can properly identify those features recommendations and specifications that are unique to your vehicle This Owner s Guide is written primarily for the U S and Canadian Markets Features or equipment listed as standard may be different on units built for Export Refer to this Owner s Guide for all other required information and warnings 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Introduction These are some of the symbols you may see on your vehicle Vehicle Symbol Glossary Safety Alert AN A xe Child Seat Tether IS Anchor L Fasten Safety Belt Airbag Side Anti Lock Brake System Brake Fluid Non Petroleum Based Stability Control System D Ra Master Lighting Switch lt a Fog Lamps Front Fuel Pump Reset Windshield Defrost Demist 10 See Owner s Guide Airbag Front Child Seat Lower Anchor Brake System Parking Brake System Parking Aid System S
228. he glove box and is available from your authorized dealer You can also create up to three of your own 5 digit personal entry codes Note If your vehicle is equipped with the Intelligent Access feature your keypad will still function normally if you enter your personal entry code or factory set code However if your transmitter is within range of the driver s door an Intelligent Access unlock will also occur each time you press any number on the keypad Note that this additional unlock will not impact keypad functionality and you can still enter your code and perform all keypad functions unlock lock trunk release Programming a personal entry code and keypad association to memory seats mirrors and adjustable pedals if equipped To create your own personal entry code 1 Enter the factory set code 2 Within five seconds press the 1 e 2 on the keypad 3 Enter your personal 5 digit code Each number must be entered within five seconds of each other 127 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security 4 For memory recall feature enter the sixth digit 1 e 2 to store driver 1 settings or 3 e 4 to store driver 2 settings Note Touching 5 e 6 7 e 8 or 9 e 0 keypad numbers as a sixth digit will not recall a driver memory setting Note The factory set code cannot be associated with a memory setting 5 The doors will lock then unlock to confirm that your personal entry code has
229. he playing surface Inspect discs before playing Clean only with an approved CD cleaner Wipe discs from the center out Dont e Expose discs to direct sunlight or heat sources for extended periods of time e Clean using a circular motion CD units are designed to play commercially pressed 4 75 in 12 cm audio compact discs only Due to technical incompatibility certain recordable and re recordable compact discs may not function correctly when used in Ford CD players 42 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems Do not use any irregular shaped CDs or discs with a scratch protection film attached CDs with homemade paper adhesive labels should not be inserted into the CD player as the label may peel and cause the CD to become jammed It is recommended that homemade CDs be identified with permanent felt tip marker rather than adhesive labels Ballpoint pens may damage CDs Please contact your authorized dealer for further information Audio system warranty and service Refer to the Warranty Guide Customer Information Guide for audio system warranty information If service is necessary see your dealer or qualified technician MP3 track and folder structure Your MP3 system recognizes MP3 individual tracks and folder structure as follows e There are two different modes for MP8 disc playback MP3 track mode system default and MP3 folder mode For more info
230. he vehicle and may adversely affect the performance of the AdvanceTrac system In addition installing any stereo loudspeakers may interfere with and adversely affect the AdvanceTrac system Install any aftermarket stereo loudspeaker as far as possible from the front center console the tunnel and the front seats in order to minimize the risk of interfering with the AdvanceTrac sensors Reducing the effectiveness of the AdvanceTrac system could lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death WARNING Remember that even advanced technology cannot defy the laws of physics It s always possible to lose control of a vehicle due to inappropriate driver input for the conditions Aggressive driving on any road condition can cause you to lose control of your vehicle increasing the risk of personal injury or property damage Activation of the AdvanceTrac system is an indication that at least some of the tires have exceeded their ability to grip the road this could reduce the operator s ability to control the vehicle potentially resulting in a loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death If your AdvanceTrac system activates SLOW DOWN WARNING If a failure has been detected within the AdvanceTrac system the sliding car icon will illuminate steadily and you may hear a chime If equipped with a message center the vehicle will also indicate a failure with
231. head hitting a hard surface in a collision For this reason you should never use a booster seat with a lap belt only It is generally best to use a booster seat with lap shoulder belts in the back seat Move a child to a different seating location if the shoulder belt does not stay positioned on the shoulder during use 201 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Follow all instructions provided by the manufacturer of the booster seat WARNING Never place or allow a child to place the shoulder belt under a child s arm or behind the back because it reduces the protection for the upper part of the body and may increase the risk of injury or death in a collision Child restraint and safety belt maintenance Inspect the vehicle safety belts and child safety seat systems periodically to make sure they work properly and are not damaged Inspect the vehicle and child seat safety belts to make sure there are no nicks tears or cuts Replace if necessary All vehicle safety belt assemblies including retractors buckles front safety belt buckle assemblies buckle support assemblies slide bar if equipped shoulder belt height adjusters if equipped shoulder belt guide on seatback if equipped child safety seat LATCH and tether anchors and attaching hardware should be inspected after a collision Refer to the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for additional inspection
232. headlamps in manual high beam mode constant or flash to pass until the lever is returned to the neutral position To manually override the auto high beam_and go to low beam the headlamp control must be taken out of the W autolamp position Setting auto high beam sensitivity The automatic high beam system has two sensitivity settings The default setting is near If you would like the high beams to turn off when traffic is further away the sensitivity setting can be changed to far The procedure is as follows Preconditions e Vehicle is at a stop e Ignition is in the on position e The headlamp control is in the gD position e High beams are off Programming Sequence 1 Turn the headlamp control from ZD On to wW autolamp three times within two seconds ending in ZD On 2 Cycle flash to pass three times using the multi function lever 3 The sensitivity setting has been changed Note The programming sequence will end if either of the following occur e The vehicle speed is not zero e The battery voltage is out of normal range Troubleshooting If the automatic high beam camera becomes blocked the high beams will not come on automatically They will only activate when they are manually turned on with the multi function lever Typical road dust dirt and water spots will not affect the automatic high beam system s performance 62 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Lig
233. heavy Lit Disabled briefcase fully packed luggage Empty seat or small Lit Disabled to medium object with safety belt buckled If you think that the status of the passenger airbag off indicator lamp is incorrect check for the following e Objects lodged underneath the seat e Objects between the seat cushion and the center console 4f equipped Objects hanging off the seat back Objects stowed in the seatback map pocket if equipped Objects placed on the occupant s lap Cargo interference with the seat Other passengers pushing or pulling on the seat Rear passenger feet and knees resting or pushing on the seat The conditions listed above may cause the weight of a properly seated occupant to be incorrectly interpreted by the passenger sensing system The person in the front passenger seat may appear heavier or lighter due to the conditions described in the list above 178 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints WARNING To reduce the risk of possible serious injury Do not stow objects in seat back map pocket if equipped or hang objects off seat back if a child is in the front passenger seat Do not place objects underneath the front passenger seat or between the seat and the center console Gf equipped Check the passenger airbag off or pass airbag off indicator lamp for proper airbag Status Failure to follow these instructions may interfere
234. heduled maintenance information for the appropriate intervals for changing the spark plugs Replace the spark plugs with ones that meet Ford material and design specifications for your vehicle such as Motorcraft or equivalent replacement parts The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the engine if such spark plugs are not used 359 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications V c6TOCNCISM TO OVIMGLAX V L6TOCWdSM TO 0O6MO8 AX AT eNOOUdUIN NID OT LX T E69TW VSYH STX 10 DX TV S999W SSM 10 W G909IN SSM O T Wd uoneIyn d s pIo JaquMY Jed PIOA JuULoqnT oxy y MPLS OPT MSL AVS PEIDIO queolqn y V iesy wnt g 06 M08 AVS Ie19101 0 AMV PMP Ld yuq I JSULIL IIMog TEGO s 2uno gI pmyy T squid p CSTD SME T S Camy renuorogpp woy 1126 a949 PME send g oT UOISSTUISUeI oneuromy 0S9 PME UOISSTUISUBT onewomy zALV AT eNOOddN JJeIdIOJON j j 1C 16 8 swenb p 6 queoLiqn y J20 pue S D oyesyqy pue yung syoLIg yeas yore pooy Arene t Yor pooy yor 100q asvory sodmg YMNW pm OCI IPUPA 10J OJ LOG VuUeULIOJIOg YSTH Yeso10j 0 TioreamDpo Apedep sulo 10 DUIBN Hed PIOA Ne SAILIOVdVO ANY SNOILVOISIDAdS LONGOYd JONVNALNIVIN IIOAIOSeI UO NIW pue XV Usemjeg Pini oag 0 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing 2010 Taurus 500 USA fus Maintenance and Specif
235. hicle for an extended period of time This will minimize the discharge of your battery during storage Note Electrical or electronic accessories or components added to the vehicle by the dealer or the owner may adversely affect battery performance and durability WARNING Batteries normally produce explosive gases which can cause personal injury Therefore do not allow flames sparks or lighted substances to come near the battery When working near the battery always shield your face and protect your eyes Always provide proper ventilation WARNING When lifting a plastic cased battery excessive pressure on the end walls could cause acid to flow through the vent caps resulting in personal injury and or damage to the vehicle or battery Lift the battery with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners WARNING Keep batteries out of reach of children Batteries contain sulfuric acid Avoid contact with skin eyes or clothing Shield your eyes when working near the battery to protect against possible splashing of acid solution In case of acid contact with skin or eyes flush immediately with water for a minimum of 15 minutes and get prompt medical attention If acid is swallowed call a physician immediately WARNING Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds Wash hands after handling 335 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Spe
236. hicle with a tire that has insufficient air pressure Only punctured areas located within the tire tread can be sealed with the temporary mobility kit Loss of air pressure may adversely affect tire performance For this reason e Do not drive the vehicle above 50 mph 80 km h e Do not drive further than 120 miles 200 km Drive only to the closest Ford Motor Company authorized dealer or tire repair shop to have your tire inspected Drive carefully and avoid abrupt steering maneuvers Periodically monitor tire inflation pressure in the affected tire if the tire is losing pressure have the vehicle towed 295 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies Read the information in the Tips for use of the temporary mobility kit section to ensure safe operation of the temporary mobility kit and your vehicle Tips for use of the temporary mobility kit Read the following list of tips to ensure safe operation of the temporary mobility kit Before operating the temporary mobility kit make sure your vehicle is safely off the road and away from moving traffic Turn on the hazard lights Always set the parking brake to ensure the vehicle doesn t move unexpectedly Do not remove any foreign objects such as nails or screws from the tire When using the temporary mobility kit leave the engine running only if the vehicle is outdoors or in a well ventilated area so the compressor doesn
237. hildren 12 and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position After all occupants have adjusted their seats and put on safety belts it s very important that they continue to sit properly A properly seated occupant sits upright leaning against the seat back and centered on the seat cushion with their feet comfortably extended on the floor Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury in a crash event For example if an occupant slouches lies down turns sideways sits forward leans forward or sideways or puts one or both feet up the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased 177 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints WARNING Sitting improperly out of position or with the seat back reclined too far can take off weight from the seat cushion and affect the decision of the front passenger sensing system resulting in serious injury or death in a crash Always sit upright against your seatback with your feet on the floor The front passenger sensing system may detect small or medium objects placed on the seat cushion For most objects that are in the front passenger seat the passenger airbag will be disabled Even though the passenger airbag is disabled the pass airbag off lamp may or may not be illuminated according to the table below Small i e three ring Unlit Disabled binder small purse bottled water Medium i e
238. hind the backup key slot to remove the battery cover Note Do not wipe off any grease on the battery terminals or on the back surface of the circuit board 2 Remove the old battery Note Please refer to local regulations when disposing of transmitter batteries 3 Insert the new battery Refer to the instructions inside the IA key for the correct orientation of the battery Press the battery down to ensure that the battery is fully seated in the battery housing cavity 4 Snap the battery cover back onto the transmitter and install the backup key Note Replacement of the battery will not cause the IKT or IA key to become deprogrammed from your vehicle They should operate normally after battery replacement 124 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security Replacing lost Integrated Keyhead Transmitters IKTs or Intelligent Access Keys IA keys If you would like to have your IKTs or IA keys reprogrammed because you lost one or would like to buy additional transmitters you can either reprogram them yourself or take all transmitters to your authorized dealer for reprogramming How to reprogram your Integrated Keyhead Transmitters IKTs or Intelligent Access Keys IA keys To program a new IKTs or IA keys yourself refer to SecuriLock passive anti theft section of this chapter Note At least two already programmed transmitters are required to perform this procedure
239. his section TPMS If your tires are properly inflated and malfunction your spare tire is not in use and the light remains ON contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible 220 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Low Tire Possible Customer Action Required Pressure cause Warning Light Flashing Spare tire in Your temporary spare tire is in use Warning Light use Repair the damaged road wheel and re mount it on the vehicle to restore system functionality For a description of how the system functions under these conditions refer to When your temporary spare tire is installed in this section TPMS If your tires are properly inflated and malfunction your spare tire is not in use and the TPMS warning light still flashes contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible When inflating your tires When putting air into your tires such as at a gas station or in your garage the Tire Pressure Monitoring System may not respond immediately to the air added to your tires It may take up to two minutes of driving over 20 mph 82 km h for the light to turn OFF after you have filled your tires to the recommended inflation pressure How temperature affects your tire pressure The Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS monitors tire pressure in each pneumatic tire While driving in a normal manner a typical passenger tire inflation pressure may increase app
240. hts For significant blockages e g bird dropping bug splatter snow or ice the automatic high beam system uses a blocked sensor computer program If it detects a blockage it will be monitored for two minutes If no changes are observed the system will go into low beam mode until the blockage is cleared If it appears that automatic control of the high beams is not functioning check the windshield in front of the camera for blockage Flash to pass Pull toward you to activate and release to deactivate Daytime running lamps DRL if equipped Turns the headlamps on with a reduced output To activate e the ignition must be in the on position e the headlamp control is in the off autolamps or parking lamp position and e the transmission must be out of the P Park position WARNING Always remember to turn on your headlamps at dusk or during inclement weather The Daytime Running Lamp DRL system does not activate the tail lamps and generally may not provide adequate lighting during these conditions Failure to activate your headlamps under these conditions may result in a collision 63 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Lights PANEL DIMMER CONTROL Use to adjust the brightness of the instrument panel and all applicable lit components in the vehicle during headlamp and parking lamp operation e Tap the top or bottom of the control to brighten dim all interior lit componen
241. ials or workmanship during the warranty period as well as any component damaged by the defective accessories The accessories will be warranted for whichever provides you the greatest benefit e 12 months or 12 000 miles 20 000 km whichever occurs first or e the remainder of your new vehicle limited warranty Contact your dealer for details and a copy of the warranty The following is a list of several Genuine Ford Accessories Not all accessories are available for all models For a complete listing of the accessories that are available for your vehicle please contact your dealer or visit our online store at www fordaccessories com Exterior style Bug shields Moonroof deflector Side window deflector Splash guards Interior style All weather floor mats Electrochromic compass temperature interior mirrors Carpeted floor mats Lifestyle Ash cup smoker s package Cargo organization and management 367 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Accessories Peace of mind Remote start Vehicle security systems Wheel locks For maximum vehicle performance keep the following information in mind when adding accessories or equipment to your vehicle When adding accessories equipment passengers and luggage to your vehicle do not exceed the total weight capacity of the vehicle or of the front or rear axle GVWR or GAWR as indicated on the Safety Compliance Certification label Consult your au
242. ications i R a1yeIUIDUOD 5p530 cV A oh TSM TayseMy PPPIUSPUM s a eas PIN Ioysem PlSlysSpul V GE OZ WMNTWIg LIION pIny JF L A eNOOUaN LIV A oNOOYAN JI1OAI S I UO NIW ursu OHS 1de0xe WO S LX qJeIIIOLOW pue XVW Usemyog pmy Ssulitee s Iamog OHS 18 01 V SGEZ6W SSM quejoog eulsun UserID syrenb 7 TT Cepeued V OI OAD GD WHOA Ayetseds eII oW 14 01 sqrenb TTT quejooo sUuIsUuy lt epeue TO 1070W OEYJUAS JIEN UOLO OS MSG AVS YesI9 10 0 IdV pUe V OS60GN SSM epeued T epeueg IOJO W umuq I9dn GISATOGMG OX0 OG MG AVS YLeIDIO0JON epeurd n ZIdST OZMS OXDe TO I00W OFEYUAS mn SM SHM 0Z MS OXe OZ MG AVS YELIDIN SM dS 0ZMS OXe SN TO 1090W puot YJU S UMUWI OG MG HVS YLIIOJON Jaqumny Hed PI0 A IO IWLN Ld PIOA no 12g send gg YN ea M e amp 361 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing 2010 Taurus 500 USA fus Maintenance and Specifications BUTI 10 SUNYI POA PMY OJ JaTeap pozltoyyne Inod 39S MOAIOSAI JURTOOD MOA Yoyo 1OTOO ad JUR OOS SefONoA INOA oUTULTEJep OL OPTA MOL ut peddmbe ATreursi10 dA YueTood ayy PPV JTE UOLO TTY 9U PUL V OS6OZN SSM UOreoyloods p10 Jo syuswosmbel y Joout ATUO p u IO uSuy Ioyepueu JOU ST O IOJOW pu jq IN YJU S IO oTJeYJUAS JO SNg aseulep UOIssTUIsUeI sneo fewr PIN popudUTUTOdDaI y uey 19470 prnjj AUC JO sf TEATOJUT IIMI S 1991109 Y PUTULIOJAIP O UOUYDVWUALOfUL BOUDUAIUWWUL PAN
243. icle 309 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies If the vehicle is towed by other means or incorrectly vehicle damage may occur Ford Motor Company produces a towing manual for all authorized tow truck operators Have your tow truck operator refer to this manual for proper hook up and towing procedures for your vehicle Emergency towing In case of a roadside emergency with a disabled vehicle without access to wheel dollies car hauling trailer or flatbed transport vehicle your vehicle regardless of transmission powertrain configuration can be flat towed all wheels on the ground under the following conditions e Vehicle is facing forward so that it is being towed in a forward direction e Place the transmission in N Neutral Refer to Brake shift interlock in the Driving chapter for specific instructions if you cannot move the gear shift lever into N Neutral e Maximum speed is not to exceed 35 mph 56 km h e Maximum distance is 50 miles 80 km 310 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Customer Assistance GETTING THE SERVICES YOU NEED Warranty repairs to your vehicle must be performed by an authorized Ford Lincoln or Mercury dealer While any authorized dealer handling your vehicle line will provide warranty service we recommend you return to your selling authorized dealer who wants to ensure your continued satisfaction P
244. icle diagnostic information received through a direct connection to your vehicle when diagnosing or servicing your vehicle For U S only Gf equipped if you choose to use the SYNC Vehicle Health Report you consent that certain diagnostic information may also be accessed electronically by Ford Motor Company and Ford authorized service facilities and that the diagnostic information may be used for any purpose See your SYNC supplement for more information 6 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Introduction Event Data Recording Other modules in your vehicle event data recorders are capable of collecting and storing data during a crash or near crash event The recorded information may assist in the investigation of such an event The modules may record information about both the vehicle and the occupants potentially including information such as e how various systems in your vehicle were operating e whether or not the driver and passenger seatbelts were buckled e how far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or the brake pedal e how fast the vehicle was traveling e where the driver was positioning the steering wheel and e longitude and latitude of vehicle at last location using GPS technology and advanced vehicle sensors To access this information special equipment must be directly connected to the recording modules Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada
245. icle when using snow tires and chains e Do not exceed 30 mph 48 km h with tire cables on your vehicle 222 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading SUMMER TIRES Your Taurus SHO may be equipped with summer tires to provide superior performance on wet and dry roads Summer tires do not have the Mud and Snow M S or M S tire traction rating on the tire side wall Since summer tires do not have the same traction performance as All season or Snow tires Ford does not recommend using summer tires when temperatures are below 40 F 5 C or in snow ice conditions If you must drive in those conditions Ford recommends using Mud amp Snow M S or M S All season or Snow tires VEHICLE LOADING WITH AND WITHOUT A TRAILER This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle and or trailer to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability with or without a trailer Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of vehicle design performance Before loading your vehicle familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle s weight ratings with or without a trailer from the vehicle s Tire Label or Safety Compliance Certification Label Base Curb Weight is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment It does not include passengers cargo or optional equipment Vehicl
246. icles approaching up to 45 feet 14 meters away approximately the width of five parking spaces Coverage decreases when vehicles and objects in close proximity block the CTA sensors refer to figure for approximate zone coverage areas Sensor obstructed for vehicle on left Backing slowly from the parking spot in these situations helps to increase the sensor coverage and effectiveness 266 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving CTA coverage also decreases when parking at shallow angles refer to figure for approximate zone coverage areas sensor obstructed for vehicle on left _ Be CTA detection limitations Due to the nature of radar technology there may be certain instances where vehicles entering and exiting the blind spot zones may not be detected Below is a list of circumstances that may cause non detection e Debris build up on the rear quarter panel fascias e The rear quarter panel radar beams are obstructed or partially obstructed by an adjacently parked vehicle or object Approaching vehicles passing at speeds greater than 15 mph 24 km h e Severe weather conditions e Driving in reverse faster than 3 mph 5 km h e Backing out of an angled parking spot CTA and Reverse Sensing System RSS interaction CTA works along with the Reverse Sensing System RSS if equipped Become familiar with the warning tones of both systems BLIS and or CTA o
247. imits specific to your child safety seat Keep your child in the child safety seat if it properly fits the child remains appropriate for their weight height and age AND if properly secured to the vehicle Although the lap shoulder belt will provide some protection children who have outgrown a typical child seat are still too small for lap shoulder belts to fit properly and wearing an improperly fitted vehicle safety belt could increase the risk of serious injury in a crash To improve the fit of 198 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints both the lap and shoulder belt on children who have outgrown child safety seats Ford Motor Company recommends use of a belt positioning booster Booster seats position a child so that vehicle lap shoulder safety belts fit better They lift the child up so that the lap belt rests low across the hips and the knees bend comfortably at the edge of the cushion while minimizing slouching Booster seats may also make the shoulder belt fit better and more comfortably Try to keep the belt near the middle of the shoulder and across the center of the chest Moving the child closer a few centimeters or inches to the center of the vehicle but remaining in the same seating position may help provide a good shoulder belt fit When children should use booster seats Children need to use booster seats from the time they outgrow the toddler seat until they
248. ing Spare Intelligent Access Keys for instructions on how to program the coded key For Integrated Keyhead Transmitter IKT the Standard SecuriLock keys without remote entry transmitter functionality can also be purchased from your authorized dealer if desired Note The SecuriLock passive anti theft system is not compatible with non Ford aftermarket remote start systems Use of these systems may result in vehicle starting problems and a loss of security protection Note Large metallic objects electronic devices that are used to purchase gasoline or similar items or a second coded key on the same key chain may cause vehicle starting issues You need to prevent these objects from touching the coded key while starting the engine These objects will not cause damage to the coded key but may cause a momentary issue if they are too close to the key when starting the 129 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security engine If a problem occurs turn the ignition off remove all objects on the key chain away from the coded key and restart the engine Note Do not leave a duplicate coded key in the vehicle Always take your keys and lock all doors when leaving the vehicle Anti theft indicator The anti theft indicator is located in the instrument panel cluster e When the ignition is off the AN indicator will flash once every two seconds to indicate the R SecuriLock system
249. ional program designed to increase public awareness of land use regulations and responsibilities in our nations wilderness areas Ford Motor Company joins the U S Forest Service and the Bureau of Land Management in encouraging you to help preserve our national forest and other public and private lands by treading lightly Driving on hilly or sloping terrain Although natural obstacles may make it necessary to travel diagonally up or down a hill or steep incline you should always try to drive straight up or straight down Avoid driving crosswise or turning on steep slopes or hills A danger lies in losing traction slipping sideways and possibly rolling over Whenever driving on a hill determine beforehand the route you will use Do not drive over the crest of a hill without seeing what conditions are on the other side Do not drive in reverse over a hill without the aid of an observer When climbing a steep slope or hill start in a lower gear rather than downshifting to a lower gear from a higher gear once the ascent has started This reduces strain on the engine and the possibility of stalling If you do stall out Do not try to turnaround because you might roll over It is better to back down to a safe location Apply just enough power to the wheels to climb the hill Too much power will cause the tires to slip spin or lose traction resulting in loss of vehicle control Descend a hill in the same gear you would use to clim
250. ir intake area at the base of the windshield 49 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Climate Controls e To improve the A C cool down drive with the windows slightly open for 2 3 minutes after start up or until the vehicle has been aired out During extreme high ambient temperatures when idling stationary for extended periods of time in gear it is recommended to run the A C in the MAX A C mode adjust the blower fan speed to the lowest setting and put the vehicle s transmission into the P Park position to continue to receive cool air from your A C system For maximum cooling performance in MAX A C mode e Move temperature control to the coolest setting e Set the fan to the highest speed initially then adjust to maintain comfort For maximum cooling performance in panel or panel floor modes e Move temperature control to the coolest setting e Select A C and A recirculated air to provide colder airflow e Set the fan to the highest speed initially then adjust to maintain comfort To aid in side window defogging demisting in cold weather e Select H e Select A C e Adjust the temperature control to maintain comfort e Set the fan speed to the highest setting e Direct the outer instrument panel vents towards the side windows e To increase airflow to the outer instrument panel vents close the vents located in the middle of the instrument panel 50 2010 Taurus 500
251. irbag SRS is designed to activate when the vehicle sustains longitudinal deceleration sufficient to cause the sensors to close an electrical circuit that initiates airbag inflation The fact that the airbags did not inflate in a collision does not mean that something is wrong with the system Rather it means the forces were not of the type sufficient to cause activation Front airbags are designed to inflate in frontal and near frontal collisions not rollover side impact or rear impacts unless the collision causes sufficient longitudinal deceleration The airbags inflate and deflate rapidly upon activation After airbag deployment it is normal to notice a smoke like powdery residue or smell the burnt propellant This may consist of cornstarch talcum powder to lubricate the bag or sodium compounds e g baking soda that result from the combustion process that inflates the airbag Small amounts of sodium hydroxide may be present which may irritate the skin and eyes but none of the residue is toxic While the system is designed to help reduce serious injuries contact with a deploying airbag may also cause abrasions or swelling Temporary hearing loss is also a possibility as a result of the noise associated with a deploying airbag Because airbags must inflate rapidly and with considerable force there is the risk of death or serious injuries such as fractures facial and eye injuries or internal injuries particularly
252. is functioning as a theft deterrent e When the ignition is on the indicator will glow for three seconds to indicate normal system functionality IKT equipped vehicles only If a problem occurs with the SecuriLock system the indicator will flash rapidly or glow steadily when the ignition is in the on position If this occurs turn the ignition off then back to on to make sure there was no electronic interference with the programmed key If the vehicle doesn t start try to start it with the 2nd programmed key and if successful contact your authorized dealership for key replacement If the indicator still flashes rapidly or glows steadily the vehicle will not start contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible for service IKT equipped vehicles only Automatic arming The vehicle is armed immediately after switching the ignition to the off position The theft indicator will flash every two seconds to act as a theft F deterrent when the vehicle is R armed Automatic disarming The vehicle is disarmed immediately after the ignition is turned on If equipped with IKTs the theft indicator will illuminate for three seconds and then go out If the theft indicator stays on for an extended period of time or flashes rapidly contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible 130 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security Replacement Integrated Keyhead Transmitters
253. ith a clean dry lint free rag If necessary refer to Identifying components in the engine compartment in this chapter for the location of the dipstick For vehicles with the EcoBoost engine move the air filter assembly aside to access the transmission dipstick See Changing the air filter element for more information 355 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications 6 Install the dipstick making sure it is fully seated in the filler tube 7 Remove the dipstick and inspect the fluid level The fluid should be in the designated areas for normal operating temperature Low fluid level Do not drive the vehicle if the fluid MIN P MAX J SSS level is at the bottom of the C S dipstick Correct fluid level The transmission fluid should be checked at normal operating temperature 180 F 200 F 82 C 93 C on a level surface The normal operating temperature can be reached after approximately 20 miles 30 km of driving The transmission fluid should be within the cross hatch area if at normal operating temperature 180 F 200 F 82 C 93 C High fluid level Fluid levels above the safe range C MIN K MAX SS may result in transmission failure An overfill condition of transmission x x fluid may cause shift and or engagement concerns and or possible damage High fluid level
254. ith the vehicle personality features when a memory position is selected through the remote entry transmitter keyless entry keypad or memory switch on the driver s door if equipped with memory feature Refer to Seats in the Seating and Safety Restraints chapter SPEED CONTROL With speed control set you can maintain a set speed without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal 84 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls WARNING Do not use the speed control in heavy traffic or on roads that are winding slippery or unpaved Using speed control The speed controls are located on the steering wheel The following buttons work with speed control RESUME Press to resume a set speed SET Press to increase the set speed SET Press to decrease the set speed OFF ON Press to turn speed control off or on Setting speed control To set speed control 1 Press and release ON 2 Accelerate to the desired speed 3 Press and release SET or SET 4 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal 5 The indicator O light on the instrument cluster will turn on Note e Vehicle speed may vary momentarily when driving up and down a steep hill If the vehicle speed increases above the set speed on a downhill you may want to apply the brakes to reduce the speed If the vehicle speed decreases more than 10 mph 16 km h below your set speed on an uphill your speed
255. ition may occur if the vehicle was operated in extreme conditions with excessive wheel slip such as deep sand To resume normal AWD function as soon as possible stop the vehicle in a safe location and allow it to idle The AWD OFF message will turn off when the system cools and normal AWD function returns Note Your AWD vehicle is not intended for off road use The AWD feature gives your vehicle some limited off road capabilities in which driving surfaces are relatively level obstruction free and otherwise similar to normal on road driving conditions Operating your vehicle under other than those conditions could subject the vehicle to excessive stress which might result in damage which is not covered under your warranty Driving on slippery surfaces with AWD vehicles AWD vehicles are specially equipped for driving on sand snow mud and rough roads and have operating characteristics that are somewhat different from conventional vehicles both on and off the highway 270 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving When driving at slow speeds off highway under high outside temperatures use L Low gear when possible L Low gear operation will maximize the engine and transmission cooling capability Under severe operating conditions the A C may cycle on and off to protect overheating of the engine Basic operating principles e Drive slower in strong crosswinds which can affect the normal steerin
256. k to ensure that it has fully latched An unlatched seat may become dangerous in the event of a sudden stop or collision Seat mounted cup holders and armrest storage compartment if equipped If your vehicle is equipped with cup holders and a storage compartment they are located in the rear seat armrest To access the cup holders rotate armrest into use position To open the storage compartment if equipped pull up on the latch WARNING Use only soft cups in the cupholder Hard objects can injure you in a collision 156 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Rear heated seats if equipped WARNING Persons who are unable to feel pain to the skin because of advanced age chronic illness diabetes spinal cord injury medication alcohol use exhaustion or other physical conditions must exercise care when using the seat heater The seat heater may cause burns even at low temperatures especially if used for long periods of time Do not place anything on the seat that insulates against heat such as a blanket or cushion because this may cause the seat heater to overheat Do not puncture the seat with pins needles or other pointed objects because this may damage the heating element which may cause the seat heater to overheat An overheated seat may cause serious personal injury Note Do not do the following e Place heavy objects on the seat e Opera
257. ke sure that you have the correct tire and wheel size 2 Lubricate the tire bead and wheel bead seat area again 3 Stand at a minimum of 12 ft 8 66 m away from the tire wheel assembly 4 Use both eye and ear protection For a mounting pressure more than 20 psi 1 38 bar greater than the maximum pressure a Ford Dealer or other tire service professional should do the mounting Always inflate steel carcass tires with a remote air fill with the person inflating standing at a minimum of 12 ft 8 66 m away from the tire wheel assembly Important Remember to replace the wheel valve stems when the road tires are replaced on your vehicle It is recommended that the two front tires or two rear tires generally be replaced as a pair The tire pressure sensors mounted in the wheels originally installed on your vehicle are not designed to be used in aftermarket wheels The use of wheels or tires not recommended by Ford Motor Company may affect the operation of your Tire Pressure Monitoring System If the TPMS indicator is flashing your TPMS is malfunctioning Your replacement tire might be incompatible with your TPMS or some component of the TPMS may be damaged Safety practices Driving habits have a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety e Observe posted speed limits e Avoid fast starts stops and turns e Avoid potholes and objects on the road 210 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus
258. l filler nozzle This allows residual fuel to drain back into the fuel tank and not spill onto the vehicle 344 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Note A fuel spillage concern may occur if overfilling the fuel tank Do not overfill the tank to the point that the fuel is able to bypass the fuel filler nozzle The overfilled fuel may run down the drain located within the fuel filler housing and to the ground If the Check Fuel Fill Inlet message comes on the fuel fill inlet may not have properly closed The inlet may have stuck open or debris may be preventing the inlet from fully closing At the next opportunity safely pull off the road turn off the engine open the fuel filler door and remove any visible debris from the fuel fill opening Insert either the fuel fill nozzle or the fuel fill funnel see Refilling with a portable fuel container for funnel location provided with the vehicle several times to dislodge any debris and or allow the inlet to close properly If this action corrects the problem the Check Fuel Fill Inlet message may not reset immediately It may take several driving cycles for the Check Fuel Fill Inlet message to turn off A driving cycle consists of an engine start up after four or more hours with the engine off followed by city highway driving Continuing to drive with the Check Fuel Fill Inlet message on may cause the service engine soon lamp to turn
259. l inlet may not have been properly closed See Easy Fuel no cap fuel system in this chapter 4 Driving through deep water the electrical system may be wet These temporary malfunctions can be corrected by filling the fuel tank with good quality fuel properly closing the fuel fill inlet or letting the electrical system dry out After three driving cycles without these or any other temporary malfunctions present the service engine soon indicator should stay off the next time the engine is started A driving cycle consists of a cold engine startup followed by mixed city highway driving No additional vehicle service is required If the service engine soon C indicator remains on have your vehicle serviced at the first available opportunity Although some malfunctions detected by the OBD II may not have symptoms that are apparent continued driving with the service engine soon indicator on can result in increased emissions lower fuel economy reduced engine and transmission smoothness and lead to more costly repairs Readiness for Inspection Maintenance I M testing Some state provincial and local governments may have Inspection Maintenance I M programs to inspect the emission control equipment on your vehicle Failure to pass this inspection could prevent you from getting a vehicle registration Your vehicle may not pass the I M test if the service engine soon C indicator is on or not working properly bulb is burned ou
260. le Side airbags in combination with safety belts can help reduce the risk of severe injuries in the event of a significant side impact collision The side airbags are fitted on the outboard side of the seatbacks of the front seats In certain lateral collisions the airbag on the side affected by the collision will be inflated The airbag was designed to inflate between the door panel and occupant to further enhance the protection provided occupants in side impact collisions The airbag SRS is designed to activate when the vehicle sustains lateral deceleration sufficient to cause the sensors to close an electrical circuit that initiates airbag inflation 181 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints The fact that the airbags did not inflate in a collision does not mean that something is wrong with the system Rather it means the forces were not of the type sufficient to cause activation Side airbags are designed to inflate in side impact collisions not roll over rear impact frontal or near frontal collisions unless the collision causes sufficient lateral deceleration WARNING Several air bag system components get hot after inflation Do not touch them after inflation WARNING If the side airbag has deployed the airbag will not function again The side airbag system including the seat must be inspected and serviced by an authorized dealer If the airbag is not
261. lease note that certain warranty repairs require special training and or equipment so not all authorized dealers are authorized to perform all warranty repairs This means that depending on the warranty repair needed you may have to take your vehicle to another authorized dealer A reasonable time must be allowed to perform a repair after taking your vehicle to the authorized dealer Repairs will be made using Ford or Motorcraft parts or remanufactured or other parts that are authorized by Ford Away from home If you are away from home when your vehicle needs service contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center or use the online resources listed below to find the nearest authorized dealer In the United States Mailing address Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship Center P O Box 6248 Dearborn MI 48121 Telephone 1 800 392 3673 FORD TDD for the hearing impaired 1 800 232 5952 Online Additional information and resources are available online at www genuineservice com U S dealer locator by Dealer Name City State or Zip Code Owner Guides Maintenance Schedules Recalls Ford Extended Service Plans e Ford Genuine Accessories e Service specials and promotions 311 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Customer Assistance In Canada Mailing address Ford vehicles Customer Relationship Centre Ford Motor Company of Canada Limited P O Box 2000 Oakville Ontario L6J 5E
262. liner visor must be retracted before moving it back towards the windshield OVERHEAD CONSOLE Driver Controls The appearance of your vehicle s overhead console will vary according to your option package Storage compartment The storage compartment may be used to store a pair of sunglasses Press the release area on the rear edge of the bin door to open the storage compartment The door will open to the full open position 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus 75 Driver Controls ELECTRONIC COMPASS IF EQUIPPED The compass heading is displayed in the center stack display The compass reading may be affected when you drive near large buildings bridges power lines and powerful broadcast antenna Magnetic or metallic objects placed in on or near the vehicle may also affect compass accuracy Usually when something affects the compass readings the compass will correct itself after a few days of operating your vehicle in normal conditions If the compass still appears to be inaccurate a manual calibration may be necessary Refer to Compass calibration adjustment Most geographic areas zones have a magnetic north compass point that varies slightly from the northerly direction on maps This variation is four degrees between adjacent zones and will become noticeable as the vehicle crosses multiple zones A correct zone setting will eliminat
263. lly to maintain a preset gap distance The distance setting is adjustable refer to Setting the gap distance in this section The yellow ACC indicator light in the instrument cluster will be e illuminated and the message center will temporarily display a preset GAP lt gt The vehicle will maintain a constant distance between the vehicle ahead until e The vehicle in front of you accelerates to a speed above the set speed e The vehicle in front of you moves out of your lane or out of view e The vehicle speed falls below 18 mph 80 km h e A new gap distance is set The vehicle brakes will be automatically applied to slow the vehicle to maintain a safe distance between the vehicle in front The maximum 88 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls braking which is applied by the ACC system is limited and can be overridden by the driver applying the brakes If the ACC system predicts that its se maximum braking level will not be sufficient an audible warning will sound while the ACC continues to 7 N brake This is accompanied by a red warning bar appearing in the windshield The driver should take immediate action Note The brakes may emit a sound when they are being modulated by the adaptive cruise control system WARNING Adaptive cruise control only warns of vehicles detected by the radar sensor In some cases there may be no warning or the warning may be del
264. loyment of side airbags including the Safety Canopy The Safety Canopy system consists of the following e An inflatable nylon curtain with a gas generator concealed behind the headliner and above the doors one on each side of vehicle e A headliner designed to flex open above the side doors to allow Safety Canopy deployment e The same readiness airbag light electronic control and diagnostic unit as used for the front airbags 183 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints e Two crash sensors mounted on the B pillar one on each side of the vehicle e Two crash sensors located at the C pillar behind the rear doors one on each side of the vehicle e Rollover sensor in the restraints control module RCM The Safety Canopy system in combination with safety belts can help reduce the risk of severe injuries in the event of a significant side impact collision or rollover event Children 12 years old and under should always be properly restrained in the second row seats The Safety Canopy will not interfere with children restrained using a properly installed child or booster seat because it is designed to inflate downward from the headliner above the doors along the side window opening The Safety Canopy system is designed to activate when the vehicle sustains lateral deceleration sufficient to cause the side crash sensor to close an elec
265. lways drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap belt snug and low across the hips WARNING To reduce the risk of injury make sure children sit where they can be properly restrained WARNING Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while the vehicle is moving The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a collision WARNING All occupants of the vehicle including the driver should always properly wear their safety belts even when an air bag supplemental restraint system SRS is provided WARNING It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly 161 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints WARNING In a rollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt WARNING Each seating position in your vehicle has a specific safety belt assembly which is made up of one buckle and one tongue that are designed to be used as a pair 1 Use the shoulder belt on the outside shoulder only Never wear the shoulder belt under the arm 2 Never swing the safety belt around your neck over the in
266. municating with SIRIUS While in Satellite Radio mode you can view this number on the radio display by pressing the SIRIUS and Preset 1 buttons at the same time 45 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems Radio Display Action Required ACQUIRING Radio requires more No action required This than two seconds to message should disappear produce audio for shortly the selected channel SAT FAULT Internal module or If this message does not system failure clear within a short period present of time or with an ignition key cycle your receiver may have a fault See your authorized dealer for service INVALID CHNL Channel no longer This previously available available channel is no longer available Tune to another channel If the channel was one of your presets you may choose another channel for that preset button UNSUBSCRIBED Subscription not Contact SIRIUS at available for this 1 888 539 7474 to channel subscribe to the channel or tune to another channel NO TEXT Artist information Artist information not not available available at this time on this channel The system is working properly NO TEXT Song title Song title information not information not available at this time on available this channel The system is working properly 46 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems Radio Display Action Required Cat
267. n Press AUTO for full automatic operation Do not override A C or amp recirculated air Set the temperature to 60 F 16 C Manual operation Select MAX A C Select W panel or 4 panel floor wm wo Fe Select recirculated air to provide colder airflow Set the temperature to 60 F 16 C Set highest fan speed initially then adjust to maintain comfort To aid in side window defogging demisting in cold weather 1 Select 7 2 Select A C 3 Adjust the temperature control to maintain comfort 4 Set the fan speed to the highest setting 5 Direct the outer instrument panel vents towards the side windows oP DO WH KF o To increase airflow to the outer instrument panel vents close the vents located in the middle of the instrument panel REAR WINDOW DEFROSTER The rear defroster control is located on the climate control panel and works to clear the rear window of fog and thin ice The ignition must be on to operate the rear window defroster The rear defroster turns off automatically after 10 minutes or when the ignition is turned off To manually turn off the defroster before 10 minutes have passed press the control again Do not use razor blades or other sharp objects to clean the inside of the rear window or to remove decals from the inside of the rear window This may cause damage to the heated grid lines and will not be covered by your warranty 57 2010 Taurus
268. n only to help provide you with the directions traffic reports or business searches you request If you do not want Ford or its vendors to receive this information do not activate the service Ford Motor Company and the vendors it uses to provide you with this information do not store your vehicle travel information For more information see Traffic Directions and Information Terms and Conditions See your SYNC supplement for more information CELL PHONE USE The use of Mobile Communications Equipment has become increasingly important in the conduct of business and personal affairs However drivers must not compromise their own or others safety when using such equipment Mobile Communications can enhance personal safety and security when appropriately used particularly in emergency situations Safety must be paramount when using mobile communications equipment to avoid negating these benefits Mobile Communication Equipment includes but is not limited to cellular phones pagers portable email devices in vehicle communications systems telematics devices and portable two way radios WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control accident and injury Ford strongly recommends that drivers use extreme caution when using any device that may take their focus off the road The driver s primary responsibility is the safe operation of their vehicle Only use cell phones and other devices not essential to t
269. n increases sidewall flexing and rolling resistance resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire It also may result in unnecessary tire stress irregular wear loss of vehicle control and accidents A tire can lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat Always inflate your tires to the Ford recommended inflation pressure even if it is less than the maximum inflation pressure information found on the tire The Ford recommended tire inflation pressure is found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door Failure to follow the tire pressure recommendations can cause uneven treadwear patterns and adversely affect the way your vehicle handles Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure is the tire manufacturer s maximum permissible pressure and or the pressure at which the maximum load can be carried by the tire This pressure is normally higher than the manufacturer s recommended cold inflation pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the recommended pressure on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label When weather temperature changes occur tire inflation pressures also change A 10 F 6 C temperature drop can cause a corresponding drop of 1 psi
270. n off and disable operation The BLIS and or the CTA can be turned off via the message center If either the BLIS and or the CTA is turned off the systems will automatically turn back on at the next ignition key cycle When either 267 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving the BLIS and or the CTA is turned off the message center displays BLIND SPOT SYS OFF and or CTA SYSTEM OFF When the BLIS and or the CTA system is off the driver will not receive alerts Refer to Message center in the Instrument Cluster chapter Note If the system cannot be turned off refer to MyKey in the Locks and Security chapter for more information The BLIS and or the CTA can be disabled permanently even after an ignition key cycle This must be done by your authorized dealer Note Once either of the systems are disabled enabling must also be performed at the dealership When disabled the message center will display BLIND SPOT DISABLED and or CTA DISABLED BLIS and or CTA fault operation If the BLIS and or CTA senses a fault on either the left or right sensor the BLIS alert indicator will go on and remain on and the message center will display BLIND SPOT SYSTEM FAULT or CROSS TRAFFIC SYSTEM FAULT For faults that may cause the associated left or right alert indicator not to illuminate only the message center faults will occur Blocked sensor An extreme build up of materials on the quarter p
271. n on when the doors are opened or the vehicle is unlocked Ambient lighting if equipped Iuminates footwells and cupholders with a choice of several colors The ambient lighting control is located in a the center console storage area To ae activate press and release the left side of the control to cycle through the color choices plus the off state Press the right side of the control to adjust color intensity The lights come on whenever the ignition is in either the on or accessory position Note The ambient lights will stay on until the ignition is placed in the off position and either of the front doors are opened or the accessory delay timer expires 66 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Lights BULB REPLACEMENT Lamp assembly condensation Exterior lamps are vented to accommodate normal changes in pressure Condensation can be a natural by product of this design When moist air enters the lamp assembly through the vents there is a possibility that condensation can occur when the temperature is cold When normal condensation occurs a thin film of mist can form on the interior of the lens The thin mist eventually clears and exits through the vents during normal operation Clearing time may take as long as 48 hours under dry weather conditions Examples of acceptable condensation are e Presence of thin mist no streaks drip marks or droplets e Fine mist covers less
272. n start system 237 2010 Taurus 500 CONLIOIS sie dec Baas seas 95 HINS casi sscasveeceencssacacdadesness lt daveees 74 Stereo 6 CD in dash sesuedorariesidsri 30 COMPS ES 30 DYING Sethe teeter era 47 T Temporary mobility kit 294 Tilt steering wheel 0 008 74 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS Roadside Emergencies 287 Tires Wheels and Loading 218 HES emen en 203 204 287 ALIGNMENT speeed 211 CALE soraan TE ees 207 changing s syercessisiia 287 290 checking the pressure 207 MANE srera ensa 205 lapek sensone 217 repl CiNE vyecseisessssncevigerscnevevenses 209 potatge nnie 211 safety practices ccceeee 210 sidewall information 213 snow tires and chains 222 spare TLE x c sevsccrdivocsasdsdehersscrads 288 Temporary mobility kit 294 terminology ceccceeeeeeteeees 204 tire grades ccrcrtesitecsriniiss 204 treadwear nesses 203 208 TOMINE errean E NEE 230 recreational towing 0 232 trailer towing eeeeeeeees 230 WLECKED iw scccdesscsesssscctaessnctstnstaxts 309 Transaxle fluid refill capacities 360 lubricant specifications 360 377 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Index Transmission eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 251 Ventilating your vehicle 239 brake shift interlock BSD 250 fluid checking and adding Ww automatic cece 355
273. n the trunk CARGO AREA FEATURES Cargo net if equipped The cargo net secures lightweight objects in the cargo area Attach the net to the anchors provided Do not put more than 50 Ib 22 kg in the x net s s WARNING This net is not designed to restrain objects during a collision 108 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security KEYS Integrated Keyhead Transmitters IKTs If equipped Your vehicle may be equipped with two Integrated Keyhead Transmitters IKTs The key blade functions as a programmed key which starts the vehicle and unlocks locks all the doors The transmitter portion functions as the remote entry transmitter N Your IKTs are programmed to your A vehicle using a non programmed key will not permit your vehicle to L 8 start If you lose one or both of your IKTs replacements are available through your authorized dealer Standard SecuriLock keys without remote entry transmitter functionality can also be purchased from your authorized dealer if desired CS Always carry a spare key with you in case of an emergency For more information regarding programming replacement IKTs refer to the SecuriLock passive anti theft system section later in this chapter Note Your vehicle s IKTs were issued with a security tag that FORDNUM1 provides important vehicle key cut FC BXOOOOX 2 information It is recommended
274. nal details Failure to follow these instructions may interfere with the front passenger seat sensing system The control is located on the outboard side of the seat cushion Press the front portion to tilt the seat C Press the control to move the seat forward backward up or down gt C79 ey 146 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Press the control to recline the Vv seatback forward or rearward K Using the power lumbar support if equipped The power lumbar control is located on the outboard side of the seat Press one side of the control to adjust firmness Press the other side of the control S to adjust softness S Dual setting heated seats if equipped The heated seats will only function when the ignition is in the on position WARNING Persons who are unable to feel pain to the skin because of advanced age chronic illness diabetes spinal cord injury medication alcohol use exhaustion or other physical conditions must exercise care when using the seat heater The seat heater may cause burns even at low temperatures especially if used for long periods of time Do not place anything on the seat that insulates against heat such as a blanket or cushion because this may cause the seat heater to overheat Do not puncture the seat with pins needles or other pointed objects because this may damage the heating element which may cau
275. nario 4 Conditions The automatic high beam system is set to OFF in the message center The headlamp switch is in W autolamps off P lt park lamps or gD on Operation The high beam switch can be used to turn the high beams on and off Enabling disabling auto high beams Enabling disabling and or checking the status of the automatic high beam system can be performed using the message center See Message center in the Instrument cluster chapter Activating high beams If there is no traffic in front of the vehicle the high beams will come on automatically and the D light will display in the instrument panel if the following are true e The headlamp control is in auto lamp mode e The ambient light level is low enough that high beams are needed e Vehicle speed must be greater than 32 mph 51 km h e Severe weather is not detected Deactivating high beams The automatic high beams will deactivate if any of the following events occur e An approaching vehicle s headlights or a preceding vehicle s tail lamps are detected e The headlamp control is moved out of the autolamps position 61 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Lights The vehicle speed falls below 27 mph 43 km h The ambient light level is high enough that high beams are not needed Severe rain snow or fog is detected The camera is blocked Note Activating the multi function lever will put the
276. ncluded with the child seat Refer to Recommendations for attaching child safety restraints for children in this chapter 196 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Attaching child safety seats with tether straps i Many forward facing child safety seats include a tether strap which extends from the back of the child safety seat and hooks to an anchoring point called the top tether anchor Tether straps are available as an accessory for many older safety seats Contact the manufacturer of your child seat for information about ordering a tether strap or to obtain a longer tether strap if the tether strap on your safety seat does not reach the appropriate top tether anchor in the vehicle The rear seats of your vehicle are equipped with built in tether strap anchors located behind the seats as described below The tether anchors in your vehicle are located under a cover marked with the tether anchor symbol shown with title The tether strap anchors in your vehicle are in the following positions shown from top view 4 8 L Attach the tether strap only to the appropriate tether anchor as shown The tether strap may not work properly if attached somewhere other than the correct tether anchor Once the child safety seat has been installed using either the safety belt the lower anchors of the LATCH system or both you can attach the top tether
277. nd steering wheel if equipped with power tilt to a preset position for easy entry into the vehicle Press RESET to turn the easy entry seat on or off REAR PARK AID if equipped This feature sounds a warning tone to warn the driver of obstacles near the rear bumper and functions only when R Reverse gear is selected Press RESET to turn it off or on CREATE MYKEY MYKEY SETUP CLEAR MYKEY For more information refer to MyKey in the Locks and Security chapter LANGUAGE ENGLISH SPANISH FRENCH Allows you to choose which language the message center will display in Selectable languages are English Spanish or French Waiting four seconds or pressing the RESET button cycles the message center through each of the language choices Press and hold RESET for two seconds to set the language choice 23 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster System warnings System warnings alert you to possible problems or malfunctions in your vehicle s operating systems In the event of a multiple warning situation the message center will cycle the display to show all warnings by displaying each one for four seconds The message center will display the last selected feature if there are no more warning messages Types of messages and warnings e Some messages will appear briefly to inform you of something you may need to take action on or be informed of e Some messages will appear
278. ne minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly The Tire Pressure Monitoring System complies with part 15 of the FCC rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the 218 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation WARNING The Tire Pressure Monitoring System is NOT a substitute for manually checking tire pressure The tire pressure should be checked periodically at least monthly using a tire gauge see Inflating your tires in this chapter Failure to properly maintain your tire pressure could increase the risk of tire failure loss of control vehicle rollov
279. nes 2 An audio extension cable with stereo male 1 8 in 3 5 mm connectors at each end To play your portable music player using the auxiliary input jack 1 Begin with the vehicle parked and the radio turned off 2 Ensure that the battery in your portable music player is new or fully charged and that the device is turned off 3 Attach one end of the audio extension cable to the headphone output of your player and the other end of the audio extension cable to the AIJ in your vehicle 4 Turn the radio on using either a tuned FM station or a CD loaded into the system Adjust the volume to a comfortable listening level 5 Turn the portable music player on and adjust the volume to 1 2 the volume 6 Press AUX on the vehicle radio repeatedly until LINE LINE IN or SYNC LINE IN appears in the display You should hear audio from your portable music player although it may be low 7 Adjust the sound on your portable music player until it reaches the level of the FM station or CD by switching back and forth between the AUX and FM or CD controls Troubleshooting 1 Do not connect the audio input jack to a line level output Line level outputs are intended for connection to a home stereo and are not compatible with the AlJ The AIJ will only work correctly with devices that have a headphone output with a volume control 2 Do not set the portable music player s volume level higher than is necessary to match the volume of the CD or
280. ng the impact sensors the system wiring the airbag system readiness light the airbag back up power and the airbag ignitors Front passenger sensing system The front passenger sensing system is designed to meet the regulatory requirements of Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard FMVSS 208 and is designed to disable will not inflate the front passenger s frontal airbag under certain conditions The front passenger sensing system works with sensors that are part of the front passenger s seat and safety belt The sensors are designed to detect the presence of a properly seated occupant and determine if the front passenger s frontal airbag should be enabled may inflate or disabled will not inflate The front passenger sensing system will disable will not inflate the front passenger s frontal airbag if e the front passenger seat is unoccupied or has small medium objects in the front seat 175 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints e the system determines that an infant is present in a rear facing infant seat that is installed according to the manufacturer s instructions e the system determines that a small child is present in a forward facing child restraint that is installed according to the manufacturer s instructions e the system determines that a small child is present in a booster seat e a front passenger takes his her weight off of the seat for a p
281. nger airbag deactivation indicator PADI Breaker power windows 48 TC Delayed accessory relay 283 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies Power distribution box The power distribution box is located in the engine compartment The power distribution box contains high current fuses that protect your vehicle s main electrical systems from overloads WARNING Always disconnect the battery before servicing high current fuses WARNING To reduce risk of electrical shock always replace the cover to the Power Distribution Box before reconnecting the battery or refilling fluid reservoirs If the battery has been disconnected and reconnected refer to the Battery section of the Maintenance and Specifications chapter ZO GRCE 1 4 1 ponini JRE EPP EEE e e e BSR8 a fa The high current fuses are coded as follows Fuse Relay Fuse Amp Power Circuits Location Rating 1 80A Passenger compartment fuse panel power 2 80A Passenger compartment fuse panel power 284 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies Fuse Relay Fuse Amp Power Circuits via te PBC i Notus S O Cc o E E oo o 6 20a Cigar lighter O Oooo T S i Notus S O PBA
282. nitial PIN is 1234 and the system will lock unlock the channel and CHANNEL LOCKED or UNLOCKED will be displayed Note you must be tuned to the specific channel you want to lock unlock when using this feature b CHANGE PIN Press OK when CHANGE PIN is displayed The display will read ENTER OLD PIN Enter your current old PIN number and when the system accepts your entry it will display ENTER NEW PIN Enter your new four digit PIN and the system will save the new PIN and PIN SAVED will display c UNLOCK ALL CHANNELS Press OK when UNLOCK ALL CHANNELS is displayed and the display will read ENTER PIN Enter your four digit PIN and the system will unlock all channels and the display will read CHANNEL UNLOCKED 37 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems d RESET PIN Press OK when RESET PIN is displayed The display will read ARE YOUR SURE Press OK again to automatically reset the PIN number to its initial password setting 1234 PIN RESET TO DEFAULT PIN will be displayed e RETURN Press OK when RETURN is displayed and the system will exit back to the satellite radio menu Sound Adjustments Press SOUND repeatedly to cycle through the following features BASS Press K SEEK P to adjust the level of bass TREBLE Press K SEEK P to adjust the level of treble BALANCE Press k SEEK P to adjust the audio between the left L and right R speakers FADE Press a SEEK P to
283. nt Cluster CHECK PARK AID if equipped Displayed when the transmission is in R Reverse and the reverse sensing system park aid is disabled Refer to Rear park aid in this section to enable PARK BRAKE ENGAGED Displayed when the manual park brake is set the engine is running and the vehicle is driven more than 3 mph 5 km h If the warning stays on after the park brake is released contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible BRAKE FLUID LEVEL LOW Indicates the brake fluid level is low and the brake system should be inspected immediately Refer to Brake fluid in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter WASHER FLUID LEVEL LOW Indicates the washer fluid reservoir is less than one quarter full Check the washer fluid level Refer to Windshield washer fluid in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter LOW TIRE PRESSURE Displayed when one or more tires on your vehicle has low tire pressure Refer to Inflating your tires in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter TIRE PRESSURE MONITOR FAULT Displayed when the Tire Pressure Monitoring System is malfunctioning If the warning stays on or continues to come on have the system inspected by your authorized dealer TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAULT Displayed when a tire pressure sensor is malfunctioning or your spare tire is in use For more information on how the system operates under these conditions refer to Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Tires
284. nt information call 1 800 665 2006 HAZARD FLASHER CONTROL The hazard flasher control is located on the instrument panel by the radio The hazard flashers will operate when the ignition is in any position or if the key is not in the ignition Press in the flasher control and all front and rear direction signals will flash Press the flasher control again to turn them off Use it when your vehicle is disabled and is creating a safety hazard for other motorists 278 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies Note With extended use the flasher may run down your battery FUEL PUMP SHUT OFF In the event of a moderate to severe collision this vehicle is equipped with a fuel pump shut off feature that stops the flow of fuel to the engine Not every impact will cause a shut off Note If your vehicle has the push button start system press the stop start button twice to reactivate the fuel system Should your vehicle shut off after a collision due to this feature you may restart your vehicle by doing the following 1 Turn the ignition switch to the off position 2 Turn the ignition switch to the on position In some instances the vehicle may not restart the first time you try to restart and may take one additional attempt WARNING Failure to inspect and if necessary repair fuel leaks after a collision may increase the risk of fire and serious injury Ford Motor Company re
285. ntal restraint means the airbags are intended as a supplement to the safety belts Airbags alone cannot protect as well as airbags plus safety belts in impacts for which the airbags are designed to deploy and airbags do not offer any protection in crashes for which they do not deploy 171 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Important supplemental restraint system precautions Airbags DO NOT inflate slowly or a gently and the risk of injury from a N deploying airbag is greatest close to the trim covering the airbag module WARNING All occupants of the vehicle including the driver should always properly wear their safety belts even when an air bag supplemental restraint system SRS is provided WARNING When possible all children 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position WARNING National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA recommends a minimum distance of at least 10 inches 25 cm between an occupant s chest and the driver airbag module WARNING Never place your arm over the airbag module as a deploying airbag can result in serious arm fractures or other injuries Steps you can take to properly position yourself away from the airbag e Move your seat to the rear as far as you can while still reaching the pedals comfortably e Recline the seat slightly one or two degrees from the upright position 172
286. ntify an issue to remind you that the damaged road wheel tire needs to be repaired and put back on your vehicle To restore the full functionality of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System have the damaged road wheel tire repaired and remounted on your vehicle For additional information refer to Changing tires with TPMS in this section When you believe your system is not operating properly The main function of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System is to warn you when your tires need air It can also warn you in the event the system is no longer capable of functioning as intended Please refer to the following chart for information concerning your Tire Pressure Monitoring System Low Tire Possible Customer Action Required Pressure cause Warning Light Solid Warning Tire s 1 Check your tire pressure to ensure Light under inflated tires are properly inflated refer to Inflating your tires in this chapter 2 After inflating your tires to the manufacturer s recommended inflation pressure as shown on the Tire Label located on the edge of driver s door or the B Pillar the vehicle must be driven for at least two minutes over 20 mph 82 km h before the light will turn OFF Spare tire in Your temporary spare tire is in use use Repair the damaged road wheel tire and reinstall it on the vehicle to restore system functionality For a description on how the system functions refer to When your temporary spare tire is installed in t
287. ntrol events the sliding car icon R in the instrument cluster will flash Certain adverse driving maneuvers may activate the Electronic Stability Control system which include but are not limited to e Taking a turn too fast e Maneuvering quickly to avoid an accident pedestrian or obstacle e Driving over a patch of ice or other slippery surfaces e Changing lanes on a snow rutted road e Entering a snow free road from a snow covered side street or vice versa e Entering a paved road from a gravel road or vice versa e Cornering while towing a heavily loaded trailer refer to Trailer towing in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter 246 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving Switching Off AdvanceTrac If the vehicle is stuck in snow mud or sand and seems to lose engine power switching off certain features of the AdvanceTrac system may be beneficial because the wheels are allowed to spin This will restore full engine power and will enhance momentum through the obstacle To switch off the AdvanceTrac system press the AdvanceTrac Off control switch Full features of the AdvanceTrac system can be restored by pressing the AdvanceTrac Off control switch again or by turning off and restarting the engine When the AdvanceTrac system is off the sliding car off icon amp will illuminate steadily Pressing the AdvanceTrac Off control switch OFF again will
288. o sit for at least eight hours without starting the engine Then start the engine and complete the above driving cycle The engine must warm up to its normal operating temperature Once started do not turn off the engine until the above driving cycle is complete If the vehicle is still not ready for I M testing the above driving cycle will have to be repeated POWER STEERING FLUID EXCEPT SHO ENGINE Refer to scheduled maintenance information 1 Start the engine and let it run until it reaches normal operating temperature the engine coolant temperature gauge indicator will be near the center of the normal area between H and C 2 While the engine idles turn the steering wheel left and right several times 3 Turn the engine off 4 Check the fluid level in the reservoir It should be between the MIN and MAX lines Do not add fluid if the level is in this range 5 If the fluid is low add fluid in small amounts continuously checking the level until it reaches the range between the MIN and MAX lines Be sure to put the cap back on the reservoir Refer to Maintenance product specifications and capacities in this chapter for the proper fluid type 354 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications BRAKE FLUID The fluid level will drop slowly as the brakes wear and will rise when the brake components are replaced Fluid levels between the MIN and MAX lines are wi
289. o stop e Sudden or hard accelerations may reduce fuel economy e Slow down gradually e Driving at reasonable speeds traveling at 55 mph 88 km h uses 15 less fuel than traveling at 65 mph 105 km h e Revving the engine before turning it off may reduce fuel economy e Using the air conditioner or defroster may reduce fuel economy e You may want to turn off the speed control in hilly terrain if unnecessary shifting between the top gears occurs Unnecessary shifting of this type could result in reduced fuel economy e Warming up a vehicle on cold mornings is not required and may reduce fuel economy e Resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving may reduce fuel economy e Combine errands and minimize stop and go driving Maintenance e Keep tires properly inflated and use only recommended size e Operating a vehicle with the wheels out of alignment will reduce fuel economy e Use recommended engine oil Refer to Maintenance product specifications and capacities in this chapter 350 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications e Perform all regularly scheduled maintenance items Follow the recommended maintenance schedule and owner maintenance checks found in scheduled maintenance information Conditions e Heavily loading a vehicle or towing a trailer may reduce fuel economy at any speed e Carrying unnecessary weight may reduce fuel economy approximately
290. oad may interfere with the radar signals the radar or remove the object causing the obstruction Wait a short time It may take several minutes for the radar to detect that it is no longer obstructed Do not use the Collision Warning System in these conditions because it may not detect warn or respond to potential collisions Do not use the Collision Warning System in these conditions because it may not detect warn or respond to potential collisions Activating deactivating collision warning system To turn the warning system and or chime on or off and set the warning sensitivity lt gt refer to Message center in the Instrument Cluster chapter 262 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving Note If the system cannot be turned off in a MyKey equipped vehicle refer to MyKey in the Locks and Security chapter for more information Note If collision warnings are perceived as being too frequent or disturbing then the warning sensitivity can be reduced though the manufacturer recommends using the highest sensitivity setting where possible Setting lower sensitivity would lead to fewer and later system warnings Refer to the Message center in the Instrument Cluster chapter for instructions on reducing the sensitivity BLIND SPOT INFORMATION SYSTEM BLIS WITH CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT CTA IF EQUIPPED The BLIS is a convenience feature n that aids the driver in a
291. ocking COOLS O EE ENTON 128 programming entry code 127 ROY AA iacesietees 109 131 positions of the ignition 234 2010 Taurus 500 Index L Lamps autolamp System cccceeees 59 bulb replacement specifications chart 67 daytime running light 63 headlamps s iic es Aeccteeseivielenss 59 headlamps flash to pass 63 instrument panel dimming 64 interior lamps 66 68 replacing bulbs 0 0 eee 68 LATCH anchors sirsie 194 Lights warning and indicator 12 anti lock brakes ABS 242 Load LIMES seisonnan 223 Locks AUTOlOCK viroii 112 CHIGPYOOR secerni reee 116 0 LOTO S AEA AE 111 Lubricant specifications 360 TUS TLS reyes os 302 Lumbar support seats 143 147 M Massage seats ccccceeesseeeees 144 Message center ceeececeeeeeeeeee 19 english metric button 24 system check button 000 24 warning Messages i e 24 MITTOTS xk 50s3Besbessxeesesteecsssastaxe 82 83 automatic dimming rearview TMUETOP sssitecdieeiidessseichveiasteaeeniy 83 TOA WAY eee es cceeneecdcaveyicebse 84 Heated asics ct tece aioe urra 84 programmable memory 122 side view mirrors power 83 MOOMTOOP srianan 96 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Index Motorcraft parts o n 324 359 Power windows Multi contour seats 0 0 144 eae l MyKey duidie designe E se uiaiehdewi
292. off road oo 269 warning light o 249 Ambient mood lighting 66 fluid checking and adding 355 AM FM 30 fluid refill capacities 360 EE A AE fluid specifications 360 Antifreeze lubricant specifications 360 see Engine coolant 336 AMO neat sicenctiestuuasosias 243 Anti lock brake system shift interlock ccccceeee 250 see Brakes c cccccceceeseeseeteees 242 Bulbs sesessrssssssrersririsiereiras 67 Anti theft system 129 137 arming the system n 138 c di i tri d ee 139 Capacities for refilling fluids 360 WTIB STING si savesnessececcecunterteencsaecs 139 Car2U garage door opener 102 Audio system see Radio 30 Cargo COVER srera ngae 82 372 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Cars TEL secsssscasseeesigcegsassecneceeaees 108 CD oeren iE eal acsees 30 Cell phone use oo eeeeeeeeseeeeeteeees 8 Changing a tire 0 287 Child safety seats 0 0 190 attaching with tether SUP ADS eraa ea RERE ER 197 in front seat wo eee cece 190 IMATE AM SCAU elce 190 LATCH vereinen sa 194 recommendations cccce 188 Child safety seats booster AET INA E E se cesaetses 199 Cleaning your vehicle engine compartment 320 instrument panel 08 322 INMUCETIOL 5355 5 ccasesidsaianienteaieatvianace 323 plastic parts wo eee 321 WASTING ssasscsncnd eivesiesgsu
293. olant supply is depleted this feature allows the vehicle to be driven temporarily before incremental component damage is incurred The fail safe distance depends on ambient temperatures vehicle load and terrain How fail safe cooling works If the engine begins to overheat e The engine coolant temperature gauge will move to the red hot area e The service engine soon Cx indicator will illuminate If the engine reaches a preset over temperature condition the engine will automatically switch to alternating cylinder operation Each disabled cylinder acts as an air pump and cools the engine When this occurs the vehicle will still operate However e The engine power will be limited e The air conditioning system will be disabled Continued operation will increase the engine temperature and the engine will completely shut down causing steering and braking effort to increase Once the engine temperature cools the engine can be re started Take your vehicle to a service facility as soon as possible to minimize engine damage When fail safe mode is activated You have limited engine power when in the fail safe mode so drive the vehicle with caution The vehicle will not be able to maintain high speed operation and the engine will run rough Remember that the engine is capable of completely shutting down automatically to prevent engine damage therefore 1 Pull off the road as soon as safely possible and turn off the
294. on as well WARNING The fuel system may be under pressure If you hear a hissing sound near the fuel filler door Easy Fuel no cap fuel system do not refuel until the sound stops Otherwise fuel may spray out which could cause serious personal injury bp Choosing the right fuel Use only UNLEADED fuel or UNLEADED fuel blended with a maximum of 10 ethanol Do not use fuel ethanol E85 diesel methanol leaded fuel or any other fuel The use of leaded fuel is prohibited by law and could damage your vehicle Your vehicle was not designed to use fuel or fuel additives with metallic compounds including manganese based additives 345 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Note Use of any fuel other than those recommended may cause powertrain damage a loss of vehicle performance and repairs may not be covered under warranty Octane recommendations 3 5L V6 engine Your vehicle will run normally on 87 octane regular fuel Premium fuel will provide improved performance 3 5L V6 SHO engine Your vehicle is designed to run on regular fuel with an octane rating of 87 or higher For best overall performance premium fuel with an octane rating of 91 or higher is recommended The performance gained by using premium fuel will be most noticeable in hot weather or in severe duty applications such as towing a trailer Some stations offer fuels posted as Regular
295. on may have firm and or soft shifts This operation is considered normal and will not affect function or durability of the transmission Over time the adaptive learning process will fully update transmission operation Additionally whenever the battery is disconnected or a new battery installed the strategy must be relearned Understanding the gearshift positions of the 6 speed automatic transmission with transmission control switch if equipped Your vehicle has been designed to improve fuel economy by reducing fuel usage while coasting or decelerating When you take your foot off the accelerator pedal and the vehicle begins to slow down the torque converter clutch locks up and aggressively shuts off fuel flow to the engine while decelerating This fuel economy benefit may be perceived as a light to medium braking sensation when removing your foot from the accelerator pedal 251 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving P Park This position locks the transmission and prevents the front wheels from turning To put your vehicle in gear e Press the brake pedal e Move the gearshift lever into the desired gear To put your vehicle in P Park e Come to a complete stop e Move the gearshift lever and securely latch it in P Park WARNING Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the gearshift is latched in P Park Turn the ignition to the off position and remove the key whenev
296. on the moon roof or seals To vent the moon roof Press and release the TILT control the moon roof will move to the vent position automatically from any moon roof position Press the switch again to stop the moon roof Pull and hold the TILT control to close the moon roof The moon roof has a built in sliding shade that can be manually opened or closed when the glass panel is shut To close the shade pull it toward the front of the vehicle Note You may be able to open the vehicle s windows and moon roof if equipped by using the control on the remote transmitter Refer to Power windows earlier in this chapter UNIVERSAL GARAGE DOOR OPENER IF EQUIPPED The appearance of your vehicle s universal garage door opener will vary according to your option package Before programing make sure your transmitter matches the graphic in the procedure 97 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls HomeLink Car2U Home Automation System HomeLink Wireless Control System if equipped The HomeLink Wireless Control System located on the driver s visor provides a convenient way to ey replace up to three hand held transmitters with a single built in O O O device This feature will learn the radio frequency codes of most transmitters to operate garage doors entry gate operators security systems entry door locks and home or office lighting A WARNING When programming
297. on the overhead console WARNING Do not let children play with the moon roof or leave children unattended in the vehicle They may seriously hurt themselves The moon roof is equipped with an automatic one touch express opening and closing feature To stop motion at any time during the one touch operation press the control a second time 96 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls To open the moon roof Press and release the SLIDE control the moon roof will open automatically Press l the switch again to stop the moon roof WARNING When closing the moon roof you should verify that it is free of obstructions and ensure that children and or pets are not in the proximity of the moon roof opening To close the moon roof Pull and release the SLIDE control the moon roof will close automatically Press the switch again to stop the moon roof Bounce back When an obstacle has been detected in the moon roof opening as the moon roof is closing the moon roof will automatically open and stop at a prescribed position Bounce back override To override bounce back function pull and hold the SLIDE switch within two seconds of a bounce back event The closing force will begin to increase each time the moon roof is closed for the first three closing cycles with bounce back active For example Bounce back can be used to overcome the resistance of ice
298. oon roof if equipped amp You can open the vehicle s windows and if equipped vent the moon roof by using the control on the transmitter Refer to Power windows in the Driver Controls chapter for more information Locking the doors amp 1 Press A and release to lock all the doors The parking lamps will illuminate 2 Press and release again within three seconds to confirm that all the doors are closed Note The doors will lock again the horn will chirp and the turn lamps will illuminate if all the doors and trunk are closed Note If any door or the trunk is not closed the horn will chirp twice and the turn lamps will not illuminate 121 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security Car finder Press twice within three seconds The horn will chirp and the turn lamps will flash It is recommended that this method be used to locate your vehicle rather than using the panic alarm Sounding a panic alarm Press to activate the alarm The horn will sound and the turn lamps will flash for a maximum of three minutes Press again or turn the ignition to the on position to deactivate or wait for the alarm to time out in three minutes Note The panic alarm will only operate when the ignition is in the off position Opening the trunk Press amp twice within three seconds to open the trunk e Ensure that the trunk is closed and latched before driving your vehicle Failure
299. or only three seconds Once the system detects an object approaching the tone will sound again While receiving a warning the radio volume will be reduced to a predetermined level After the warning goes away the radio will return to the previous value The RSS automatically turns on when the gearshift lever is placed in R Reverse and the ignition is on An RSS control on the instrument panel 257 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving allows the driver to turn the RSS on and off To turn the RSS off refer to Message center in the Instrument cluster chapter for more information Keep the RSS sensors located on the rear bumper fascia free from snow ice and large accumulations of dirt do not clean the sensors with sharp objects If the sensors are covered it will affect the accuracy of the RSS If your vehicle sustains damage to the rear bumper fascia leaving it misaligned or bent the sensing zone may be altered causing inaccurate measurement of obstacles or false alarms REARVIEW CAMERA SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED The rearview camera system located on the trunk provides a a See eee ee video image which appears in the To rearview mirror or on the navigation screen if equipped of the area behind the vehicle It adds assistance to the driver while reversing or reverse parking the vehicle To use the camera system place the transmission in R Reverse an image
300. ower steering 0 0 248 fluid checking and adding 354 Bele Mindert ween B7 fluid refill capacity 360 extension assembly 6 166 fluid specifications ws 860 for adults esses 162 165 Power Windows 0 ccccesseeees 79 for children sirsssssirsserisserzss 186 376 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Occupant Classification SENSON serata o 159 warning light and chime 166 Safety restraints LATCH AMCHOMS 2384 ids E 194 Safety seats for children 190 Safety Compliance Certification Label 0 000 364 Satellite Radio Gf equipped 30 Satellite Radio Information 44 Seats csckeassxsiacsecacecsstedenxsbencdeceats 140 child safety seats 0 00 190 climate control 0 6 51 149 easy access easyout POAT sireenin nnna 151 Front SEALS csscesseacsnccgedisaes 148 148 heated csnscess ssa vsegtavtnceecataee 147 157 memory Seat oo 122 150 SecuriCode keyless entry Syte eea 127 SecuriLock passive anti theft SYSE eene aa TEEN 129 Servicing your vehicle 326 Setting the clock c eee 31 SOS Post Crash Alert 185 Spare tire see Changing the Tire 290 Spark plugs specifications srs 359 363 Specification chart WIBTI GATES siesena 360 Speed control s sereresiareursrn 84 Starting your vehicle 234 236 jump starting 0 eee 304 push butto
301. parking brake and ensure the gearshift is securely latched in P Park 4 Open the hood Protect yourself from engine heat 331 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications 5 Locate and carefully remove the engine oil level dipstick EEEE KOO lt _ RRR O 6 Wipe the dipstick clean Insert the dipstick fully then remove it again If the oil level is within this range the oil level is acceptable DO NOT ADD OIL me If the oil level is below this mark engine oil must be added to raise the level within the normal operating range If required add engine oil to the engine Refer to Adding engine oil in this chapter 332 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications with oil Oil levels above this mark may cause engine damage If the engine is xX JA overfilled some oil must be removed from the engine by an authorized dealer e Do not overfill the engine 7 Put the dipstick back in and ensure it is fully seated Adding engine oil 1 Check the engine oil For instructions refer to Checking the engine oil in this chapter 2 If the engine oil level is not within the normal operating range add only certified engine oil of the recommended viscosity Remove the engine oil filler cap and use a funnel to pour the engine oil into the opening
302. passenger heated seat Refer to Seating in the Seating and Safety Restraints chapter for more information 9 PASS TEMP Press to engage disengage separate passenger side temperature control Turn to increase decrease the air temperature on the passenger side of the vehicle The recommended initial setting is between 72 F 22 C and 75 F 24 C then adjust for comfort The passenger side temperature setting will appear in the upper right corner of the display 10 aey Passenger cooled seat if equipped Press to control the passenger cooled seat Refer to Seating in the Seating and Safety Restraints chapter for more information 11 ae Driver cooled seat if equipped Press to control the driver cooled seat Refer to Seating in the Seating and Safety Restraints chapter for more information 52 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Climate Controls 12 Q Power Driver temperature Press to activate deactivate the climate control system When the system is off outside air is prevented from entering the vehicle Turn to increase decrease the air temperature on the driver side of the vehicle The control also adjusts the passenger side temperature when PASS TEMP is disengaged The recommended initial setting is between 72 F 22 C and 75 F 24 C then adjust for comfort The driver side temperature setting will appear in the upper left corner of the display l3 al Driver heated seat if equipped
303. peed Control Hazard Warning Flasher Fuse Compartment Windshield Wash Wipe Rear Window Defrost Demist 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus E o O Q gt DFO ous Introduction Vehicle Symbol Glossary Payee WONS a Power Window Lockout BAY Front Rear Child Safety Door Interior Luggage a Lock Unlock Compartment Release Panic Alarm gt Engine Oil A Engine Coolant Temperature E yr Engine Coolant X Do Not Open When Hot Battery Avoid Smoking Flames or Sparks Battery Acid Explosive Gas Fan Warning Power Steering Fluid Maintain Correct Fluid HH 8 BD LH Level Service Engine Soon Engine Air Filter Dp pete Compartment a e Tack lt o Check Fuel Cap pS hn EE 1 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus 11 Instrument Cluster WARNING LIGHTS AND CHIMES Standard instrument cluster shown optional cluster similar HUCUULUCUOU0 BUQUCUULUUU0 Warning lights and gauges can alert you to a vehicle condition that may become serious enough to cause extensive repairs A warning light may illuminate when a problem exists with one of your vehicle s functions Many lights will illuminate when you start your vehicle to make sure the bulbs work If any light remains on after starting the vehicle refer to the respective system warning light for additional information
304. per or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally Inspect all your tires including the spare frequently and replace them if one or more of the following conditions exist Tire wear When the tread is worn down to 1 16th of an inch 2 mm tires must be replaced to help prevent your vehicle from skidding and hydroplaning Built in treadwear indicators or wear bars which look like narrow strips of smooth rubber across the tread will appear on the tire when the tread is worn T down to 1 16th of an inch 2 mm Ss a When the tire tread wears down to the same height as these wear bars the tire is worn out and must be replaced Damage Periodically inspect the tire treads and sidewalls for damage such as bulges in the tread or sidewalls cracks in the tread groove and separation in the tread or sidewall If damage is observed or suspected have the tire inspected by a tire professional Tires can be damaged during off road use so inspection after off road use is also recommended WARNING Age Tires degrade over time depending on many factors such as weather storage conditions and conditions of use load speed inflation pressure etc the tires experience throughout their lives In general tires should be replaced after six years regardless of tread wear However heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process and may require tires
305. pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately o
306. programming all of the devices being used 106 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls To erase programming on the Car2U system individual buttons cannot be erased use the following procedure 1 Firmly press the two outside Car2U system buttons simultaneously for approximately 20 seconds until the indicator lights begin to blink rapidly The indicator lights are located directly above the buttons NZ 2 Once the indicator lights begin to blink release your fingers from the buttons The codes for all buttons are erased If you sell your vehicle equipped with the Car2U system it is recommended that you erase the programming for security reasons FCC and RSS 210 Industry Canada Compliance The Car2U system complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Changes and modifications to the Car2U system transmitter by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use the equipment 107 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls INTERIOR TRUNK CONTROL The trunk release button is located on the instrument panel near the radio Press the button to ope
307. punctured A tire puncture within the tire s tread area can be repaired in two stages with the temporary mobility kit e In the first stage the tire will be reinflated with a sealing compound and air After the tire has been reinflated you will need to drive the vehicle a short distance approximately 4 miles 6 km to distribute the sealant in the tire e In the second stage you will need to check the tire pressure and adjust if necessary to the vehicle s tire inflation pressure First stage Reinflating the tire with sealing compound and air Preparation Park the vehicle in a safe level and secure area away from moving traffic Turn the hazard lights on Apply the parking brake and turn the engine off Inspect the flat tire for visible damage Sealant compound contains latex To avoid any allergic reactions use the non latex gloves located in the accessory box on the underside of the temporary mobility kit housing Do not remove any foreign object that has pierced the tire If a puncture is located in the tire sidewall stop and call roadside assistance 1 Remove the valve cap from the tire valve 2 Unwrap the clear tube from the compressor housing 3 Remove the tube cap and fasten the metal connector of the tube to the tire valve turning clockwise Make sure the connection is tightly fastened 297 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies 4 Plug the power cabl
308. r booster seat These objects may become projectiles in a collision or sudden stop which may increase the risk of serious injury WARNING Never place or allow a child to place the shoulder belt under a child s arm or behind the back because it reduces the protection for the upper part of the body and may increase the risk of injury or death in a collision WARNING Do not leave children unreliable adults or pets unattended in your vehicle Transporting children Always make sure your child is secured properly in a device that is appropriate for their age height and weight All children are shaped differently The child height age and weight thresholds provided are recommendations or the minimum requirements of law The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA provides education and training to ensure that all children ages 0 to 16 are properly restrained in the correct restraint system Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician CPST and your pediatrician to make sure your seat is appropriate for your child and properly installed in the vehicle To locate a child seat fitting station and CPST contact the NHTSA toll free at 1 888 327 4236 or on the internet at http www nhtsa dot gov Follow all the safety restraint and airbag precautions that apply to adult passengers in your vehicle If the child is the proper height age and weight as specified by your child safety seat
309. r reading in miles or kilometers 2 Each time you fill the tank record the amount of fuel added Gn gallons or liters 3 After at least three to five tank fill ups fill the fuel tank and record the current odometer reading 4 Subtract your initial odometer reading from the current odometer reading 5 Follow one of the simple calculations in order to determine fuel economy Calculation 1 Divide total miles traveled by total gallons used Calculation 2 Multiply liters used by 100 then divide by total kilometers traveled 349 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Keep a record for at least one month and record the type of driving city or highway This will provide an accurate estimate of the vehicle s fuel economy under current driving conditions Additionally keeping records during summer and winter will show how temperature impacts fuel economy In general lower temperatures give lower fuel economy Driving style good driving and fuel economy habits Give consideration to the lists that follow and you may be able to change a number of variables and improve your fuel economy Habits e Smooth moderate operation can yield up to 10 savings in fuel e Steady speeds without stopping will usually give the best fuel economy e Idling for long periods of time greater than one minute may waste fuel e Anticipate stopping slowing down may eliminate the need t
310. r system does not have a thermostat however maximum temperature is attained after approximately three hours of operation Block heater operation longer than three hours will not improve system performance and will unnecessarily use additional electricity Make sure system is unplugged and properly stowed before driving the vehicle While not in use make sure the protective cover seals the prongs of the engine block heater cord plug BRAKES Occasional brake noise is normal If a metal to metal continuous grinding or continuous squeal sound is present the brake linings may be worn out and should be inspected by an authorized dealer If the vehicle has continuous vibration or shudder in the steering wheel while braking the vehicle should be inspected by an authorized dealer Refer to Brake system warning light in the Instrument Cluster chapter for information on the brake system warning light BRAKE 241 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving Four wheel anti lock brake system ABS Your vehicle is equipped with an Anti lock Braking System ABS This system helps you maintain steering control during emergency stops by keeping the brakes from locking Noise from the ABS pump motor and brake pedal pulsation may be observed during ABS braking and the brake pedal may suddenly travel a little farther as soon as ABS braking is done and normal brake operation resumes These are normal characteri
311. r to MyKey in the Locks and Security chapter for more information KEY COULD NOT PROGRAM Displayed when an attempt is made to program a spare key using two existing MyKeys Refer to MyKey in the Locks and Security chapter for more information 28 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster VEHICLE SPEED 80 MPH MAX Displayed when a MyKey is in use and the Admin has enabled the MyKey speed limit and the vehicle speed is 80 mph 130 km h Refer to MyKey in the Locks and Security chapter for more information SPEED LIMITED TO 80 MPH Displayed when starting the vehicle and MyKey is in use and the MyKey speed limit is on Refer to MyKey in the Locks and Security chapter for more information CHECK SPEED DRIVE SAFELY Displayed when a MyKey is in use and the optional setting is on and the vehicle exceeds a preselected speed Refer to MyKey in the Locks and Security chapter for more information VEHICLE NEAR TOP SPEED Displayed when a MyKey is in use and the MyKey speed limit is on and the vehicle speed is approaching 80 mph 130 km h Refer to MyKey in the Locks and Security chapter for more information TOP SPEED MY KEY SETTING Displayed when a MyKey is in use and the MyKey speed limit is on and the vehicle speed is 80 mph 130 km h Refer to MyKey in the Locks and Security chapter for more information BUCKLE UP TO UNMUTE AUDIO Displa
312. r wheel that is different in brand size or appearance from the road tires and wheels and can be one of three types 1 T type mini spare This spare tire begins with the letter T for tire size and may have Temporary Use Only molded in the sidewall 2 Full size dissimilar spare with label on wheel This spare tire has a label on the wheel that states THIS TIRE AND WHEEL FOR TEMPORARY USE ONLY When driving with one of the dissimilar spare tires listed above do not e Exceed 50 mph 80 km h e Load the vehicle beyond maximum vehicle load rating listed on the Safety Compliance Label e Tow a trailer e Use snow chains on the end of the vehicle with the dissimilar spare tire e Use more than one dissimilar spare tire at a time e Use commercial car washing equipment e Try to repair the dissimilar spare tire Use of one of the dissimilar spare tires listed above at any one wheel location can lead to impairment of the following e Handling stability and braking performance e Comfort and noise e Ground clearance and parking at curbs e Winter weather driving capability e Wet weather driving capability 288 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies 3 Full size dissimilar spare without label on wheel When driving with the full size dissimilar spare tire wheel do not e Exceed 70 mph 113 km h e Use more than one dissimilar spare tire wheel at a time e Use comme
313. rake steadily Since your vehicle is equipped with a four wheel anti lock brake system ABS do not pump the brakes Refer to the Brakes section of this chapter for additional information on the operation of the anti lock brake system WARNING If you are driving in slippery conditions that require tire chains or cables then it is critical that you drive cautiously Keep speeds down allow for longer stopping distances and avoid aggressive steering to reduce the chances of a loss of vehicle control which can lead to serious injury or death If the rear end of the vehicle slides while cornering steer in the direction of the slide until you regain control of the vehicle Maintenance and Modifications The suspension and steering systems on your vehicle have been designed and tested to provide predictable performance whether loaded or empty and durable load carrying capability For this reason Ford Motor Company strongly recommends that you do not make modifications such as adding or removing parts such as lift kits or stabilizer bars or by using replacement parts not equivalent to the original factory equipment Any modifications to a vehicle that raise the center of gravity can make it more likely the vehicle will rollover as a result of a loss of control Ford Motor Company recommends that caution be used with any vehicle equipped with a high load or device such as ladder or luggage racks 275 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own20
314. rcial car washing equipment e Use snow chains on the end of the vehicle with the dissimilar spare tire wheel The usage of a full size dissimilar spare tire wheel can lead to impairment of the following e Handling stability and braking performance e Comfort and noise e Ground clearance and parking at curbs e Winter weather driving capability e Wet weather driving capability e All Wheel driving capability Gf applicable e Load leveling adjustment if applicable When driving with the full size dissimilar spare tire wheel additional caution should be given to e Towing a trailer e Driving vehicles equipped with a camper body e Driving vehicles with a load on the cargo rack Drive cautiously when using a full size dissimilar spare tire wheel and seek service as soon as possible 289 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies Stopping and securing the vehicle 1 Park on a level surface set the parking brake and activate hazard flashers 2 Place gearshift lever in P Park and turn engine off Removing the spare tire and jack 1 Lift the trunk cargo cover and remove the wing nut that secures the spare tire by turning it counterclockwise 2 Lift and remove the spare tire from the trunk 3 Remove the second wing nut that secures the jack retention bracket by turning it counterclockwise remove the jack kit from the vehicle 4 Remove the jack and the
315. re unnecessary and could lead to engine damage that is not covered by Ford warranty Change your engine oil and filter according to the appropriate schedule listed in the scheduled maintenance information Ford production and Motorcraft replacement oil filters are designed for added engine protection and long life If a replacement oil filter is used that does not meet Ford material and design specifications start up engine noises or knock may be experienced It is recommended you use the appropriate Motorcraft oil filter or another with equivalent performance for your engine application BATTERY Your vehicle is equipped with a Motorcraft maintenance free battery which normally does not require additional water during its life of service If your battery has a cover shield make sure it is reinstalled after the battery has been cleaned or replaced 334 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications For longer trouble free operation keep the top of the battery clean and dry Also make certain the battery cables are always tightly fastened to the battery terminals If you see any corrosion on the battery or terminals remove the cables from the terminals and clean with a wire brush You can neutralize the acid with a solution of baking soda and water It is recommended that the negative battery cable terminal be disconnected from the battery if you plan to store your ve
316. remove those streaks after cleaning with the glass cleaner or if the wipers chatter and move in a jerky motion clean the outer surface of the windshield and the wiper blades using a sponge or soft cloth with a neutral detergent or mild abrasive cleaning solution After cleaning rinse the windshield and wiper blades with clean water The windshield is clean if beads do not form when you rinse the windshield with water Do not use sharp objects such as a razor blade to clean the inside of the rear window or to remove decals as it may cause damage to the rear window defroster s heated grid lines INSTRUMENT PANEL INTERIOR TRIM AND CLUSTER LENS Clean the instrument panel interior trim areas and cluster lens with a clean damp white cotton cloth then use a clean and dry white cotton cloth to dry these areas e Avoid cleaners or polishes that increase the gloss of the upper portion of the instrument panel The dull finish in this area helps protect the driver from undesirable windshield reflection e Be certain to wash or wipe your hands clean if you have been in contact with certain products such as insect repellent and suntan lotion in order to avoid possible damage to the interior painted surfaces e Do not use household or glass cleaners as these may damage the finish of the instrument panel interior trim and cluster lens WARNING Do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents when cleaning the steering wheel or instrument pan
317. replaced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a collision Safety Canopy system A WARNING Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the headliner at the siderail that may come into contact with a deploying Safety Canopy Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a collision WARNING Do not lean your head on the door The Safety Canopy could injure you as it deploys from the headliner 182 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints WARNING Do not attempt to service repair or modify the Safety Canopy system its fuses the A B or C pillar trim or the headliner on a vehicle containing a Safety Canopy See your authorized dealer WARNING All occupants of the vehicle including the driver should always wear their safety belts even when an airbag SRS and Safety Canopy system is provided WARNING To reduce risk of injury do not obstruct or place objects in the deployment path of the inflatable Safety Canopy How does the Safety Canopy system work The design and development of the Safety Canopy system included recommended testing procedures that were developed by a group of automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working A Group These recommended testing procedures help reduce the risk of injuries related to the dep
318. represents the trip mode Press and hold RESET until it resets Refer to UNITS later in this section to switch the display from Metric to English MYKEY MILES km If programmed For more information refer to MyKey in the Locks and Security chapter MILES km TO E This displays an estimate of approximately how far you can drive with the fuel remaining in your tank under normal driving conditions Remember to turn the ignition off when refueling to allow this feature to correctly detect the added fuel LOW FUEL LEVEL will display when you have approximately 50 miles 80 km to empty Press RESET to clear this warning message It will return at approximately 25 miles 40 km 10 miles 16 km and 0 miles 0 km miles to empty Distance to empty is calculated using a running average fuel economy which is based on your recent driving history of 500 miles 800 km This value is not the same as the average fuel economy display The running average fuel economy is re initialized to a factory default value if the battery is disconnected AVG MPG L 100km Average fuel economy displays your average fuel economy in miles gallon or liters 100 km 19 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster If you calculate your average fuel economy by dividing distance traveled by gallons of fuel used liters of fuel used by 100 kilometers traveled your figure may be different than displayed for
319. rmation on track and folder mode refer to Sample MP3 structure in the following section e MP3 track mode ignores any folder structure on the MP3 disc The player numbers each MP3 track on the disc noted by the mp3 file extension from T001 to a maximum of T255 Note The maximum number of playable MP3 files may be less depending on the structure of the CD and exact model of radio present e MP3 folder mode represents a folder structure consisting of one level of folders The CD player numbers all MP3 tracks on the disc noted by the mp3 file extension and all folders containing MP3 files from F001 folder TOO1 track to F253 T255 Creating discs with only one level of folders will help with navigation through the disc files 43 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems Sample MP3 structure If you are burning your own MP3 discs it is important to understand 0 how the system will read the structures you create While various Eo 1 mp3 C files may be present files with A mp3 extensions other than mp3 only i files with the mp3 extension will be played Other files will be ignored T nme by the system This enables you to use the same MP3 disc for a variety vs ek of tasks on your work computer _fJ mp3 home computer and your in vehicle system Fr Si mp3 L mp3 LF Boc m E ppt Z xls In track mo
320. rn to D Drive on flat terrain to provide the best fuel economy and transmission function To return to O D overdrive mode press the transmission control switch again e The Grade Assist lamp in the instrument cluster will not be illuminated e The transmission will operate in gears one through six L Low e Provides maximum engine braking e Will downshift to the lowest available gear for the current vehicle speed allows for first gear when vehicle reaches slower speeds 253 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving Understanding the gearshift positions of the 6 speed automatic transmission with SelectShift Automatic transmission SST if equipped Your vehicle has been designed to improve fuel economy by reducing fuel usage while coasting or decelerating When you take your foot off the accelerator pedal and the vehicle begins to slow down the torque converter clutch locks up and aggressively shuts off fuel flow to the engine while decelerating This fuel economy benefit may be perceived as a light to medium braking sensation when removing your foot from the accelerator pedal P Park This position locks the transmission and prevents the front wheels from turning To put your vehicle in gear e Press the brake pedal e Move the gearshift lever into the desired gear To put your vehicle in P Park e Come to a complete stop e Move the gearshift lever and securely
321. roximately 2 to 4 psi 14 to 28 kPa from a cold start situation If the vehicle is stationary over night with the outside temperature significantly lower than the daytime temperature the tire pressure may decrease approximately 3 psi 21 kPa for a drop of 30 F 17 C in ambient temperature This lower pressure value may be detected by the TPMS as being significantly lower than the recommended inflation pressure and activate the TPMS warning for low tire pressure If the low tire pressure warning light is ON visually check each tire to verify that no tire is flat If one or more tires are flat repair as necessary Check air pressure in the road tires If any tire is under inflated carefully drive the vehicle to the nearest location where air can be added to the tires Inflate all the tires to the recommended inflation pressure 221 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading SNOW TIRES AND CHAINS WARNING Snow tires must be the same size load index speed rating as those originally provided by Ford Use of any tire or wheel not recommended by Ford can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death Additionally the use of non recommended tires and wheels could cause steering suspension axle or transfer case power transfer unit failure The tires on your vehicle ha
322. rs steel wool fuels or strong household detergent e To remove tar and grease use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover ZC 42 available from your authorized dealer 319 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Cleaning ENGINE Engines are more efficient when they are clean because grease and dirt buildup keep the engine warmer than normal When washing e Take care when using a power washer to clean the engine The high pressure fluid could penetrate the sealed parts and cause damage e Do not spray a hot engine with cold water to avoid cracking the engine block or other engine components e Spray Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser ZC 20 on all parts that require cleaning and pressure rinse clean In Canada use Motorcraft Engine Shampoo CXC 66 A e Never wash or rinse the engine while it is running water in the running engine may cause internal damage e Never wash or rinse any ignition coil spark plug wire or spark plug well or the area in and around these locations e Cover the highlighted areas to prevent water damage when cleaning the engine 3 5L V6 ENGINE 320 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Cleaning 3 5L V6 SHO ENGINE PLASTIC NON PAINTED EXTERIOR PARTS Use only approved products to clean plastic parts These products are available from your authorized dealer e For routine cleaning use Motorcraft Detail
323. rs Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints The memory positions are also recalled when you press your remote entry transmitter unlock control Gf the transmitter is programmed to a memory position or when you enter a valid personal entry code that is programmed to a memory position To program the memory feature to a remote entry transmitter and for more information on how to use the keypad refer to Remote entry system in the Locks and Security chapter Easy entry exit feature if equipped This feature automatically moves the steering wheel all the way up and in and moves the driver s seat rearward 2 in 5 cm when e the transmission is in N Neutral or P Park e the key is removed from the ignition cylinder or the push button start system if equipped is switched off refer to Push button start system in the Driving chapter The seat and steering wheel will move to the original position when e the transmission is in N Neutral or P Park e the key is placed in the ignition cylinder or when the push button start system if equipped is put in accessory mode refer to Push button start system in the Driving chapter The easy entry feature can be turned off or on through the vehicle message center Refer to Message center in the Driver controls chapter REAR SEATS Non adjustable second row outboard head restraints Your vehicle is equipped with second row outboard head restraints that
324. rus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 2 Simultaneously press and hold both the adjust release button and 4 the unlock remove button then pull up on the head restraint ve r r To reinstall the adjustable head restraint do the following 1 Insert the two stems into the guide sleeve collars 2 Push the head restraint down until it locks Properly adjust the head restraint so that the top of the head restraint is even with the top of your head and positioned as close as possible to the back of your head For occupants of extremely tall stature adjust the head restraint to its full up position WARNING To minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a crash head restraints must be installed properly Split folding rear seat One or both rear seatbacks can be folded down to provide additional cargo space 155 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints To lower the seatback s from inside the vehicle pull the strap located on the outboard side of the seatback to release it and then fold seatback down When raising the seatback s make sure you hear the seat latch into place WARNING Before returning the seatback to its original position make sure that cargo or any objects are not trapped behind the seatback After returning the seatback to its original position pull on the seatbac
325. ry feature To deactivate this feature 1 Press and hold either the 1 or 2 control on the driver s door for five seconds A tone will be heard after 142 seconds when the memory store is done continue to hold until a second tone is heard after five seconds 2 Within three seconds press the f on the transmitter 3 A tone will be heard when the deactivation is complete 4 Repeat this procedure for another transmitter if desired Replacing the battery The Integrated Keyhead Transmitter IKT or Intelligent Access key IA key uses one coin type three volt lithium battery CR2032 or equivalent To replace the battery Integrated Keyhead Transmitter IKT 1 Twist a thin coin in the slot near the key ring to remove the battery cover Note Do not wipe off any grease on the battery terminals on the back surface of the circuit board 123 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security 2 Remove the old battery Note Please refer to local regulations when disposing of transmitter batteries 3 Insert the new battery Refer to the instructions inside the IKT for the correct orientation of the battery Press the battery down to ensure that the battery is fully seated in the battery housing cavity 4 Snap the battery cover back onto the key Intelligent Access key IA key 1 Remove the backup key from the transmitter then twist a thin coin in the slot hidden be
326. ry or vehicle battery is low 120 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security Push button start Your vehicle is equipped with a push button start system which allows you to start your vehicle without using a key To operate the push button start system and start your vehicle your IA key must be present inside the vehicle either in the passenger compartment or in the trunk Refer to Push button start in the Driving chapter Unlocking the doors two stage unlock 1 Press and release to unlock the driver s door Note The interior lamps and parking lamps will illuminate 2 Press and release again within three seconds to unlock all the doors The remote entry system activates the illuminated entry feature this feature turns on the lamps for 25 seconds or until the ignition is turned on The battery saver feature will turn off the lamps 10 minutes after the ignition is turned off Two stage unlocking may be disabled or re enabled by simultaneously pressing the and controls on the transmitter for four seconds disabling two stage unlock allows all vehicle doors to unlock simultaneously The parking lamps will illuminate twice to indicate that two stage unlock was enabled or disabled If equipped with IA key when two stage unlocking is disabled intelligent access at the driver s door results in an unlock of all doors not just the driver door Opening front windows and m
327. s designed to automatically adjust your speed to maintain a proper distance between you and the vehicle in front of you in the same lane The driver can select from one of three GAP settings the controls are located on the steering wheel At startup the system sets the gap to the last selected setting Once D CID activated the driver can deactivate the system at any time by either pressing the brake pedal or pressing the steering wheel ON OFF control In addition the driver can temporarily increase the vehicle speed above the current speed by manually pressing on the accelerator pedal 86 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls WARNING Always pay close attention to changing road conditions especially when using Adaptive Cruise Control Adaptive Cruise Control cannot replace attentive driving Failing to follow any of the warnings below or failing to pay attention to the road may result in a collision serious injury or death WARNING Adaptive cruise control is not a collision warning or avoidance system Additionally adaptive cruise control will not detect e Stationary or slow moving vehicles below 6 mph 10 km h e Pedestrians or objects in the roadway e Oncoming vehicles in the same lane WARNING Do not use the adaptive cruise control when entering or leaving a highway in heavy traffic or on roads that are winding slippery or unpaved WARNING Do not use in poor
328. s been turned off e If the courtesy lamps were turned on because one of the vehicle doors or the trunk was opened the battery saver will shut them off 10 minutes after the ignition has been turned off e The battery saver will shut off the headlamps 10 minutes after the ignition has been turned off Accessory mode battery saver for Intelligent Access Keys with Push Button Start if equipped The battery saver will shut off the ignition approximately 45 minutes after the vehicle is left in Accessory Mode in order to preserve the vehicle s battery 126 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security SECURICODE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM The keypad located near the driver s window is invisible until touched and then it lights up so you can see and touch the appropriate buttons Note If you enter your entry code too fast on the keypad the unlock function may not work Re enter your entry code more slowly You can use the keyless entry keypad to e lock or unlock the doors without using a key open the trunk e recall memory seat power mirrors and adjustable pedals positions Cif equipped e enable or disable the autolock and autounlock features Activate Intelligent Access if equipped at the driver door refer to Intelligent Access in this chapter The keypad can be operated with the factory set 5 digit entry code this code is located on the owner s wallet card in t
329. s can be caused by an overheating condition Adjusting automatic transmission fluid levels Before adding any fluid make sure the correct type is used The type of fluid used is normally indicated on the dipstick and also in the Maintenance product specifications and capacities section in this chapter Use of a non approved automatic transmission fluid may cause internal transmission component damage If necessary add fluid in 1 2 pint 250 ml increments through the filler tube until the level is correct 356 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications If an overfill occurs excess fluid MIN KK MAX should be removed by an authorized C MIN Posed MAX DESS dealer An overfill condition of transmission fluid may cause shift and or engagement concerns and or possible damage Do not use supplemental transmission fluid additives treatments or cleaning agents The use of these materials may affect transmission operation and result in damage to internal transmission components AIR FILTER Refer to scheduled maintenance information for the appropriate intervals for changing the air filter element When changing the air filter element use only the air filter element listed Refer to Motorcraft part numbers in this chapter WARNING To reduce the risk of vehicle damage and or personal burn injuries do not start your engine with the air cleaner remove
330. s limited to 45 MYKEY VOLUME LIMITED will be displayed in the radio or if equipped navigation screen when attempting to exceed the limited volume e The AdvanceTrac system cannot be turned off When this optional setting is on the MyKey user will not be able to deactivate the system Note It may be beneficial to deactivate the AdvanceTrac system if the vehicle is stuck in snow mud or sand 134 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security Create a MyKey To program MyKey on one of the keys programmed to the vehicle insert it into the ignition For vehicles equipped with push button start put the Intelligent Access Key in the backup slot see the Driving chapter for the location of the backup slot Turn the ignition on Use the message center buttons to do the following 1 Press SETUP until PRESS RESET TO CREATE MYKEY is displayed 2 Press and release the RESET button HOLD RESET TO CONFIRM MYKEY will be displayed 3 Press and hold the RESET button for two seconds until MARK THIS AS RESTRICTED is displayed 4 Wait until KEY RESTRICTED AT NEXT START is displayed MyKey is successfully programmed Make sure you label it so you can distinguish it from the Admin keys Note To program the optional settings go to step 2 in the Programming MyKey Optional Settings section Note The MyKey can be cleared within the same key cycle that it was created otherwise a stan
331. sage recommendations Even with this technology parents are STRONGLY encouraged to always properly restrain children in the rear seat The sensor also turns off the passenger front airbag and seat mounted side airbag when the passenger seat is empty to prevent unnecessary replacement of airbag s after a collision Front safety belt usage sensors The front safety belt usage sensors detect whether or not the driver and front outboard passenger safety belts are fastened This information allows your Personal Safety System to tailor the airbag deployment and safety belt pretensioner activation depending upon safety belt usage Front safety belt pretensioners The safety belt pretensioners at the front outboard seating positions are designed to tighten the safety belts firmly against the occupant s body during frontal collisions and in side collisions and rollovers This helps increase the effectiveness of the safety belts In frontal collisions the safety belt pretensioners can be activated alone or if the collision is of sufficient severity together with the front airbags Front safety belt energy management retractors The front outboard safety belt energy management retractors allow webbing to be pulled out of the retractor in a gradual and controlled manner in response to the occupant s forward momentum This helps reduce the risk of force related injuries to the occupant s chest by limiting the load on the occupant Refer to Ener
332. se the seat heater to overheat An overheated seat may cause serious personal injury Note Do not do the following e Place heavy objects on the seat e Operate the seat heater if water or any other liquid is spilled on the seat Allow the seat to dry thoroughly 147 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints To operate the heated seats Press once to activate the high heat aoi setting 2 indicator lights Continue pressing to scroll through the other settings low heat 1 indicator light or off Three position heated and cooled seats if equipped Heated seats The heated seats will only function when the engine is running WARNING Persons who are unable to feel pain to the skin because of advanced age chronic illness diabetes spinal cord injury medication alcohol use exhaustion or other physical conditions must exercise care when using the seat heater The seat heater may cause burns even at low temperatures especially if used for long periods of time Do not place anything on the seat that insulates against heat such as a blanket or cushion because this may cause the seat heater to overheat Do not puncture the seat with pins needles or other pointed objects because this may damage the heating element which may cause the seat heater to overheat An overheated seat may cause serious personal injury Note Do not do the following e Place heavy objects on
333. section You can program your own Integrated Keyhead Transmitters or standard SecuriLock coded keys to your vehicle This procedure will program both the engine immobilizer keycode and the remote entry transmitter portion of the IKT to your vehicle Note A maximum of eight coded keys can be programmed to your vehicle only four of these eight can be IKTs with remote entry functionality Tips e Only use Integrated Keyhead Transmitters IKTs or standard SecuriLock keys e You must have two previously programmed coded keys keys that already operate your vehicle s engine and the new unprogrammed key s readily accessible 131 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security e If two previously programmed coded keys are not available you must take your vehicle to your authorized dealer to have the spare key s programmed Please read and understand the entire procedure before you begin 1 Insert the first previously programmed coded key into the ignition 2 Turn the ignition from off to on Keep the ignition on for at least three seconds but no more than 10 seconds 3 Turn the ignition off and remove the first coded key from the ignition 4 After three seconds but within ten seconds of turning the ignition off insert the second previously coded key into the ignition 5 Turn the ignition from off to on Keep the ignition on for at least three seconds but no more than 10 seconds
334. side shoulder 3 Never use a single belt for more than one person WARNING When possible all children 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position WARNING Front and rear seat occupants including pregnant women should wear safety belts for optimum protection in an accident Combination lap and shoulder belts 1 Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming r from until you hear a snap and feel Kk r it latch Make sure the tongue is iS securely fastened in the buckle e D 162 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints gt 7 K ee All restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts 2 To unfasten press the release button and remove the tongue from the buckle While you are fastened in the safety belt the combination lap shoulder belt adjusts to your movement However if you brake hard turn hard or if your vehicle receives an impact of 5 mph 8 km h or more the safety belt will become locked and help reduce your forward movement Energy management feature front outboard e This vehicle has a safety belt system with an energy management feature at the front seats to help further reduce the risk of injury in the event of a head on collision e The energy management feature has a retractor assembly that is designed to ex
335. sion To switch between Fahrenheit and Celsius refer to Message center in the Instrument Cluster chapter 1 G47 Defrost Distributes outside air through the windshield defroster vents and de mister vents Can be used to clear the windshield of fog and thin ice The system will automatically provide outside air to reduce window fogging Press this button again to return to the previous air flow selection 2 P69 Rear defroster Press to activate deactivate the rear window defroster Refer to Rear window defroster later in this chapter for more information 3 S Multifunction control Press repeatedly to toggle through the settings to choose z Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents de mister vents and floor vents The system will automatically provide outside air to reduce window fogging e Distributes air through the instrument panel vents e 22 Distributes air through the instrument panel vents floor vents and de mister vents e 2 Distributes air through the floor vents 48 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Climate Controls 4 A C Press to activate deactivate air conditioning Use with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency A C engages automatically in MAX A C GY defrost and P floor defrost 5 Recirculated air Press to activate deactivate air recirculation in the vehicle Recirculated air may reduce the amount of time n
336. sition to lock mirrors in place Heated mirrors if equipped Both mirrors are heated automatically to remove ice mist and fog when the rear window defrost is activated Do not remove ice from the mirrors with a scraper or attempt to readjust the mirror glass if it is frozen in place These actions could cause damage to the glass and mirrors 83 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls Blind spot mirrors if equipped Your vehicle may be equipped with blind spot information mirrors See Blind Spot Information System BLIS with Cross Traffic Alert CTA in the Driving chapter Fold away mirrors Pull the side mirrors in carefully when driving through a narrow space like an automatic car wash POWER ADJUSTABLE FOOT PEDALS IF EQUIPPED The accelerator and brake pedal should only be adjusted when the vehicle is stopped and the gearshift lever is in the P Park position Press and hold the rocker control located on the instrument panel to adjust accelerator and brake pedal e Press the top of the control to adjust the pedals away from you e Press the bottom of the control to adjust the pedals towards you WARNING Never adjust the accelerator and brake pedal with feet on the pedals while the vehicle is moving Memory feature if equipped The accelerator and brake pedal positions are saved when doing a memory set function and can be recalled along w
337. slip occurs The AWD system is active all the time and requires no input from the operator All components of the AWD system are sealed for life and require no maintenance Note When an AWD system fault is present the warning CHECK AWD will display in the message center The AWD system is not functioning correctly and defaulted to front wheel drive When this warning is displayed have your vehicle serviced at an authorized dealer If your vehicle is equipped with AWD a spare tire of a different size other than the tire provided should never be used If the spare tire is installed the AWD system may disable automatically and enter front wheel drive only mode to protect driveline components This condition may be indicated by an AWD OFF message in the message center see Message center in the Instrument Cluster chapter for more information If there is an AWD OFF message in the message center from using the spare tire this indicator should turn off after reinstalling the repaired or replaced normal road tire and driving a short distance It is recommended to reinstall the repaired or replaced road tire as soon as possible Major dissimilar tire sizes between the front and rear axles could cause the AWD system to stop functioning and default to front wheel drive or cause damage to the AWD system Note The AWD OFF message may also be displayed in the message center if the AWD system has overheated and defaulted to front wheel drive This cond
338. so illuminate momentarily when you start your vehicle to make sure the display works See the Driving chapter for more information 16 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster Key in ignition warning chime Sounds when the key is left in the ignition in the off or accessory position and the driver s door is opened Headlamps on warning chime Sounds when the headlamps or parking lamps are on the ignition is off the key is not in the ignition and the driver s door is opened GAUGES 60 60 70 40 TAURUS 80 100 QT 120 8 io 140 100 LOWULUULOU0 BUQULUUCUOU0 Speedometer Indicates the current vehicle speed Engine coolant temperature gauge Indicates engine coolant temperature At normal operating temperature the needle will be in the normal range between H and C If it enters the red section the engine is overheating Stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible switch off the engine and let the engine cool 17 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cluster WARNING Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is running or hot Fuel gauge Indicates approximately how much fuel is left N R in the fuel tank when the ignition lt gt is in the on position The fuel gauge may vary slightly when the vehicle is in motion or on a grade
339. ss the paddle fo shifters forward gt 2 To manually upshift the l RU Pa transmission with the gearshift lever in M Manual press the paddle shifters rearward 255 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving Recommended shift speeds Upshift according to the following chart Upshifts when accelerating recommended for best fuel economy Shift from 1 15 mph 24 km h The instrument cluster will show the current selected gear you are in P In order to prevent the engine from i running at too low an RPM which N may cause it to stall the SST will D automatically make some downshifts even if it has determined that you M have not downshifted in time Although the SST will make some downshifts for you it will still allow you to downshift at any time as long as the SST determines that the engine will not be damaged from over revving Engine damage may occur if excessive engine revving is held without shifting REVERSE SENSING SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED The Reverse Sensing System RSS sounds a tone to warn the driver of obstacles near the rear bumper when R Reverse is selected and the vehicle is moving at speeds less than 3 mph 5 km h The system is not effective at speeds above 3 mph 5 km h and may not detect certain angular or moving objects WARNING To help avoid personal injury please read and understand the limitations of the reverse sensing system as contained in
340. sseenasncnees 318 WAKING csveccetsnssscesestievnedssaesccsuatics 319 WIECIS oreesa eant 319 wiper blades ccccseceeeeees 321 Climate control see Air conditioning OF Heating kiersin 48 51 53 Clock adjust AMEM srine 31 Collision Warning System 260 Compass electronic ce 76 calibrati ssor mreny 77 set zone adjustment 0 76 Console overhead irrotan osnan 75 Controls POWEL SEAN cessed A oesscteteseetraytvane 145 steering ColuM eee 95 Coolant checking and adding 336 2010 Taurus 500 Index refill capacities 340 360 Specifications sercrssessessrr 360 Cross Traffic Alert 0 0 0 0 263 Cruise control see Speed control 0 84 Cupholder s ccccccccecesseeeeeees 156 Customer Assistance 277 Ford Extended Service PUA 2 2c cte tok eE 369 Getting assistance outside the U S and Canada 00008 315 Getting roadside assistance 277 Getting the service you PEE eean 311 Ordering additional owner s literature woe 316 Utilizing the Mediation Arbitration Programi sicctavti a ecceer taster 315 D Daytime running lamps see LAMPS ec asccdccssdeiceieeceezere 63 Defrost rear window and rearview TULL OLS epeen rarere s e e RS 51 windshield c ccceeseees 51 53 Dipstick automatic transmission Puid serisine eron 355 ENGINE O ererat eee 331 Doors central unlocking
341. ssessing whether a vehicle is within an area on either side of the vehicle extending rearward from the outside mirrors to approximately 10 feet three meters beyond the bumper This area is referred to as the blind zone The BLIS will alert the driver to the presence of motorized x vehicles in these areas while driving on roads and freeways The system is not designed to prevent contact with other vehicles e a ee or objects The system is designed to provide a warning to assist the driver in detecting vehicles in the blind zones The system will not detect infrastructure pedestrians or cyclists WARNING To help avoid injuries NEVER use the BLIS as a replacement for using the side and rear view mirrors and looking over your shoulder before changing lanes BLIS is not a replacement for careful driving and only an assist 263 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving The BLIS and CTA has an yellow indicator also referred to as the alert located in the left and right exterior mirrors When the vehicle is started the BLIS automatically illuminates both indicators for several seconds indicating the system is operating The first time you place the transmission in D Drive after starting the engine and drive forward at a speed greater than 3 mph 5 km h the BLIS system becomes active Afterwards the BLIS remains active for all speeds including zero mph BLIS is also
342. ssory and e the driver door is opened within 10 minutes of the ignition being turned off or to accessory Note The doors will not autounlock if the vehicle has been electronically locked before the driver door is opened Deactivating activating autounlock feature Your vehicle comes with the autounlock features activated there are four methods to enable disable this feature e Through your authorized dealer e by using a power door unlock lock sequence e using a keypad procedure or e by using the instrument cluster message center Refer to Message center in the Instrument Cluster chapter 114 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security Note The autounlock feature can be activated deactivated independently of the autolock feature Power door lock switch autounlock enable disable procedure Before starting ensure the ignition is off and all vehicle doors are closed You must complete Steps 1 5 within 30 seconds or the procedure will have to be repeated If the procedure needs to be repeated wait a minimum of 30 seconds before beginning again 1 Turn the ignition on 2 Press the power door unlock ae control on the door panel three times 3 Turn the ignition off A Si 4 Press the power door unlock control on the door panel three times 5 Turn the ignition back on The horn will chirp one time to confirm programming mode has been entered and is activ
343. st row only and safety belt usage sensors e Driver s seat position sensor e Front passenger sensing system e Passenger airbag off or pass airbag off indicator lamp e Front crash severity sensor e Restraints Control Module RCM with impact and safing sensors e Restraint system warning light and back up tone e The electrical wiring for the airbags crash sensor s safety belt pretensioners front safety belt usage sensors driver seat position sensor front passenger sensing system and indicator lights How does the Personal Safety System work The Personal Safety System can adapt the deployment strategy of your vehicle s safety devices according to crash severity and occupant conditions A collection of crash and occupant sensors provides information to the Restraints Control Module RCM During a crash the RCM activates the safety belt pretensioners and or either one or both stages of the dual stage airbag supplemental restraints based on crash severity and occupant conditions The fact that the pretensioners or airbags did not activate for both front seat occupants in a collision does not mean that something is wrong with the system Rather it means the Personal Safety System determined the accident conditions crash severity belt usage etc were not 158 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints appropriate to activate these safety devices
344. stage Checking tire pressure listed previously 300 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies Removal of the Sealant Canister from the Temporary Mobility Kit 1 Unwrap the clear tube from the compressor housing CES gt ESKO 2 Press the button located on the temporary mobility kit compressor housing below the canister while pulling up on the sealant canister Installation of the Sealant Canister to the Temporary Mobility Kit 1 Align the sealant canister with the temporary mobility kit housing 301 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies 2 Once aligned seat the sealant canister by lightly pushing down until you hear an audible click 3 Wrap the clear tube around the compressor housing Note If you experience any difficulties with the removal or installation of the sealant canister consult your Ford Motor Company authorized dealer for assistance Be sure to check the sealant compound s use by date regularly Use By Utiliser avant The use by date is on the lower right hand corner of the label located on the sealant canister bottle The sealant canister should be replaced after four years WHEEL LUG NUT TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Retighten the lug nuts to the specified torque at 100 miles 160 km after any wheel disturbance tire rotation changing a flat tire wheel removal
345. starting 304 Wrecker towing 309 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Table of Contents Customer Assistance 311 Reporting safety defects U S only 317 Reporting safety defects Canada only 317 Cleaning 318 Maintenance and Specifications 326 Engine compartment 328 Engine oil 331 Battery 334 Engine coolant 336 Fuel information 342 Air filter s 357 Part numbers 359 Maintenance product specifications and capacities 360 Engine data 363 Accessories 367 Ford Extended Service Plan 369 Index 372 All rights reserved Reproduction by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying recording or by any information storage and retrieval system or translation in whole or part is not permitted without written authorization from Ford Motor Company Ford may change the contents without notice and without incurring obligation Copyright 2009 Ford Motor Company 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Introduction CONGRATULATIONS Congratulations on acquiring your new Ford Please take the time to get well acquainted with your vehicle by reading this handbook The more you know and understand about your vehicle the greater the safety and pleasure you will derive from driving it For more information on Ford Motor Company and its products visit the following website e In the United States www ford com e In Canada www ford ca e In Australia www ford com a
346. stem For airbags to do their job they must inflate with great force and this force can pose a potentially deadly risk to occupants that are very close to the airbag when it begins to inflate For some occupants this occurs because they are initially sitting very close to the airbag For other occupants this occurs when the occupant is not properly restrained by safety belts or child safety seats and they move forward during pre crash braking The most effective way to reduce the risk of unnecessary injuries is to make sure all occupants are properly restrained Accident statistics suggest that children are much safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front WARNING Air bags can kill or injure a child in a child seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in front of an active air bag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the seat all the way back 159 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints WARNING Always transport children 12 years old and under in the back seat and always properly use appropriate child restraints The front passenger sensing system can automatically turn off the passenger front airbag The system is designed to help protect small child size occupants from airbag deployments when they are improperly seated or restrained in the front passenger seat contrary to proper child seating or restraint u
347. stics of the ABS and should be no reason for concern Using ABS When hard braking is required apply continuous force on the brake pedal do not pump the brake pedal since this will reduce the effectiveness of the ABS and will increase your vehicle s stopping distance The ABS will be activated immediately allowing you to retain steering control during hard braking and on slippery surfaces However the ABS does not decrease stopping distance Brake Assist The Brake Assist system provides full braking force during panic braking situations It detects a rapid application of the brake pedal and uses the ABS system to achieve maximum braking pressure Once a panic brake application is detected the system will remain activated as long as the brake pedal is pressed or ABS is engaged The system is deactivated by either releasing the brake pedal or coming to a complete stop When the system activates noise from the ABS pump motor and brake pedal pulsation may be observed this is normal ABS warning lamp The ABS lamp in the instrument cluster momentarily illuminates when the ignition is turned on If the light does not illuminate during start up remains on or flashes the ABS is disabled due to a malfunction and needs to be serviced Even when the ABS is disabled normal braking is still effective If your BRAKE warning lamp illuminates with the parking brake BRAKE released have your brake system serviced immediately 242
348. t or if the OBD II system has determined that some of the emission control systems have not been properly checked In this case the vehicle is considered not ready for I M testing If the service engine soon C indicator is on or the bulb does not work the vehicle may need to be serviced Refer to the On board diagnostics OBD II description in this chapter If the vehicle s engine or transmission has just been serviced or the battery has recently run down or been replaced the OBD II system may 353 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications indicate that the vehicle is not ready for I M testing To determine if the vehicle is ready for I M testing turn the ignition key to the on position for 15 seconds without cranking the engine If the service engine soon C5 indicator blinks eight times it means that the vehicle is not ready for I M testing if the service engine soon C3 indicator stays on solid it means that the vehicle is ready for I M testing The OBD II system is designed to check the emission control system during normal driving A complete check may take several days If the vehicle is not ready for I M testing the following driving cycle consisting of mixed city and highway driving may be performed 15 minutes of steady driving on an expressway highway followed by 20 minutes of stop and go driving with at least four 30 second idle periods Allow the vehicle t
349. t start the engine when your vehicle is on the jack The jack is only meant for changing the tire 291 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies 3 Put the jack in the jack notch next to the tire you are changing Turn the jack handle clockwise until the wheel is completely off the ground Note DO NOT LIFT ON THE PLASTIC MOLDING as this could damage the molding ONLY LIFT ON THE SHEET METAL NOTCH Wx UN A 2 ND X TA g f ra aC 4 Remove the lug nuts with the lug wrench 5 Replace the flat tire with the spare tire making sure the valve stem is facing outward Reinstall the lug nuts until the wheel is snug against the hub Do not fully tighten the lug nuts until the wheel has been lowered 6 Lower the wheel by turning the jack handle counterclockwise 7 Remove the jack and fully tighten the lug nuts in the order shown Refer to Wheel lug nut torque specifications later in this chapter for the proper lug nut torque specification 8 Install the wheel cover if equipped The wheel cover will only install if the Ford Mercury logo is aligned over the valve stem on the wheel 292 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Stowing the tire and jack 1 Fully collapse the jack fold the lug wrench socket into the handle and place the jack and wrench into the felt bag as shown Place the extension bolt into the external pock
350. t drain the vehicle s battery Do not allow the compressor to operate continuously for more than 15 minutes this will help prevent the compressor from overheating Never leave the temporary mobility kit unattended when it is operating Sealant compound contains latex Make sure that you use the non latex gloves provided to avoid an allergic reaction Keep the temporary mobility kit away from children Only use the temporary mobility kit when the ambient temperature is between 40 F 40 C and 158 F 70 C Only use the sealing compound before the use by date The use by date is on the lower right hand corner of the label located on the sealant canister bottle Check the use by date regularly and replace the canister after four years Do not store the temporary mobility kit unsecured inside the passenger compartment of the vehicle as it may cause injury during a sudden stop or collision Always store the kit in its original location After sealant use the TPMS sensor and valve stem on the wheel must be replaced by an authorized Ford dealer When inflating a tire or other objects use the black air hose only Do not use the transparent hose which is designed for sealant application only 296 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies e Operating the temporary mobility kit could cause an electrical disturbance in radio and DVD player operation What to do when a tire is
351. t is necessary to erase the current settings using the Erasing the Car2U Home Automation System buttons procedure and then programming all of the devices being used Fixed code programming Note Do not program the Car2U system with the vehicle in the garage Make sure that your key is on and engine off while programming the transmitter 1 To program units with fixed code DIP switches you will need the garage door hand held transmitter paper and a pen or pencil 2 Open the battery cover and record the switch settings from left to right for all 8 to 12 switches Use the figure below When a switch is in the up on or position circle L When a switch is in the middle neutral or 0 position circle M When a switch is in the down off or position circle R 45 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 MOUAUAWOE Switch position 10 ia A PEEP Ep pte pT Down ore 2 8 e e e e e e a e e L left M middle R right 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls 3 To input these positions into the Car2U system simultaneously press all three Car2U system buttons for a few seconds and then release to put the device into programming mode The indicator lights will blink slowly Within 2 5 minutes enter your corresponding DIP switch settings from left to right into your Car2U system by pressing and releasing the
352. t of a fully loaded trailer the vehicle can tow It assumes a vehicle with only mandatory options no cargo internal or external a tongue load of 10 15 conventional trailer and driver only 150 lb 68 kg Consult your authorized dealer or the RV and Trailer Towing Guide provided by your authorized dealer for more detailed information WARNING Do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the Safety Compliance Certification Label WARNING Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the original tires because they may lower the vehicle s GVWR and GAWR limitations Replacement tires with a higher limit than the original tires do not increase the GVWR and GAWR limitations WARNING Exceeding any vehicle weight rating limitation could result in serious damage to the vehicle and or personal injury Steps for determining the correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s placard 228 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amo
353. talled vehicle s engine away from the battery and the carburetor fuel injection system Note Do not attach the negative cable to fuel lines engine rocker covers the intake manifold or electrical components as grounding points WARNING Do not connect the end of the second cable to the negative terminal of the battery to be jumped A spark may cause an explosion of the gases that surround the battery 5 Ensure that the cables are clear of fan blades belts moving parts of both engines or any fuel delivery system parts Jump starting 1 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and run the engine at moderately increased speed 306 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies 2 Start the engine of the disabled vehicle 3 Once the disabled vehicle has been started run both engines for an additional three minutes before disconnecting the jumper cables Removing the jumper cables Remove the jumper cables in the reverse order that they were connected 1 Remove the jumper cable from the ground metal surface Note In the illustrations lightning bolts are used to designate the assisting boosting battery 2 Remove the jumper cable on the negative connection of the booster vehicle s battery 307 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies 3 Remove the jumper cable from the positive
354. te the seat heater if water or any other liquid is spilled on the seat Allow the seat to dry thoroughly The heated seat control is on the back of the front center console To operate the heated seats e Push the indicated side of the control for maximum heat e Push again to deactivate e Push the indicated side of the control for minimum heat e Push again to deactivate The heated seat module resets at every ignition on cycle While the ignition is on activating the high or low heated seat switch enables heating mode When activated they will turn off automatically when the ignition is off 157 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints The indicator light will illuminate when the heated seats have been activated SAFETY RESTRAINTS Personal Safety System The Personal Safety System provides an improved overall level of frontal crash protection to front seat occupants and is designed to help further reduce the risk of airbag related injuries The system is able to analyze different occupant conditions and crash severity before activating the appropriate safety devices to help better protect a range of occupants in a variety of frontal crash situations Your vehicle s Personal Safety System consists of e Driver and passenger dual stage airbag supplemental restraints e Front outboard safety belts with pretensioners energy management retractors fir
355. ted The Safety THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR f wpe s VEHICLE SAFETY AND THEFT PREVENTION STANDARDS IN Compliance Certification Label 1s EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE located on the structure B Pillar VIN XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXX a fae TYPE XXX XXXXX by the trailing edge of the driver s door or the edge of the driver s UTA OO OA TT TTA door EXT PNT XX RCXX DSO WBTBRK TINTTR PPS R TAXLE TR SPR XIXXX WK X XK XO XX XK XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX XXXX XXXXXXX XX 364 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications e Please note that in the graphic XXXX is representative of your ST vehicle identification number Vehicle identification number VIN The vehicle identification number is located on the driver side instrument panel The Vehicle Identification Number VIN contains the following information 1 World manufacturer identifier XXX X XXXX X X X XXXXXX 2 Brake system Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR Restraint Devices and their location O 3 Make vehicle line series body type 4 Engine type 5 Check digit 6 Model year 7 Assembly plant 8 Production sequence number 365 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications TRANSMISSION CODE DESIGNATIONS You can find a transmission code on the Safety Compliance Certification MFD BY FORD MOT
356. temporary tire size for your vehicle may be different from this example Tire Quality Grades do not apply to this type of tire 1 T Indicates a type of tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association T amp RA that is intended for temporary service on cars SUVs minivans and light trucks 2 145 Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire RAR Fy56180016 105m S OY Ly 1S4 09 OL Oey 3 80 Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire s ratio of height to width Numbers of 70 or lower indicate a short sidewall 4 D Indicates a diagonal type tire R Indicates a radial type tire 5 16 Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches If you change your wheel size you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter Location of the tire label You will find a Tire Label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other important information located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door Refer to the payload description and graphic in the Vehicle loading with and without a trailer section 217 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to O the inflation
357. tenance product specifications and capacities in this chapter Note Do not use stop leak pellets or cooling system sealants additives as they can cause damage to the engine cooling and or heating systems This damage would not be covered under your vehicle s warranty e A large amount of water without engine coolant may be added in case of emergency to reach a vehicle service location In this instance the cooling system must be drained and refilled with a 50 50 mixture of engine coolant and distilled water as soon as possible Water alone without engine coolant can cause engine damage from corrosion overheating or freezing e Do not use alcohol methanol brine or any engine coolants mixed with alcohol or methanol antifreeze coolant Alcohol and other liquids can cause engine damage from overheating or freezing e Do not add extra inhibitors or additives to the coolant These can be harmful and compromise the corrosion protection of the engine coolant For vehicles with overflow coolant systems with a non pressurized cap on the coolant recovery system add coolant to the coolant recovery reservoir when the engine is cool Add the proper mixture of coolant and water to the FULL COLD level For all other vehicles which have a coolant degas system with a pressurized cap or if it is necessary to remove the coolant pressure relief cap on the radiator of a vehicle with an overflow system follow these steps to add engine coolant 33
358. tend the safety belt webbing in a controlled manner This helps reduce the belt force acting on the user s chest WARNING Failure to inspect and replace if necessary the belt and retractor assembly after an accident could increase the risk of injury in a collision All safety restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts All of the passenger combination lap and shoulder belts have two types of locking modes described below Vehicle sensitive mode This is the normal retractor mode which allows free shoulder belt length adjustment to your movements and locking in response to vehicle movement For example if the driver brakes suddenly or turns a corner sharply or the vehicle receives an impact of approximately 5 mph 8 km h or more the combination safety belts will lock to help reduce forward movement of the driver and passengers 163 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Automatic locking mode When to use the automatic locking mode In this mode the shoulder belt is automatically pre locked The belt will still retract to remove any slack in the shoulder belt The automatic locking mode is not available on the driver safety belt This mode should be used any time a child safety seat except a booster is installed in a passenger front or rear seating position with a combination lap shoulder safety belt Children 12 years old and under should be
359. th water for 15 minutes and seek medical attention Failure to seek proper medical attention could lead to permanent injury e Fuels can also be harmful if absorbed through the skin If fuel is splashed on the skin and or clothing promptly remove contaminated clothing and wash skin thoroughly with soap and water Repeated or prolonged skin contact with fuel liquid or vapor causes skin irritation e Be particularly careful if you are taking Antabuse or other forms of disulfiram for the treatment of alcoholism Breathing gasoline vapors or skin contact could cause an adverse reaction In sensitive individuals serious personal injury or sickness may result If fuel is splashed on the skin promptly wash skin thoroughly with soap and water Consult a physician immediately if you experience an adverse reaction WARNING When refueling always shut the engine off and never allow sparks or open flames near the filler neck Never smoke while refueling Fuel vapor is extremely hazardous under certain conditions Care should be taken to avoid inhaling excess fumes WARNING The flow of fuel through a fuel pump nozzle can produce static electricity which can cause a fire if fuel is pumped into an ungrounded fuel container 343 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Refueling WARNING Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause severe injuries To help avoid injuries
360. than 50 of the lens Examples of unacceptable moisture usually caused by a lamp water leak are e Water puddle inside the lamp e Large water droplets drip marks or streaks present on the interior of the lens Take your vehicle to dealer for service if any of the above conditions of unacceptable moisture are present Using the right bulbs Replacement bulbs are specified in the chart below Headlamp bulbs must be marked with an authorized D O T for North America and an E for Europe to ensure lamp performance light brightness and pattern and safe visibility The correct bulbs will not damage the lamp assembly or void the lamp assembly warranty and will provide quality bulb burn time 67 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Lights number Low series headlamps Cimen vem amb o high low beam HID 3457NAK Sidemarker lamp front 2168 amber Tail sidemarker lamp rear bo Front park turn lamp bo to 916 Tail brake lamp 305R UO Backup lamp TW License plate lamp 2 l8 High mount brake lamp 1 D Supplemental park lamp 2 D Map lamp LWW Dome reading lamps 2 Ww All replacement bulbs are clear in color except where noted Replacing interior bulbs SS ESS ESS iad SSA Lo NS Check the operation of all bulbs frequently Replacing exterior bulbs Check the operation of all bulbs frequently Replacing headlamp low high
361. the sliding car icon f illuminates steadily have the system serviced by an authorized dealer immediately If equipped with a message center the vehicle will also indicate a failure with the brake system Note If the system cannot be turned off refer to MyKey in the Locks and Security chapter for more information When AdvanceTrac performs a normal system self check some drivers may notice a slight movement of the brake and or a rumble grunting or grinding noise after startup and when driving off When an event occurs that activates AdvanceTrac you may experience the following e A slight deceleration of the vehicle e The sliding car j indicator light will flash e If your foot is on the brake pedal a vibration in the pedal e If the driving condition is severe and your foot is not on the brake the brake pedal may move as the systems applies higher brake forces You may also hear a whoosh of air from under the instrument panel during this severe condition e The brake pedal may feel stiffer than usual Traction Control TCS Traction Control is a driver aid feature that helps your vehicle maintain traction of the wheels typically when driving on slippery and or hilly road surfaces by detecting and controlling wheel spin 245 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving Excessive wheel spin is controlled in two ways which may work separately or in tandem Engine
362. the concentration It may take several drains and additions to obtain a 50 50 coolant concentration Whenever coolant has been added the coolant level in the coolant reservoir should be checked the next few times you drive the vehicle If necessary add enough 50 50 concentration of engine coolant and distilled water to bring the liquid level to the proper level If you have to add more than 1 0 quart 1 0 liter of engine coolant per month have your authorized dealer check the engine cooling system Your cooling system may have a leak Operating an engine with a low level of coolant can result in engine overheating and possible engine damage Recycled engine coolant Ford Motor Company does NOT recommend the use of recycled engine coolant since a Ford approved recycling process is not yet available 339 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Used engine coolant should be disposed of in an appropriate manner Follow your community s regulations and standards for recycling and disposing of automotive fluids Coolant refill capacity To find out how much fluid your vehicle s cooling system can hold refer to Maintenance product specifications and capacities in this chapter Fill your engine coolant reservoir as outlined in Adding engine coolant in this section Severe climates If you drive in extremely cold climates less than 34 F 386 C e It may be necessar
363. the New Vehicle Limited Warranty The service is available e 24 hours seven days a week e for the coverage period listed on the Roadside Assistance Card included in your Owner Guide portfolio Roadside assistance will cover e a flat tire change with a good spare except vehicles that have been supplied with a tire inflation kit e battery jump start e lock out assistance key replacement cost is the customer s responsibility fuel delivery Independent Service Contractors if not prohibited by state local or municipal law shall deliver up to 2 0 gallons 7 5L of gasoline or 5 gallons 18 9L of diesel fuel to a disabled vehicle Fuel delivery service is limited to two no charge occurrences within a 12 month period e winch out available within 100 feet 80 5 meters of a paved or county maintained road no recoveries e towing Ford Mercury Lincoln eligible vehicle towed to an authorized dealer within 35 miles 56 3 km of the disablement location or to the nearest authorized dealer If a member requests to be towed to an authorized dealer more than 35 miles 56 3 km from the disablement location the member shall be responsible for any mileage costs in excess of 35 miles 56 3 km Trailers shall be covered up to 200 if the disabled eligible vehicle requires service at the nearest authorized dealer If the trailer is disabled but the towing vehicle is operational the trailer does not qualify for any roadside
364. the automatic braking will be released Hilly condition usage It is recommended that the driver select a lower gear position when ACC is active in situations such as prolonged downhill driving on steep grades i e driving in mountainous areas In these situations additional engine braking is needed to reduce the load on the vehicle s regular brake system to prevent them from overheating For more information reference Automatic transmission operation in the Driving chapter Note If ACC is applying brakes for an extended period of time an audible alarm will sound the head s up display will flash and ACC will shut down This is to allow the brakes to cool down When the brakes have cooled down the ACC will again function normally 91 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls Turning off cruise control Press the OFF button to turn off the cruise control Note When you turn off the cruise control or the ignition your cruise control set speed memory is erased Detection issues The radar sensor has a limited field of vision In some situations it may not detect vehicles at all or detect a vehicle later than expected Detection issues can occur e With vehicles that edge into your lane These vehicles can only be detected once they have moved fully into your lane 92 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls ze 4 e
365. the engine If the engine idle speed does not slow down automatically have the vehicle checked Before starting the vehicle 1 Make sure all vehicle occupants have buckled their safety belts For more information on safety belts and their proper usage refer to the Seating and Safety Restraints chapter 2 Make sure vehicle accessories are off e Make sure the parking brake is set 235 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving e Make sure the gearshift lever is in P Park 3 Turn the key to 3 on without turning the key to 4 start If your vehicle is equipped with a push button start system refer to Push button start system in this section for ignition modes Some warning lights will briefly illuminate See Warning lights and chimes in the Instrument Cluster chapter for more information regarding the warning lights Starting the engine Note If your vehicle is equipped with a push button start system refer to Push button start system in this section for starting 1 Turn the key to 3 on without turning the key to 4 start 2 Turn the key to 4 start then O 4 release the key as soon as the engine begins cranking Your vehicle has a computer assisted cranking system that assists in starting the engine After releasing the key from the 4 start position the engine may continue cranking for up to 10 seconds or until the vehicle starts
366. the engine coolant reservoir depending upon application e Refer to scheduled maintenance information for service interval schedules e Be sure to read and understand Precautions when servicing your vehicle in this chapter If the engine coolant has not been checked at the recommended interval the engine coolant reservoir may become low or empty If the reservoir is low or empty add engine coolant to the reservoir Refer to Adding engine coolant in this chapter Note Automotive fluids are not interchangeable do not use engine coolant antifreeze or windshield washer fluid outside of its specified function and vehicle location 337 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Adding engine coolant When adding coolant make sure it is a 50 50 mixture of engine coolant and distilled water Add the mixture to the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool until the appropriate fill level is obtained WARNING Do not add engine coolant when the engine is hot Steam and scalding liquids released from a hot cooling system can burn you badly Also you can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts WARNING Do not put engine coolant in the windshield washer fluid container If sprayed on the windshield engine coolant could make it difficult to see through the windshield e Do not mix coolants Add the coolant type originally equipped in your vehicle Refer to Main
367. the rear seat between the cushion and seatback below the locator symbols on the seat back Follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions to properly install a child seat with LATCH attachments 7 Follow the instructions on attaching child safety seats with tether straps Refer to Attaching child safety seats with tether straps later in this chapter Attach LATCH lower attachments of the child seat only to the anchors shown All the LATCH lower anchors are equally spaced 280 mm 11 inches apart so that a single LATCH child seat can be installed at any rear seating position If two child safety seats are installed using the LATCH lower anchors they must be placed in the outboard seating positions only If three child safety seats are installed you can install two using the LATCH lower anchors by placing them in each outboard seating position and the third in the center using the lap shoulder belt OR you can use the LATCH lower anchors for the center child safety seat and the lap shoulder belts for the other two child safety seats in the outboard positions Use the tether anchors if applicable 195 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints WARNING Never attach two child safety seats to the same anchor In a crash one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child safety seat attachments and may break causing serious injury or death
368. the wall or screen and open the hood To see a clearer light pattern for adjusting you may want to block the light from one headlamp while adjusting the other 4 On the wall or screen you will observe an area of high intensity light The top of the high intensity area should touch the horizontal reference line if not the beam will need to be adjusted using the next step 5 Locate the vertical adjuster on each headlamp Using a Phillips 2 screwdriver turn the adjuster either clockwise to adjust down or counterclockwise to adjust up The horizontal edge of the brighter light should touch the horizontal reference line 6 Close the hood and turn off the lamps HORIZONTAL AIM IS NOT REQUIRED FOR THIS VEHICLE AND IS NON ADJUSTABLE TURN SIGNAL CONTROL 4 D e Push down to activate the left turn signal e Push up to activate the right turn signal Y 65 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Lights INTERIOR LAMPS Dome lamps and map lamps The map lamps are located on the overhead console Press the controls on either side of each map lamp to turn on the lamps Your vehicle may also have reading lamps within the rear dome lamp s Press the switches on either side of the dome lamp to turn on the reading lamps Press either side of f the center switch to turn the dome lamp on or off When left in the center position the dome lamp will tur
369. thin the normal operating range there is no need to add fluid If the fluid levels are outside of the normal operating range the performance of the system could be compromised seek service from your authorized dealer immediately TRANSMISSION FLUID Checking automatic transmission fluid Refer to your scheduled maintenance information for scheduled intervals for fluid checks and changes Your transmission does not consume fluid However the fluid level should be checked if the transmission is not working properly i e if the transmission slips or shifts slowly or if you notice some sign of fluid leakage Automatic transmission fluid expands when warmed To obtain an accurate fluid check drive the vehicle until it is warmed up approximately 20 miles 30 km If your vehicle has been operated for an extended period at high speeds in city traffic during hot weather or pulling a trailer the vehicle should be turned off for about 30 minutes to allow fluid to cool before checking 1 Drive the vehicle 20 miles 30 km or until it reaches normal operating temperature 2 Park the vehicle on a level surface and engage the parking brake 3 With the parking brake engaged and your foot on the brake pedal start the engine and move the gearshift lever through all of the gear ranges Allow sufficient time for each gear to engage 4 Latch the gearshift lever in P Park and leave the engine running 5 Remove the dipstick wiping it clean w
370. thorized dealer for specific weight information The Federal Communications Commission FCC and Canadian Radio Telecommunications Commission CRTC regulate the use of mobile communications systems such as two way radios telephones and theft alarms that are equipped with radio transmitters Any such equipment installed in your vehicle should comply with FCC or CRTC regulations and should be installed only by a qualified service technician Mobile communications systems may harm the operation of your vehicle particularly if they are not properly designed for automotive use To avoid interference with other vehicle functions such as anti lock braking systems amateur radio users who install radios and antennas onto their vehicle should not locate the Amateur Radio Antennas in the area of the driver s side hood Electrical or electronic accessories or components that are added to the vehicle by the authorized dealer or the owner may adversely affect battery performance and durability 368 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Ford Extended Service Plan FORD ESP EXTENDED SERVICE PLANS More than 30 million Ford Lincoln and Mercury owners have discovered the powerful protection of Ford ESP It is the only extended service plan backed by Ford Motor Company and provides peace of mind protection beyond the New Vehicle Limited Warranty coverage Up to 500 Covered Vehicle Components Ther
371. times use the letters ZR For those with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph 299 km h tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR 214 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading 8 U S DOT Tire Identification Number TIN This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured the next two are the tire size code and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997 After 2000 the numbers go to four digits For example 2501 means the 25th week of 2001 The numbers in between are identification codes used for traceability This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall 9 M S or M S Mud and Snow or AT All Terrain or AS All Season 10 Tire Ply Composition and Material Used Indicates the number of plies or the number of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire tread and sidewall Tire manufacturers also must indicate the ply materials in the tire and the sidewall which include steel nylon polyester and others 11 Maximum Load Indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire Refer to the Safety Compliance Certification Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door
372. to occupants who are not properly restrained or are otherwise out of position at the time of airbag deployment Thus it is extremely important that occupants be properly restrained as far away from the airbag module as possible while maintaining vehicle control WARNING Several air bag system components get hot after inflation Do not touch them after inflation 174 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints WARNING If the air bag has deployed the air bag will not function again and must be replaced immediately If the air bag is not replaced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a collision The SRS consists of e driver and passenger airbag modules which include the inflators and airbags side airbags and Safety Canopy Refer to Seat mounted side airbag system and Safety Canopy system later in this chapter one or more impact and safing sensors driver and front passenger safety belt pretensioner a readiness light and tone diagnostic module the electrical wiring which connects the components Front passenger sensing system Refer to Front passenger sensing system later in this chapter Passenger airbag off or pass airbag off indicator lamp Refer to Front passenger sensing system later in this chapter The diagnostic module monitors its own internal circuits and the supplemental airbag electrical system wiring includi
373. to another area within the vehicle The IA key may not be detected near the roof between the driver or passenger sunvisor and the roof or in the overhead console area or in the extreme corners of the rear package tray near your audio speakers It is not recommended that you stow the IA key in these locations If you move the IA key to a location where it has been detected before and you still see the NO KEY DETECTED message your IA key s battery may be low or you may be in an area with excessive radio frequency interference If this occurs you can use the backup method to start your vehicle see below Backup Method of Starting Your IA key uses a radio frequency signal to communicate with your vehicle and authorize your vehicle to start when you press the START STOP button and apply the brake pedal If excessive radio frequency interference is present in the area or if the battery in your IA key is low it may be necessary to start your car by inserting the IA key in the backup slot located in your center console utility compartment Insert the IA key into the slot with buttons facing out and with key ring up After inserting the IA key into the backup slot use the START STOP button and brake pedal to start your vehicle as usual The vehicle should respond normally as long as the IA key is in the backup slot in the center console utility compartment Once the vehicle is started the IA key can be removed from the backup slot if desire
374. to be replaced more frequently You should replace your spare tire when you replace the road tires or after six years due to aging even if it has not been used 208 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading U S DOT Tire Identification Number TIN Both U S and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a U S DOT Tire Identification Number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured the next two are the tire size code and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997 After 2000 the numbers go to four digits For example 2501 means the 25th week of 2001 The numbers in between are identification codes used for traceability This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall Tire replacement requirements Your vehicle is equipped with tires designed to provide a safe ride and handling capability WARNING Only use replacement tires and wheels that are the same size load index speed rating and type
375. to properly latch the trunk may cause objects to fall out or block the driver s rear view The remote entry system allows you to open the trunk while the ignition is in any position However if the ignition is on and the gearshift is in D Drive the trunk will only open if the vehicle is moving 3 mph 5 km h or slower Memory seats power mirrors adjustable pedals The Integrated Keyhead Transmitter IKT or Intelligent Access Key allows you to recall the memory seat power mirrors adjustable pedals feature Press on the transmitter to automatically move the seat mirrors and adjustable pedals to the desired memory position Note The seat will not travel to its final position if the key is not in the ignition if equipped and the easy entry feature is enabled Activating the memory feature To activate this feature 1 Position the seat mirrors and adjustable pedals to the desired positions 122 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security 2 Press and hold either the 1 or 2 control located on the seat side shield for five seconds A tone will Ly be heard after 1 2 seconds when the memory store is done continue to hold until a second tone is heard ae ve seconds 29 3 Within three seconds press the on the transmitter 4 A tone will be heard when the activation is complete 5 Repeat this procedure for another transmitter if desired Deactivating the memo
376. to you and others Read and follow all the instructions on the pump island e Turn off your engine when you are refueling e Do not smoke if you are near fuel or refueling your vehicle e Keep sparks flames and smoking materials away from fuel e Stay outside your vehicle and do not leave the fuel pump unattended when refueling your vehicle this is against the law in some places e Keep children away from the fuel pump never let children pump fuel Use the following guidelines to avoid electrostatic charge build up when filling an ungrounded fuel container e Place approved fuel container on the ground e DO NOT fill a fuel container while it is in the vehicle including the cargo area e Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact with the fuel container while filling e DO NOT use a device that would hold the fuel pump handle in the fill position Easy Fuel no cap fuel system Your fuel tank is equipped with an Easy Fuel no cap fuel filler system This allows you to simply open the fuel filler door and insert the fuel filler nozzle into the fuel system The Easy Fuel system is self sealing and protected against dust dirt water and snow ice When fueling your vehicle 1 Turn the engine off 2 Open the fuel filler door 3 Slowly insert the fuel filler nozzle fully into the fuel system Pump fuel as normal 4 After you are done pumping fuel wait about five seconds before slowly removing the fue
377. trical circuit that initiates Safety Canopy inflation or when a certain likelihood of a rollover event is detected by the rollover sensor The Safety Canopy is mounted to roof side rail sheet metal behind the headliner above each row of seats In certain lateral collisions or rollover events the Safety Canopy system will be activated regardless of which seats are occupied The Safety Canopy is designed to inflate between the side window area and occupants to further enhance protection provided in side impact collisions and rollover events The fact that the Safety Canopy did not activate in a collision does not mean that something is wrong with the system Rather it means the forces were not of the type sufficient to cause activation The Safety Canopy is designed to inflate in certain side impact collisions or rollover events not in rear impact frontal or near frontal collisions unless the collision causes sufficient lateral deceleration or rollover likelihood WARNING Several Safety Canopy system components get hot after inflation Do not touch them after inflation 184 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints WARNING If the Safety Canopy system has deployed the Safety Canopy will not function again unless replaced The Safety Canopy system including the A B C and D pillar trim and headliner must be inspected and serviced by an authorized d
378. trol on another IA key Refer to Keyless entry system in this chapter for more information on keyless entry keypad operation 111 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security If your vehicle s perimeter alarm is in the armed state the smart unlock feature will not allow you to lock your IA key inside the trunk When the alarm is armed if the IA key is detected in the trunk the decklid will automatically be released when you attempt to close it and the horn will chirp as a reminder that the IA key is inside If you would like to intentionally lock your IA key in the trunk of your vehicle first disarm the perimeter alarm by unlocking the vehicle then place the IA key in the trunk close the trunk and rearm your perimeter alarm system by locking the vehicle using your keyless entry keypad or another IA key For more information on arming disarming of the perimeter alarm system refer to Perimeter alarm system in this chapter Central unlocking Two stage unlocking for Intelligent Access keys if equipped When unlocking the driver door with the key turn it once toward the rear of the vehicle to unlock that door only if the two stage unlocking is enabled Turn the key a second time to unlock all doors Two stage unlocking may be disabled and re enabled to allow all vehicle doors to unlock simultaneously by simultaneously pressing the and controls on the transmitter for four seconds
379. ts incrementally or Press and hold the top or bottom of the control until the desired lighting level is reached Press and hold the top of the control to the full on position to activate the dome on feature This will turn on the interior courtesy lights The lights will remain on until the bottom of the control is pressed Note If the battery is disconnected discharged or a new battery is installed the dimmer control requires re calibration Press the dimmer control from the full dim position to the full on position to reset This will ensure that your displays are visible under all lighting conditions AIMING THE HEADLAMPS The headlamps on your vehicle are properly aimed at the assembly plant If your vehicle has been in an accident the alignment of your headlamps should be checked by your authorized dealer Vertical aim adjustment 1 Park the vehicle directly in front of a wall or screen on a level surface approximately 25 feet 7 6 meters away e 1 8 feet 2 4 meters e 2 Center height of lamp to ground e 3 25 feet 7 6 meters e 4 Horizontal reference line 2 Measure the height of the headlamp bulb center from the ground and mark an 8 foot 2 4 meter horizontal reference line on the vertical wall or screen at this height a piece of masking tape works well 64 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Lights 3 Turn on the low beam headlamps to illuminate
380. tton will not switch off the engine In order to switch off the engine while the vehicle is in motion press and hold the START STOP button for at least one second 2 Accessory press and release the START STOP button without applying the brake pedal This allows electrical accessories such as the radio to operate while the engine is not running ACCESSORY POWER ACTIVE and PRESS BRAKE TO START will be displayed in the message center Refer to Message center in the Instrument Cluster chapter for more information 3 On press and hold the START STOP button for at least one second without applying the brake pedal This will power your vehicle s electrical system and the warning lights in the instrument cluster will illuminate but the engine will remain off Note You cannot immediately start your 237 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving vehicle from the on mode If you would like to start the vehicle and you are in on mode you must first switch the vehicle off 4 Start press the START STOP button for any length of time while applying the brake pedal Note The indicator light on the start button will illuminate when the vehicle is in on mode and when the engine is started There may be areas inside your vehicle where the IA key is not detected If the message NO KEY DETECTED appears on your message center when you press the START STOP button it may be necessary to move your IA key
381. ture Press to activate separate passenger temperature control to increase decrease the air temperature on the passenger side of the vehicle 5 e Passenger heated seat if equipped Press to control the passenger heated seat Refer to Heated and cooled seats in the Seating and Safety Restraints chapter for more information 6 AS Passenger cooled seat if equipped Press to control the passenger cooled seat Refer to Heated and cooled seats in the Seating and Safety Restraints chapter for more information 7 Recirculated air Press to activate deactivate air recirculation in the vehicle Recirculated air may reduce the amount of time needed to cool down the interior of the vehicle and may also help reduce undesired odors from reaching the interior of the vehicle Recirculated air engages automatically when MAX A C is selected or can be engaged manually in any airflow mode except Git7 defrost Recirculated air may turn off automatically in all airflow selections except MAX A C When the ignition switch is turned off and back on the climate system will return to the recirculated air mode only if the A C button LED is illuminated and the air distribution selection is either 74 panel or lt A floor panel Recirculation may turn off automatically in some airflow modes to reduce fog potential 8 Fan speed control Press to decrease increase the fan speed Manual fan speed will appear in the touch screen 9 AUTO Press to engage
382. turn off the sliding car off icon In R Reverse ABS and the Engine and Brake Traction Control features will continue to function however ESC is disabled AdvanceTrac Features Message Sonto Center Traction switch Disol m ESC re i functions a isplay ontro equipped Turns on Default at System during Nothing start up Initialization bulb Displayed nabled Enabled check E Control switch Traction TRACTION aaa Control OFF CONTROL OFF Enabled Disabled momentarily Control ee Sport Mode SHO with ADVANCETRAC aa Performance SPORT MODE Enabled Enabled brakes Pack Only applied 247 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving AdvanceTrac Features Message teat Center ESC Traction functions A Display if Control equipped Control switch pressed and e ae AdvanceTrac a N ADVANCETRAC a m OFF Disabled Disabled hele Performance speed Pack Only 0 mph brakes applied Control switch AdvanceTrac ADVANCETRAC pressed fully enabled ON nabled Enabled again after deactivation AdvanceTrac Sport Mode The AdvanceTrac system provides an available Sport Mode on some models This can be selected utilizing the AdvanceTrac off control switch as shown in the table above Sport mode is not intended for use on public roadways as this mode provides less AdvanceTrac system intervention than when the default ESC and Traction Control syst
383. turned off when any one of the following actions are taken by the driver or any other person e pressing the hazard control button e or pressing the panic button on the remote entry transmitter The feature will continue to operate until the vehicle runs out of power Disposal of airbags and airbag equipped vehicles For disposal of airbags or airbag equipped vehicles see your authorized dealer Airbags MUST BE disposed of by qualified personnel SAFETY RESTRAINTS FOR CHILDREN See the following sections for directions on how to properly use safety restraints for children Also see Airbag supplemental restraint system SRS in this chapter for special instructions about using airbags Important child restraint precautions WARNING Always make sure your child is secured properly in a device that is appropriate for their height age and weight Child safety restraints must be purchased separately from the vehicle Failure to follow these instructions and guidelines may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child WARNING All children are shaped differently The Recommendations for Safety Restraints are based on probable child height age and weight thresholds from NHTSA and other safety organizations or are the minimum requirements of law Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician CPST and your pediatrician to make sure your child seat is appropriate for your child and
384. u e In Mexico www ford com mx Additional owner information is given in separate publications This Owner s Guide describes every option and model variant available and therefore some of the items covered may not apply to your particular vehicle Furthermore due to printing cycles it may describe options before they are generally available Remember to pass on this Owner s Guide when reselling the vehicle It is an integral part of the vehicle WARNING Fuel pump shut off switch In the event of an accident the safety switch will automatically cut off the fuel supply to the engine The switch can also be activated through sudden vibration e g collision when parking To reset the switch refer to the Fuel pump shut off switch in the Roadside Emergencies chapter SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION A Warning symbols in this guide How can you reduce the risk of personal injury to yourself or others In this guide answers to such questions are contained in comments highlighted by the warning triangle symbol These comments should be read and observed 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Introduction Warning symbols on your vehicle When you see this symbol it is imperative that you consult the relevant section of this guide before Lil touching or attempting adjustment of any kind Protecting the environment We must all play our part in protecting the environment Correct vehicle usa
385. ubscription Check with your authorized dealer for availability SIRIUS Press repeatedly to access satellite radio mode if equipped Press repeatedly to cycle through SAT1 SAT2 and SAT3 modes 34 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems TUNE Turn to go to the next previous available SIRIUS satellite station DIRECT Press DIRECT then enter the desired channel i e 002 using areor the memory preset buttons 0 9 If you only enter one digit press OK and the system will go to that satellite channel If you enter three digits the system will automatically go to that channel if available You may cancel your entry by pressing DIRECT If an invalid station number is entered INVALID CHANNEL will appear in the display and the system will continue playing the current station SEEK Press k SEEK P to seek to the previous next channel If a 4 SEEK gt l specific category is selected Jazz v Rock News etc press lq SEEK gt to seek to the previous next channel in the selected category Press and hold E SEEK P to fast seek through the previous next channels SCAN Press SCAN for a brief sampling of all available SIRIUS e satellite channels If a specific category is selected Jazz Rock News etc press SCAN for a brief sampling of all available SIRIUS satellite channels within the selected category MEMORY PRESETS 0 9 There
386. ubstantially impairs the use value or safety of the vehicle OR 3 The vehicle is out of service for repair of nonconformities for a total of more than 30 calendar days not necessarily all at one time In the case of 1 or 2 above the consumer must also notify the manufacturer of the need for the repair of the nonconformity at the following address Ford Motor Company 16800 Executive Plaza Drive Mail Drop 3NE B Dearborn MI 48126 313 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Customer Assistance THE BETTER BUSINESS BUREAU BBB AUTO LINE PROGRAM U S ONLY Your satisfaction is important to Ford Motor Company and to your dealer If a warranty concern has not been resolved using the three step procedure outlined on the first page of the Customer Assistance section you may be eligible to participate in the BBB AUTO LINE program The BBB AUTO LINE program consists of two parts mediation and arbitration During mediation a representative of the BBB will contact both you and Ford Motor Company to explore options for settlement of the claim If an agreement is not reached during mediation and your claim is eligible you may participate in the arbitration process An arbitration hearing will be scheduled so that you can present your case in an informal setting before an impartial person The arbitrator will consider the testimony provided and make a decision after the hearing You are not bound by the
387. unt equals 1 400 Ibs and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 lb In metric units 635 340 5 x 68 295 kg 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle The following gives you a few examples on how to calculate the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity e Another example for your vehicle with 1 400 lb 635 kg of cargo and luggage capacity You decide to go golfing Is there enough load capacity to carry you 4 of your friends and all the golf bags You and four friends average 220 lb 99 kg each and the golf bags weigh approximately 30 lb 13 5 kg each The calculation would be 1 400 5 x 220 5 x 30 1 400 1 100 150 150 Ib Yes you have enough load capacity in your vehicle to transport four friends and your golf bags In metric units the calculation would be 635 kg 5 x 99 kg 6 x 13 5 kg 635 495 67 5 72 5 kg e A final example for your vehicle with 1 400 Ib 635 kg of cargo and luggage capacity You and one of your friends
388. ur AWD system If you are using a vehicle transport trailer follow the instruction specified by the equipment provider Note If you tow your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground follow these instructions Tow only in the forward direction Release the parking brake Place the transmission shift lever in N Neutral Place the ignition in the accessory position refer to Starting in the Driving chapter Do not exceed 65 mph 105 km h Start the engine and allow it to run for five minutes at the beginning of each day and at each fuel stop 233 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving STARTING Positions of the ignition if equipped If your vehicle is equipped with a push button start system refer to Push button start system in this section for ignition modes 1 Off locks the gearshift lever and allows key removal This position also shuts the engine and all electrical accessories off BO 2 Accessory allows the electrical accessories such as the radio to operate while the engine is not running 3 On all electrical circuits operational Warning lights illuminated Key position when driving 4 Start cranks the engine Release the key as soon as the engine starts Starting your vehicle This system meets all Canadian interference causing equipment standard requirements regulating the impulse electrical field strength of radio noise Don t press the
389. ure will be disabled 1 Apply the parking brake 2 Remove cup holder insert 3 Using a screwdriver or similar tool remove the protective cover to the interlock release access hole r W on the console 4 Insert the screwdriver or similar tool into the access hole and press while pulling the gearshift lever out of the P Park position and into the N Neutral position 4 5 Remove the tool and reinstall the protective cover C 6 Start the vehicle and release the parking brake 250 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driving See your authorized dealer as soon as possible if this procedure is used WARNING Do not drive your vehicle until you verify that the brakelamps are working WARNING Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the gearshift is latched in P Park Turn the ignition to the off position and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle WARNING If the parking brake is fully released but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated the brakes may not be working properly See your authorized dealer as soon as possible AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION OPERATION Automatic Transmission Adaptive Learning Your transmission is equipped with an adaptive learning strategy found in the vehicle computer This feature is designed to increase durability and provide consistent shift feel over the life of the vehicle A new vehicle or transmissi
390. use of accessory seat covers may prevent the deployment of the side airbags and increase the risk of injury in an accident WARNING Do not lean your head on the door The side airbag could injure you as it deploys from the side of the seatback 180 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints WARNING Do not attempt to service repair or modify the airbag SRS its fuses or the seat cover on a seat containing an airbag Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible WARNING All occupants of the vehicle should always wear their safety belts even when an airbag SRS is provided How does the side airbag system work The design and development of the side airbag system included recommended testing procedures that were developed by a group of automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working Group These recommended testing procedures help reduce the risk of injuries related to the deployment of side airbags The side airbag system consists of the following e An inflatable nylon bag airbag with a gas generator concealed behind the outboard bolster of the driver and front passenger seatbacks e A special seat cover designed to allow airbag deployment e The same warning light electronic control and diagnostic unit as used for the front airbags e Crash sensors located on the B and C pillars one sensor on each pillar on each side of the vehic
391. use premature wearing of the clear protective coating Note In some instances color or dye transfer can occur when wet clothing comes in contact with leather upholstery If this occurs the leather should be cleaned immediately to avoid permanent staining UNDERBODY Flush the complete underside of your vehicle frequently Keep body and door drain holes free from packed dirt FORD AND LINCOLN MERCURY CAR CARE PRODUCTS Your Ford or Lincoln Mercury authorized dealer has many quality products available to clean your vehicle and protect its finishes These quality products have been specifically engineered to fulfill your automotive needs they are custom designed to complement the style and appearance of your vehicle Each product is made from high quality materials that meet or exceed rigid specifications For best results use the following products or products of equivalent quality Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover ZC 42 Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner ZC 15 Motorcraft Custom Clear Coat Polish ZC 8 A Motorcraft Detail Wash ZC 3 A Motorcraft Dusting Cloth ZC 24 Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser U S only ZC 20 Motorcraft Engine Shampoo Canada only CXC 66 A Motorcraft Multi Purpose Cleaner Canada only CXC 101 324 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Cleaning Motorcraft Premium Glass Cleaner Canada only CXC 100 Motorcraft Premium Liquid Wax ZC 53 A Motorcra
392. uson Moss Warranty Act or to the extent allowed by state law before pursuing replacement or repurchase remedies provided by certain state laws This dispute handling procedure is not required prior to enforcing state created rights or other rights which are independent of the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act or state replacement or repurchase laws IN CALIFORNIA U S ONLY California Civil Code Section 1793 2 d requires that if a manufacturer or its representative is unable to repair a motor vehicle to conform to the vehicle s applicable express warranty after a reasonable number of attempts the manufacturer shall be required to either replace the vehicle with one substantially identical or repurchase the vehicle and reimburse the buyer in an amount equal to the actual price paid or payable by the consumer less a reasonable allowance for consumer use The consumer has the right to choose whether to receive a refund or replacement vehicle California Civil Code Section 1793 22 b presumes that the manufacturer has had a reasonable number of attempts to conform the vehicle to its applicable express warranties if within the first 18 months of ownership of a new vehicle or the first 18 000 miles 29 000 km whichever occurs first 1 Two or more repair attempts are made on the same non conformity likely to cause death or serious bodily injury OR 2 Four or more repair attempts are made on the same nonconformity a defect or condition that s
393. uster Airbag readiness If this light fails o to illuminate when the ignition is turned to on continues to flash or IN remains on have the system serviced immediately by your authorized dealer A chime will sound when there is a malfunction in the indicator light Safety belt Reminds you to fasten your safety belt A Belt Minder P chime will also sound to remind you M to fasten your safety belt Refer to the Seating and Safety Restraints chapter to activate deactivate the Belt Minder chime feature Charging system RTT Iluminates when the battery is not charging properly If it stays on while the engine is running there may be a malfunction with the charging system Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible This indicates a problem with the electrical system or a related component Engine oil pressure RTT Illuminates when the oil pressure ot falls below the normal range refer to Engine oil in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter Engine coolant temperature E RTT Displays when the engine e coolant temperature is high Stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible switch off the engine and let it cool Refer to Engine coolant in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter WARNING Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is running or hot Low fuel RTT Illuminates when the fuel level in the fuel tank is at N or near empty Refer to Fuel gauge in this ch
394. ve all weather treads to provide traction in rain and snow However in some climates you may need to use snow tires and chains If you need to use chains it is recommended that steel wheels of the same size and specifications be used as chains may chip aluminum wheels Follow these guidelines when using snow tires and chains e Use only SAE class S cables or equivalent on P235 60R17 or P235 55R18 tires on the front tires only SAE class S chains or other conventional link chains may cause damage to the vehicle s wheel house and or body Use of optional spike spider type traction devices or equivalent is also acceptable e Do not install tire chains cables or optional traction devices on the rear tires This could cause damage to the vehicle s wheel house or body e Do not use tire chains cables or optional traction devices with optional P255 45R19 or 245 45R20 tires e Install tire cables securely verifying that the tire cables do not touch any wiring brake lines or fuel lines e Drive cautiously If you hear the cables rub or bang against your vehicle stop and re tighten the cables If this does not work remove the cables to prevent damage to your vehicle e If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle e Remove the tire cables when they are no longer needed Do not use tire cables on dry roads e The suspension insulation and bumpers will help prevent vehicle damage Do not remove these components from your veh
395. ve run out of fuel e You may need to cycle the ignition from off to on several times after refueling to allow the fuel system to pump the fuel from the tank to the engine On restarting cranking time will take a few seconds longer than normal Normally adding 1 gallon 3 8L of fuel is enough to restart the engine If the vehicle is out of fuel and on a steep grade more than 1 gallon 8 8L may be required e The service engine soon indicator may come on For more information on the service engine soon indicator refer to Warning lights and chimes in the Instrument Cluster chapter Refilling with a portable fuel container With the Easy Fuel no cap fuel system use the following directions when filling from a portable fuel container WARNING Do not insert the nozzle of portable fuel containers or aftermarket funnels into the Easy Fuel system This could damage the fuel system and its seal and may cause fuel to run onto the ground instead of filling the tank which could result in serious personal injury WARNING Do not try to pry open or push open the Easy Fuel system with foreign objects This could damage the fuel system and its seal and cause injury to you or others When filling the vehicle s fuel tank from a portable fuel container use the funnel included with the vehicle 347 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications 1 After lifting th
396. ver Sy O Passenger gor WA BE 90 CACC IEA Temperature Fan Speed Temperature VICI JC ws f Max wo DUAL Temperature conversion To switch between Fahrenheit and Celsius refer to Message center in the Instrument Cluster chapter Temperature Press the up and down arrows on the left side of the screen to increase decrease the airflow temperature for the driver side of the vehicle This control also adjusts the passenger side temperature when dual zone operation is disengaged Press the up and down arrows on the right side of the screen to increase decrease the airflow temperature for the passenger side of the vehicle e Ji Distributes air through the instrument panel vents e J Distributes air through the instrument panel vents floor vents rear seat floor vents and de mister vents 55 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Climate Controls e Distributes air through the floor vents rear seat floor vents e H Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents de mister vents floor vents and rear seat floor vents The system will automatically provide outside air to reduce window fogging To return to full automatic control press AUTO on the main bezel Fan Speed Press to decrease increase the fan speed Dual Press to activate deactivate separate driver and passenger temperature controls Max A C Distributes recirculated air through the instrument p
397. visibility specifically fog rain spray or snow Setting adaptive cruise control Note It is the drivers responsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times The controls for using your cruise control are located on the steering wheel 1 Press and release the ON control The message center will display CRUISE ON RADAR READY 2 Accelerate to the desired speed 87 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls 3 Press and release the SET control The vehicle speed will be stored in the memory and the message center will display SET XXX MPH your desired speed 4 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal 5 The green O cruise indicator light on the instrument cluster will illuminate if there are no vehicles detected in front of you while the yellow ACC indicator light on the instrument cluster will illuminate if there is a vehicle detected in front of you Following a vehicle WARNING When following a vehicle in front of you the vehicle will not decelerate automatically to a stop nor will the vehicle always decelerate quickly enough to avoid a collision without driver intervention Always apply the brakes when necessary Failing to do so may result in a collision serious injury or death When a vehicle ahead of you enters the same lane or a slower vehicle is ahead in the same lane the vehicle speed will adjust automatica
398. well as for future Car2U system programming It is also recommended that upon the sale or lease termination of the vehicle the programmed Car2U system buttons should be erased for security reasons Refer to Erasing the Car2U Home Automation System buttons later in this section Read the instructions completely before attempting to program the Car2U system Because of the steps involved it may be helpful to have another person assist you in programming the transmitter Additional Car2U system information can be found on line at www learcar2U com or by calling the toll free Car2U system help line at 1 866 572 2728 Types of garage door openers rolling code and fixed code The Car2U Home Automation System may be programmed to operate rolling code and fixed code garage door openers e Rolling code garage door openers were produced after 1996 and are code protected Rolling code means the coded signal is changed every time your remote control garage door opener is used 102 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls e Fixed code garage door openers were produced prior to 1996 Fixed code uses the same coded signal every time It is manually programmed by setting DIP switches for a unique personal code If you do not know if your garage door opener is a rolling code or fixed code device open your garage door opener s remote control battery cover If a panel of DIP switches is
399. wn2002 1st Printing USA fus 77 Driver Controls CENTER CONSOLE Your vehicle may be equipped with a variety of console features Note The appearance and features of the center console may be different than show based on your vehicle s option level These include e Cupholders e Utility compartment with audio input jack USB port and power point e Pen holder WARNING Use only soft cups in the cupholder Hard objects can injure you in a collision Some consoles will have panel doors covering the cupholders and switches Press the doors to open them Some cupholders will be equipped with a divider Pull up on the divider and move it in the slots right or left for the best fit with the cup you are using 78 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls AUXILIARY POWER POINT 12VDC Power outlets are designed for accessory plugs only Do not insert any other object in the power outlet as this will damage the outlet and blow the fuse Do not hang any type of accessory or accessory bracket from the plug Improper use of the power outlet can cause damage not covered by your warranty Auxiliary power points can be found in the following locations e On the instrument panel under a panel door press the door to open e In the center console utility compartment e On the rear of the center console accessible from the rear seat Do not use the power point
400. wrench from the felt bag Fold down the wrench socket to use to loosen the lug nuts and to operate the jack Tire change procedure WARNING When one of the front wheels is off the ground the transmission alone will not prevent the vehicle from moving or slipping off the jack even if the vehicle is in P Park 290 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Roadside Emergencies WARNING To help prevent the vehicle from moving when you change a tire be sure to place the transmission in P Park set the parking brake and block Gn both directions the wheel that is diagonally opposite other side and end of the vehicle to the tire being changed WARNING If the vehicle slips off the jack you or someone else could be seriously injured WARNING Do not attempt to change a tire on the side of the vehicle close to moving traffic Pull far enough off the road to avoid the danger of being hit when operating the jack or changing the wheel Note Passengers should not remain in the vehicle when the vehicle is being jacked 1 Block the diagonally opposite wheel a O 2 Remove wheel cover if equipped with the lug wrench tip and loosen each wheel lug nut one half turn counterclockwise but do not remove them until the wheel is raised off the ground WARNING To lessen the risk of personal injury do not put any part of your body under the vehicle while changing a tire Do no
401. y call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http Avww safercar gov or write to Administrator 1200 New Jersey Avenue Southeast Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS CANADA ONLY If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform Transport Canada using their toll free number 1 800 333 0510 317 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Cleaning WASHING THE EXTERIOR Wash your vehicle regularly with cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo such as Motorcraft Detail Wash ZC 3 A which is available from your authorized dealer Never use strong household detergents or soap such as dish washing or laundry liquid These products can discolor and spot painted surfaces Never wash a vehicle that is hot to the touch or during exposure to strong direct sunlight Always use a clean sponge or car wash mitt with plenty of water for best results Dry the vehicle with a chamois or soft terry cloth towel in order to eliminate water spotting It is especially important to wash the vehicle regularly during the winter months as dirt and road salt are difficult to remove and cause damage to the vehicle Immediately remove items such as gasoline diesel fuel
402. y extensions manufactured by the same supplier as the safety belt Manufacturer identification is located at the end of the webbing on the label Also use the safety belt extension only if the safety belt is too short for you when fully extended WARNING Do not use extensions to change the fit of the shoulder belt across the torso Safety belt warning light and indicator chime A The safety belt warning light illuminates in the instrument cluster and a chime sounds to remind the occupants to fasten their safety belts Conditions of operation The driver s safety belt is not The safety belt warning light buckled before the ignition is illuminates 1 2 minutes and the on warning chime sounds 4 8 seconds The driver s safety belt is The safety belt warning light and buckled while the indicator warning chime turn off light is illuminated and the warning chime is sounding The driver s safety belt is The safety belt warning light and buckled before the ignition is indicator chime remain off on 166 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Belt Minder The Belt Minder feature is a supplemental warning to the safety belt warning function This feature provides additional reminders by intermittently sounding a chime and illuminating the safety belt warning light in the instrument cluster when the driver s and front passenger s safety belt is unbuckled
403. y to increase the coolant concentration above 50 e NEVER increase the coolant concentration above 60 e Increased engine coolant concentrations above 60 will decrease the overheat protection characteristics of the engine coolant and may cause engine damage e Refer to the chart on the coolant container to ensure the coolant concentration in your vehicle will provide adequate freeze protection at the temperatures in which you drive in the winter months If you drive in extremely hot climates e It is still necessary to maintain the coolant concentration above 40 e NEVER decrease the coolant concentration below 40 e Decreased engine coolant concentrations below 40 will decrease the corrosion protection characteristics of the engine coolant and may cause engine damage e Decreased engine coolant concentrations below 40 will decrease the freeze protection characteristics of the engine coolant and may cause engine damage e Refer to the chart on the coolant container to ensure the coolant concentration in your vehicle will provide adequate protection at the temperatures in which you drive Vehicles driven year round in non extreme climates should use a 50 50 mixture of engine coolant and distilled water for optimum cooling system and engine protection 340 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Maintenance and Specifications What you should know about fail safe cooling If the engine co
404. yed when a MyKey is in use and Belt Minder is activated Refer to MyKey in the Locks and Security chapter for more information ADVTRAC ON MYKEY SETTING Displayed when a MyKey is in use when trying to disable the AdvanceTrac system and the optional setting is on Refer to MyKey in the Locks and Security chapter for more information SERVICE ADVANCETRAC Displayed when the AdvanceTrac system has detected a condition that requires service TO STOP ALARM START VEHICLE Displayed when the perimeter alarm system is armed and the vehicle is entered using the key on the driver s side door In order to prevent the perimeter alarm system from triggering the ignition must be turned to Start before the 12 second chime expires See Perimeter alarm system in the Locks and Security chapter 29 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Entertainment Systems AUDIO SYSTEMS Note If your volume is muted and MYKEY VOLUME LIMITED is displayed refer to MyKey in the Locks and Security chapter for more information AM FM CD MP3 satellite compatible sound system Cifetstetistedrisit ojo DIRECT TEXT A MENU CLOCK SCAN CAT FOLD v SOUND U PHONE ca AM FM cD SIRIUS WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control accident and injury Ford strongly recommends that drivers use extrem
405. your HomeLink Wireless Control System to a garage door or gate be sure that people and objects are out of the way to prevent potential injury or damage Do not use the HomeLink Wireless Control System with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and reverse features as required by U S federal safety standards this includes any garage door opener model manufactured before April 1 1982 A garage door which cannot detect an object signaling the door to stop and reverse does not meet current U S federal safety standards For more information contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 98 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Driver Controls Retain the original transmitter for use in other vehicles as well as for future programming procedures i e new HomeLink equipped vehicle purchase It is also suggested that upon the sale of the vehicle the programmed Homelink buttons be erased for security purposes refer to Programming in this section Programming Do not program HomeLink with the vehicle parked in the garage Note Your vehicle may require the ignition switch to be turned to the accessory position for programming and or operation of the HomeLink It is also recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand held transmitter of the device being programmed to HomeLink for quicker training and accurate transmission of the radio frequency signal 1 Position the
406. yourself illuminated entry The interior lamps parking lamps and puddle lamps if equipped illuminate when the Integrated Keyhead Transmitter or Intelligent Access Keys or the keyless entry system keypad is used to unlock the door s The illuminated entry system will turn off the lights if e the ignition is turned on or e the A control on the transmitter is pressed or e the vehicle is locked using the keyless entry keypad or e the vehicle is locked using the key in the driver door cylinder or e after 25 seconds of illumination The lights will not turn off if e they have been turned on with the dimmer control or e any door is open Illuminated exit e When all vehicle doors are closed the ignition is turned off and the key is removed from the ignition IKT only the interior dome lamps parking lamps and the puddle lamps if equipped will illuminate The lamps will turn off if all the doors remain closed and e 25 seconds elapse or e the key is inserted in the ignition AKT only or Gf equipped with Intelligent access with push button start feature the start button is pressed 125 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Locks and Security Battery saver The battery saver will shut off the lamps 10 minutes after the ignition has been turned off e If the dome lamps were turned on using the panel dimmer control the battery saver will shut them off 10 minutes after the ignition ha
407. ytic converter the fuel system interior floor coverings or other vehicle components possibly causing a fire Brake system warning light To confirm the brake system warning C P light is functional it will momentarily illuminate when the BRAKE ignition is turned to the on position when the engine is not running or in a position between on and start or by applying the parking brake when the ignition is turned to the on position If the brake system warning light does not illuminate at this time seek service immediately from your authorized dealer Illumination after releasing the parking brake indicates low brake fluid level or a brake system malfunction and the brake system should be inspected immediately by your authorized dealer WARNING Driving a vehicle with the brake system warning light on is dangerous A significant decrease in braking performance may occur It will take you longer to stop the vehicle Have the vehicle checked by your authorized dealer Driving extended distances with the parking brake engaged can cause brake failure and the risk of personal injury Anti lock brake system If the ABS light stays illuminated or continues to flash a malfunction has been detected have the system serviced immediately by your authorized dealer Normal braking is still functional unless the brake warning light also is illuminated 13 2010 Taurus 500 Owners Guide own2002 1st Printing USA fus Instrument Cl

Ford 2008 Explorer Sport Trac Automobile User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents